JP2022180957A - Composite type heating cooker and heating cooking system - Google Patents

Abstract

To provide a heating cooker and a heating cooking system which includes a plurality of heating sources and has high convenience capable of acquiring cooking condition data from the outside.SOLUTION: A composite type heating cooker and a heating cooking system include a first heating means, a second heating means, a data acquisition control part which restricts acquisition of data from the outside and a control device. Therein, the control device has an operation program of such a linked cooking mode as to perform one cooking while driving the first and second heating means with time difference, the control device, when receiving such a command 1 as to select a cooking menu of the linked cooking mode, displays a first specifying screen onto a display part and, when a user gives a command 2 to the control device via an input operation part, information of at least either one of food component or nutrient component concerning specified cooking material which can be practiced in the linked cooking mode, Further, also in such a case that the cooking condition data is acquired via information communication terminal device, data of the food component and the nutrient component are acquired.SELECTED DRAWING: Figure 30

Description

The present disclosure relates to, for example, a combined cooking device that heats an object to be heated such as a pot placed on a top plate, and a cooking system that uses the cooking device.

In general, among heat cookers, a heat cooker equipped with a plurality of types of heating means is called a composite heat cooker.
In addition, there are roughly three types of heating cookers in view of the environment in which they are used.
One of them is a so-called "built-in type" installed in kitchen furniture such as a kitchen counter. The second type is a "stationary type" that is used by placing it in a predetermined position of kitchen furniture like a gas stove (also called "gas combustion table"). The third type is a small and portable "desktop type" that is used by placing it at any position on a dining table or the like.

Among the "built-in type" heating cookers, there are many compound-type heating cookers equipped with a plurality of types of heating sources, and they are popular because they can handle various types of cooking. However, since it is installed inside the kitchen furniture, the external dimensions must be designed according to the standard of general kitchen furniture. The degree of difficulty is remarkably low, and the degree of difficulty to make it a practical product is high.

As a representative compound type heating cooker that can expand the range of cooking, there is a grill chamber (also called "oven chamber" or "heating chamber" that is heated by a heat source inside the main body, but hereinafter collectively referred to as "heating chamber ), and microwaves from a microwave heating source are introduced into the heating chamber (see Patent Document 1).

In the composite heating cooker disclosed in Patent Document 1, for example, different types of heating means are used above the top plate (first location) and in the inner space of the heating chamber (second location). Can be heated and cooked. Therefore, there is an advantage that various kinds of food can be handled. In this heating cooker, if the user's desired cooking condition data for the food to be cooked can be obtained from the outside via a network or a communication terminal device, the convenience will be further improved.

On the other hand, conventionally, communication is performed between a communication terminal device such as a smartphone and a heating cooker, and cooking condition data corresponding to the cooking recipe selected by the communication terminal device is transmitted from the communication terminal device to the heating cooker. Then, a heat cooking system has been proposed (see Patent Document 2, for example).

Although Patent Document 2 is not a composite heating cooker, it is a heating cooker (gas combustion type heating cooker) having a plurality of heating units (for example, a right stove, a left stove, and a rear stove) and having a communication function. , proposes a configuration in which when a user operates a communication terminal to select a specific recipe from a cooking menu, the heating cooker collectively acquires cooking condition data for a plurality of heating units.

Furthermore, Patent Literature 3 proposes a menu creation support device that efficiently supports the creation of healthy menus that contain nutrients suitable for the user and can be created with existing ingredients.
This patent document 3 discloses personal information accumulation means for accumulating personal information including the user's age, sex, and weight, and nutritional requirements for each user based on each personal information accumulated in the personal information accumulation means. a user selection means for selecting a desired user who wants to create a menu from among the users whose personal information is stored in the personal information storage means; and a food information input means for inputting food information. and a menu information extracting means for extracting menu information that can be created from the ingredients information input from the ingredients information input means.

Furthermore, Patent Literature 4 proposes a nutritional component display system including a server device connected to a network and a client device (personal computer, etc.). This is a system that analyzes and displays the amount of nutritional components for each ingredient each time it is input by the user.

JP 2021-68591 A (page 1, FIG. 44) JP 2017-106685 A JP-A-2001-243412 JP 2006-139554 A

In recent years, there is an increasing need for meal management on a household and individual basis.
In the combined heating cooker, the setting of cooking conditions becomes more complicated as the number of heating means increases. Therefore, when a user selects a cooking menu, acquires cooking condition data (recipe data), and transfers the data to a heating cooker for cooking, information on the ingredients and nutrients of the food related to the cooking menu can be obtained. If it can be obtained easily, convenience will be improved in terms of meal management for each household and individual.
However, the techniques described in Patent Documents 3 and 4 only show a large-scale menu information extraction system (for specialists) and a nutritional component amount search (information processing) system. In line with the specific cooking function and control ability of the heating cooker, no consideration has been given to linking it with the heating cooker. Therefore, it was difficult to apply the techniques described in Patent Documents 3 and 4 to a cooking device having a plurality of heating means and a plurality of heating portions.

A main object of the present disclosure is to obtain a highly convenient composite heating cooker that can be widely used for various types of cooking by improving user operability.

The composite heating cooker related to the first disclosure includes:
a first heating means for heating an object to be heated;
a second heating means for heating the food to be cooked in a closed space;
an input operation unit;
a notification unit having a display unit;
a controller;
The control device has a cooperative cooking mode in which one cooking is performed by driving the first heating means and the second heating means with a time difference,
When receiving a command 1 for selecting a cooking menu in the cooperative cooking mode from the input operation unit, the control device displays a first specific screen for executing the cooperative cooking mode on the display unit,
When the control device receives a command 2 from the input operation unit while the first specific screen is displayed, at least The configuration is characterized in that either one of the information is displayed on the display section.

The composite heating cooker relating to the second disclosure includes:
a first heating means for heating an object to be heated;
a second heating means for heating the food to be cooked in a closed space;
an input operation unit;
a notification unit having a display unit;
a controller;
The control device has a cooperative cooking mode in which one cooking is performed by driving the first heating means and the second heating means with a time difference,
The input operation unit has an audio signal receiving unit that serves as audio input means and input keys that serve as touch input means,
When the control device receives a command 1 for selecting the cooperative cooking mode from either the voice input means or the touch input means, the control device executes the cooperative cooking mode when a permission condition is satisfied. displaying a first specific screen on the display unit for
When the control device receives a command 2 from either the audio signal receiving unit or the various input keys while the first specific screen is displayed, the control device selects specific cooking that can be executed in the cooperative cooking mode. It is characterized in that information on at least one of food ingredients and nutritional ingredients relating to the product is displayed on the display section.

The composite heating cooker related to the third disclosure includes:
a first heating means for heating an object to be heated;
a second heating means for heating the food to be cooked in a closed space;
an input operation unit;
a notification unit having a display unit;
a communication unit that receives, from the outside, cooking condition data for performing heat cooking;
a controller;
The control device has a cooperative cooking mode in which one cooking is performed by driving the first heating means and the second heating means with a time difference,
The input operation unit has an audio signal receiving unit serving as audio input means and a touch input unit,
The control device has a heating control section that controls a heating operation corresponding to the linked cooking mode, and a data acquisition section that acquires the cooking condition data via the communication section with respect to a specific food to be cooked. ,
The control device enables the data acquisition unit to acquire the cooking condition data when the acquisition conditions are satisfied during the initial standby period,
When the control device receives a command 1 for selecting the cooperative cooking mode from either the voice input means or the touch input unit, the control device selects the specific cooperative cooking mode when the permission condition is satisfied. displaying a cooking menu as a first specific screen on the display unit;
When the control device receives a command 2 from either the voice input means or the touch input unit while the first specific screen is being displayed, displaying at least one of the information on the display unit;
The control device is characterized in that the acquisition condition is satisfied when the voice input means and the touch input section are operated within a first limited period.

The cooking system according to the fourth disclosure includes
a heating cooker for heating an object to be heated;
an information processing terminal capable of communicating with the heating cooker and having a terminal-side operation unit for accepting user input and a terminal-side display unit;
a cloud server connected to the information processing terminal via a network by wireless communication;
and
The cloud server has a function of transmitting cooking condition data for the heating cooker and display information to be displayed on the terminal-side display unit in response to a request from the information processing terminal. ,
The information processing terminal has a function of transmitting command information input to the terminal-side operation unit to the cloud server, and a function of displaying information of the cooking condition data received from the cloud server on the terminal-side display unit. and
The information processing terminal has a function of narrowing down the food ingredients or nutritional ingredients of the cooking menu that is the target of the cooking condition data for the specific cooking menu to be transmitted to the heating cooker from the database held,
The information processing terminal has a function of transmitting the cooking condition data and information indicating food ingredients or nutritional ingredients for cooking to be the object of the data 2 to the heating cooker. It is a configuration characterized by

The cooking system according to the fifth disclosure includes
a heating cooker for heating an object to be heated;
a first server communicable with the heating cooker;
a second server communicable with the first server;
an information processing terminal capable of communicating with the second server and having a terminal-side operation unit and a terminal-side display unit;
and
The first server has a function of receiving operating state data of the heating cooker from the heating cooker, and in response to a request A for providing cooking condition data received from the second server, regarding the operation of the heating cooker a function of transmitting display information to be displayed on the terminal-side display unit to the second server;
The information processing terminal has a function of transmitting command information input to the terminal-side operation unit to the second server, and displaying information of cooking condition data received from the second server on the terminal-side display unit. and
The second server has a function of recognizing the contents of the command information received from the information processing terminal, transmitting the request A specified from the contents of the command information to the first server, and transmitting the request A. and a function of transmitting the cooking condition data received from the first server in response to the cooking device,
The first server does not transmit the cooking condition data to the heating cooker when the operating state data received from the heating cooker is not within the receivable period of the heating cooker. be.

The composite heating cooker related to the sixth disclosure includes:
a first heating means for heating an object to be heated;
a second heating means for heating the food to be cooked in a closed space;
an input operation unit;
A communication unit that receives cooking condition data for performing heat cooking from an external information processing terminal;
a notification unit having a display unit;
a controller;
The control device includes a heating control unit that controls heating operations corresponding to a plurality of cooking modes using the first heating means and the second heating means; a data acquisition unit that acquires the cooking condition data via
After the main power switch is turned on and power is supplied, the control device displays an initial standby screen on the display unit, and during the initial standby period after this time, the control device communicates with the information processing terminal device. When the automatic connection is performed and the cooking condition data of the specific cooking mode is transmitted from the information processing terminal, the data acquisition unit acquires the cooking condition data and satisfies a predetermined permission condition. if it is satisfied, changing the standby initial screen to a specific screen for each cooking mode, displaying the contents of the cooking condition data on the specific screen;
When receiving an ingredient display command from the input operation unit while the contents of the cooking condition data are being displayed, the control device displays food ingredients or nutrients related to a specific food to be cooked with the cooking condition data. The configuration is characterized in that information on at least one of the components is displayed.

The cooking system according to the seventh disclosure includes
a heating cooker for heating an object to be heated;
a first server communicable with the heating cooker;
a second server communicable with the first server;
an information processing terminal capable of communicating with the second server and having a display operation unit that accepts input and a function of inputting instruction contents by voice;
and
The first server has a function of transmitting, in response to a request A received from the second server, operation support data to be notified by the information processing terminal regarding the operation of the heating cooker to the second server. have
The information processing terminal device has a first function of transmitting voice data to the second server, and a second function of notifying information of the operational support data received from the second server. a third function for designating cooking condition data to be acquired; a fourth function for requesting provision of food ingredient data of a cooked item to be acquired and the cooking condition data; a fifth function of requesting transmission of the cooking condition data to the cooking device;
The second server has a function of recognizing the contents of the voice data received from the information processing terminal, transmitting the request A specified from the contents of the voice data to the first server, and transmitting the request A. a function of transmitting the operation support data received from the first server in response to the information processing terminal,
The information processing terminal displays the content of the cooking condition data transmitted from the first server to the heating cooker and the food ingredient data, receives a user's command after the display, and displays the fifth The configuration is characterized in that a command to be provided to the heating cooker 1 is issued depending on the function.

The cooking system according to the eighth disclosure includes
a heating cooker for heating an object to be heated;
a first server communicable with the heating cooker;
a second server communicable with the first server;
an information processing terminal capable of communicating with the second server and having a display operation unit that accepts input and a function of inputting instruction contents by voice;
and
The first server has a function of receiving operation state data of the heating cooker from the heating cooker, and the information processing terminal regarding the operation of the heating cooker 1 in response to a request A received from the second server. a function of transmitting operation support data to be notified by the device to the second server,
The information processing terminal has a function of transmitting command contents input by voice to the second server as voice data, a function of notifying information of operation support data received from the second server, and a function of acquiring a function of requesting the second server to provide the food ingredient information of the food to be cooked, which is the object of the cooking condition data, and the cooking condition data;
The second server has a function of recognizing the contents of the voice data received from the information processing terminal, transmitting the request A specified from the contents of the voice data to the first server, and transmitting the request A. a function of transmitting the operation support data received from the first server in response to the information processing terminal,
The first server is configured to determine, from the operating state data received from the cooking device, whether or not it is a period during which the cooking condition data can be acquired by the cooking device.

The heat cooking system according to the ninth disclosure includes:
a heating cooker for heating an object to be heated;
a first server communicable with the heating cooker;
a second server communicable with the first server;
an information processing terminal capable of communicating with the second server and having a display operation unit for receiving input;
The first server has a function of receiving operating state data of the heating cooker from the heating cooker, and cooking condition data for cooking of the heating cooker in response to a request B received from the second server. to the heating cooker, and
The information processing terminal transmits the instruction content input by voice to the second server as voice data, and transmits the cooking condition data and the food component data of the food to be cooked for the cooking condition data to the It is a command to send to the heating cooker,
The second server has a function of recognizing the command content of the voice data received from the information processing terminal and transmitting the request B specified from the command content to the first server,
The first server determines from the operating state data received from the heating cooker whether or not the cooking condition data can be acquired by the heating cooker, and in response to the request B, the cooking is performed. The configuration is characterized in that the condition data and the food ingredient data are transmitted to the cooking device.

The composite heating cooker according to the tenth disclosure includes:
a microwave heating source for heating the food contained in the heating chamber with microwaves;
radiant heat heating means or a steam generator for heating the food with a heating principle different from that of the microwave heating source;
an input operation unit;
a notification unit having a display unit;
an integrated controller;
The integrated control device has a combined cooking mode in which one cooking is performed by driving the microwave heating source and the radiant heat heating means or steam generator simultaneously or with a time lag,
When the integrated control device receives a command 1 for selecting a cooking menu of the compound cooking mode from the input operation unit, the integrated control device displays a specific screen for executing the compound cooking mode on the display unit,
The integrated control device is configured to display food ingredient data relating to a specific cooking item that can be executed in the composite cooking mode while the specific screen is being displayed.

According to the present disclosure, a plurality of heating means are linked with cooking condition data acquired from the outside using a network to provide a highly convenient composite heating cooker that can widely handle various types of cooking. can be done.
In addition, according to the heat cooking system of the present disclosure, when selecting a heat cooking menu, information on food ingredients or nutrients can be easily obtained for each heat cooked item, and it is possible to select an appropriate cooking menu. can contribute.

FIG. 1 is a configuration diagram 1 of a heating cooking system showing Embodiment 1 of the present disclosure. FIG. 2 is a configuration diagram 2 of a heating cooking system showing Embodiment 1 of the present disclosure. FIG. 3 is a configuration diagram 3 of a heating cooking system showing Embodiment 1 of the present disclosure. BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS Fig. 1 is an installation state perspective view of a heating cooker showing Embodiment 1 of the present disclosure; 5 is a schematic longitudinal sectional view of the heating cooker of FIG. 4; FIG. 5 is a schematic plan view of the heating cooker of FIG. 4; FIG. The top view which expanded the central display part and central operation part of the heating cooker of FIG. The top view which expanded the left display part, the left heating power display part, and the left operation part of the heating cooker of FIG. The top view which expanded the right display part, the right heating power display part, and the right operation part of the heating cooker of FIG. The top view which expanded the central display part of the heating cooker of FIG. 4, a central operation part, and a central heating condition display part. FIG. 5 is an enlarged plan view showing an operation example of the central display portion of the heating cooker of FIG. 4; FIG. 5 is a block diagram showing the functional configuration of the heating cooker of FIG. 4; FIG. 5 is an explanatory diagram showing the entire control menu that can be selected by the central operation unit of the heating cooker of FIG. 4; FIG. 5 is a classification table of control menus of the heating cooker of FIG. 4. FIG. FIG. 5 is an explanatory diagram showing a correspondence relationship between a storage structure of various cooking control menus in a cooperative cooking mode and a compound cooking mode and input keys in the heating cooker of FIG. 4; FIG. 5 is an explanatory view showing the operation of the central display section in the combined cooking mode in the heating cooker of FIG. 4; FIG. 5 is an explanatory view showing the operation of the central display unit in the linked cooking mode in the heating cooker of FIG. 4; FIG. 5 is an explanatory diagram showing operations of an input operation unit and a central display unit during a cooperative cooking mode in the heating cooker of FIG. 4; FIG. 5 is an explanatory view showing the contents displayed on the central display unit in the linked cooking mode in the heating cooker of FIG. 4; FIG. 5 is a list showing cooperative cooking menus in the cooperative cooking mode in the heating cooker of FIG. 4. FIG. FIG. 21 is an explanatory diagram showing, in chronological order, operation example 1 of the cooperative preheating cooking mode among the cooperative cooking modes shown in FIG. 20 ; It is explanatory drawing which shows the example 2 of operation of the cooperation preheating cooking mode among the cooperation cooking modes shown in FIG. 20 in time series. FIG. 21 is a step explanatory diagram showing the operation of the cooperative cooking mode shown in FIG. 20; 21 is a flowchart 1 showing the operation of the cooperative cooking mode shown in FIG. 20; FIG. 5 is an explanatory diagram showing permission conditions before transitioning to the cooperative cooking mode and determination results in the heating cooker shown in FIG. 4 ; 5 is a flowchart 1 showing an operation of acquiring cooking condition data from the outside in the heating cooker shown in FIG. 4; 5 is a flowchart 2 showing an operation of acquiring cooking condition data from the outside in the heating cooker shown in FIG. 4; FIG. 5 is an explanatory diagram showing a transition of an initial screen during standby on the central display unit at startup in the heating cooker shown in FIG. 4 ; FIG. 5 is an explanatory diagram of a central display section showing a state before starting cooking by the first heating means in the heating cooker shown in FIG. 4 ; FIG. 5 is a flowchart 1 showing the operation of the heating cooker shown in FIG. 4 before transitioning to the cooperative cooking mode; FIG. FIG. 5 is an explanatory diagram showing the states of the central display unit and the central operation unit before obtaining cooking condition data from the outside and shifting to the cooperative cooking mode in the heating cooker shown in FIG. 4 ; FIG. 5 is an explanatory diagram 1 showing the relationship between the cooking process of the linked cooking menu and the operation of the input operation unit in the heating cooker shown in FIG. 4 ; FIG. 5 is a time chart 1 for explaining the overall cooking condition data (recipe data) obtainable section and control operation in the linked cooking mode in the heating cooker shown in FIG. 4 ; FIG. FIG. 5 is a time chart 1 for explaining the entire cooking condition data (recipe data) obtainable section and control operation in the composite cooking mode in the heating cooker shown in FIG. 4 ; FIG. FIG. 33 is a time chart showing Modification 1 of the time chart shown in FIG. 32; FIG. FIG. 33 is a time chart showing a modified example 2 of the time chart shown in FIG. 32; FIG. FIG. 33 is a time chart showing a modified example 3 of the time chart shown in FIG. 32; FIG. It is the cooking condition data acquired from the outside, and is a flowchart which shows the display operation|movement of a food component and a nutrient component before transfering to heat cooking operation|movement of cooperative cooking mode. FIG. 10 is a block diagram showing the main functional configuration of an information terminal used in the cooking system according to Embodiment 2; FIG. 40 is an operation explanatory drawing 1 when cooking in the linked cooking mode is performed in the heating cooker of the heating cooking system of FIG. 39; FIG. 40 is an operation explanatory diagram 2 for cooking in the cooperative cooking mode in the heating cooker of the heating cooking system of FIG. 39; FIG. 40 is an enlarged plan view for explaining the operation of the central operation unit and the central display unit in the cooking device of the cooking system of FIG. 39; FIG. 40 is an operation explanatory diagram 1 of the central operation unit and the central display unit in the heating cooker of the heating cooking system of FIG. 39; FIG. 40 is an operation explanatory diagram 2 of the central operation unit and the central display unit in the heating cooker of the heating cooking system of FIG. 39; FIG. 40 is an operation explanatory diagram 3 of the central operation unit and the central display unit in the heating cooker of the heating cooking system of FIG. 39; FIG. 40 is an operation explanatory diagram 4 of the central operation unit and the central display unit in the cooking device of the cooking system of FIG. 39; FIG. 40 is an explanatory diagram 1 showing the relationship between the cooking process of the cooperative cooking menu and the operation of the input operation unit in the heating cooker of the heating cooking system of FIG. 39; FIG. 40 is an explanatory diagram 1 showing a terminal-side display screen of a communication terminal used in the cooking system of FIG. 39; 40 is an explanatory diagram 2 showing a terminal-side display screen of the communication terminal device used in the cooking system of FIG. 39. FIG. 40 is an explanatory diagram 3 showing a terminal-side display screen of the communication terminal used in the cooking system of FIG. 39; FIG. 40 is an explanatory diagram 4 showing a terminal-side display screen of the communication terminal used in the cooking system of FIG. 39; FIG. 40 is an explanatory diagram 5 showing a terminal-side display screen of the communication terminal used in the cooking system of FIG. 39; FIG. 40 is an explanatory diagram 6 showing a terminal-side display screen of the communication terminal used in the cooking system of FIG. 39; FIG. 40 is an explanatory diagram 7 showing a terminal-side display screen of the communication terminal used in the cooking system of FIG. 39; FIG. 39. It is explanatory drawing 8 which shows the terminal side display screen of the communication terminal device used with the heat cooking system of FIG. 40 is an explanatory diagram 9 showing a terminal-side display screen of the communication terminal used in the cooking system of FIG. 39; FIG. FIG. 10 is an explanatory diagram 10 showing a terminal-side display screen of the communication terminal used in the cooking system of FIG. 39; 39. It is explanatory drawing 11 which shows the terminal side display screen of the communication terminal device used with the heat cooking system of FIG. FIG. 40 is a flow chart showing an operation example of a communication terminal used in the cooking system of FIG. 39; FIG. FIG. 11 is an explanatory diagram 1 showing the display operation of the central display unit immediately after starting in the heating cooker according to Embodiment 3; FIG. 61 is an explanatory diagram 2 showing the display operation of the central display unit after the heating cooker in FIG. 60 is started; 61 is an explanatory diagram 3 showing the display operation of the central display unit after the heating cooker in FIG. 60 is started; FIG. FIG. 20 is a step explanatory diagram showing an operation of externally acquiring cooking condition data relating to the cooperative cooking mode in the heating cooker according to Embodiment 4; 64 is a flowchart 1 for explaining the control operation of the heating cooker of FIG. 63; 64 is a flowchart 2 for explaining the control operation of the heating cooker of FIG. 63; 4 is a flow chart for explaining the control operation of the communication terminal; FIG. 10 is a flow chart showing an operation of acquiring cooking condition data regarding a composite cooking mode in the heating cooker 1 according to Embodiment 5. FIG. FIG. 68 is an explanatory diagram showing the transition of the standby initial screen of the central display unit at startup in the heating cooker shown in FIG. 67 ; FIG. 68 is a configuration diagram of a cooking system using the heating cooker shown in FIG. 67; FIG. 68 is a flow chart showing an operation of acquiring cooking condition data in the heating cooker 1 shown in FIG. 67. FIG. FIG. 68 is a flow chart showing an operation of displaying food components and nutritional components in the heating cooker 1 shown in FIG. 67 before transitioning to the heating cooking operation in the cooperative cooking mode. FIG. 11 is a configuration diagram of a cooking system according to Embodiment 6; FIG. 73 is an explanatory diagram 1 showing, in chronological order, information exchange between the heating cooker shown in FIG. 72 and the outside (first server); 73 is an explanatory diagram 2 showing, in chronological order, information exchange between the heating cooker shown in FIG. 72 and the outside (first server); FIG. 73 is an explanatory diagram 3 showing, in chronological order, information transfer between the heating cooker shown in FIG. 72 and the outside (first server); FIG. 73 is an explanatory diagram 4 showing, in chronological order, information transfer between the heating cooker shown in FIG. 72 and the outside (first server); FIG. FIG. 70 is a flow chart for explaining the entire control operation of the heating cooker shown in FIG. 69 before starting the heating cooking operation; FIG. FIG. 73 is a time chart showing an operation example of the heating cooker shown in FIG. 72; FIG. 73 is a flowchart showing the operation of the first server in the cooking system shown in FIG. 72; FIG. 11 is a configuration diagram of a heat cooking system according to Embodiment 7; 81 is a block diagram showing the functional configuration of a portable information display used in the system of FIG. 80; FIG. FIG. 81 is an explanatory diagram 1 in which the communication terminal device and the portable information display device are displayed side by side in the cooking system of FIG. 80; 81 is an explanatory diagram 2 showing the communication terminal device and the portable information display device side by side in the cooking system of FIG. 80. FIG. 81 is a time chart showing an operation example of the cooking system shown in FIG. 80; FIG. 12 is a configuration diagram of a heat cooking system according to Embodiment 8; FIG. 86 is an explanatory diagram showing, in chronological order, the exchange of information between the heating cooker and the external device (first server) that constitute the cooking system of FIG. 85 ; FIG. 87 is an explanatory diagram showing the transition of the standby initial screen of the central display unit at startup in the heating cooker shown in FIG. 86 ; 86 is a flow chart showing the operation of the third server used in the cooking system of FIG. 85; FIG. 11 is a block diagram 1 showing main control-related parts of a built-in composite heating cooker according to Embodiment 9. FIG. FIG. 90 is a block diagram 2 showing main control-related parts of the heating cooker of FIG. 89; FIG. 90 is a flow chart showing the control operation of the integrated control device in the heating cooker shown in FIG. 89; FIG.

Hereinafter, a composite heating cooker and a heating cooking system according to the present disclosure will be described with reference to the drawings. In the following description, terms indicating directions (eg, "up", "down", "right", "left", "front", "back", etc.) are used for easy understanding. is for illustration only. Also, in each figure, the same reference numerals denote the same or corresponding parts, which are common throughout the specification.

Furthermore, in the following description, a composite heating cooker provided with multiple types of heating means is simply referred to as a "heating cooker".

In the following description, the term "object to be heated placed on the top plate" refers to the case where an object to be heated such as a pot is directly placed on the upper surface of the top plate 3 described later and heated, and the case where the object to be heated such as a pot is directly placed on the upper surface of the top plate 3 to be described later. ), etc., when the object to be heated is placed on a supporting member such as a trivet placed above the top plate and heated.

In this Embodiment 1, the "second heating means" HM2 refers to a heat source for heating the food stored in the heating chamber 6, which will be described later. The second heating means may be a steam generator (boiler) that supplies hot steam (superheated steam, etc.).

In Embodiment 1, a magnetron is used as the microwave heating source, but there is no limit to the principle and method of microwave oscillation such as a microwave oscillator. Also, a plurality of heat sources may be provided.

In this Embodiment 1, the "third heating means" HM3 is referred to as "third" in order to indicate a difference from the second heating means HM2, but does not mean superiority or inferiority.
In Embodiment 1, a heating source using a radiant electric heat source (sheathed heater, mica heater, carbon heater, ceramic heater, infrared heater, radiant heater, etc.) is used. A heating source that generates heat may be used.

The third heating means HM3 is one capable of cooking in one heating chamber 6. FIG. A plurality of heating sources having different heating principles, such as a heating source configured by an electric heater or the like and a gas combustor (burner), may be used together. Also, an induction heating source may be used as the heating source for heating the heating chamber 6 . A steam generator (boiler) that supplies high-temperature steam (such as superheated steam) may also be used.

Furthermore, the third heating means may be either a heat source that heats the wall surface of the heating chamber 6 from the outside, or a heat source that is installed in the inner space of the heating chamber 6 and heats the atmosphere of the inner space to a high temperature. good.
In addition, a heating member that becomes high temperature by induction heating is arranged in the heating chamber, and the heating member heats the wall surface of the heating chamber 6 from the outside or heats the air inside the heating chamber 6. It can be.

As a representative example of the induction heating coil (IH coil) referred to in the first embodiment, about 30 thin copper wires or aluminum wires of about 0.1 mm to 0.3 mm are bundled, and a plurality of this bundle is twisted. There is also a structure that is wound in a spiral shape. Alternatively, there is one that is configured by winding about 1000 to 1500 pieces of about 0.05 mm. There is also a proposal to construct a ring-shaped conductor made of a plate-shaped conductive material.
Any one of these forms corresponds to the “IH coil” which is the main part of the induction heating source 9 .

In this Embodiment 1, the term "coordinated cooking" refers to two or more different heating locations for one object to be cooked (including food, meat, vegetables, etc.) and for which heating operation conditions can be set independently. Cooking using a heat source.

The above-mentioned "co-cooking" corresponds to a case where a plurality of heating means are used with a time lag. For example, in the process of completing one cooking, after preheating with a microwave heating source, the food to be cooked is moved to another place and heated with an IH coil at the place after moving. It is a kind of "collaborative cooking".

In addition, the object to be cooked is heated by a gas burner (burner) inside the heating chamber 6, and then the object to be cooked is moved onto the top plate 3 and heated by the gas burner (burner) or the induction heating source 9. Another form of ``co-cooking'' is to heat the food to improve the degree of perfection of the cooking.

Embodiment 1.
(1. Configuration of cooking system)
Embodiment 1 according to the present disclosure is described in FIGS. 1 to 38. FIG.
FIG. 1 will be described.
The cooking system of Embodiment 1 includes a cooking device 1 and a smartphone 200 (also referred to as a “communication terminal device”) having a function of performing wireless communication with the cooking device 1. there is In addition to the smart phone 200, a tablet terminal device with a communication function, a personal computer, or the like may be used. When collectively referring to these devices and the smart phone 200 , they are referred to as an “information processing terminal device” 200 .

Smartphone 200 performs wireless communication using a communication method such as WiFi (registered trademark) with a wireless router 340 (not shown) installed in a house (not shown) where cooking device 1 is used.

Cooking device 1 can acquire at least cooking condition data CD2 through wireless communication 400 with smartphone 200 . The cooking condition data CD2 will be explained later.
The smartphone 200 performs wireless communication 400 with the cooking device 1 using a communication method such as Bluetooth (registered trademark).

The smartphone 200 accesses the cloud server 300 in the external space via the wireless router 340 (not shown) and the network 201 such as the Internet. The cloud server 300 has at least one recipe information providing server 301 .

The recipe information providing server 301 is provided with a recipe DB (database) 302 that holds cooking condition data (recipe data) for executing various types of cooking. The provider site is accessed and various cooking condition data CD1 are obtained (downloaded) from the recipe DB 302 .

The cooking condition data CD1 and CD2 are also called recipe data. Although this will be described in detail later, heating means and control conditions (including at least one of thermal power, heating time, temperature, etc.) are included so that a specific food can be cooked by the heating cooker 1. includes instructions (instruction data) that specify, but are not limited to

The heating cooker 1 shown in FIG. A second heating means HM2 for supplying microwaves to the inside of the heating chamber 6 (see FIG. 5) formed inside the heating chamber 6, and the temperature of the internal space of the heating chamber 6 inside or outside the heating chamber 6 and a third heating means HM3 that raises and heats.

If the upper surface of the top plate 3 is defined as a "first place", the first heating means HM1 is used to heat the object to be heated (a magnetic metal pot) placed at the first place. Induction heating means are used. Alternatively, a gas combustion device with a gas burner can be used as said first heating means HM1.

If a closed space away from the first place is defined as a "second place", the inside of the heating chamber 6 (see FIG. 5) is the second place.

The heating cooker 1 has a function of executing a "single cooking mode" KM1 in which the first heating means HM1 and the second heating means HM2 are individually (independently) driven.

The heating cooker 1 drives the second heating means HM2 and the third heating means HM3 at the same time or operates one of them first as a method of cooking one food, It has the function of executing a "compound cooking mode" KM2 in which the other is automatically started later. Even when the second heating means HM2 and the third heating means HM3 are operated at the same time, both the cases where the heating end times of both are the same and the cases where they are different belong to the "combined cooking mode" KM2. It is one driving pattern.

In the "combined cooking mode" KM2, a pattern (RG control mode 1) in which the second heating means HM2 and the third heating means HM3 are simultaneously driven from the beginning, and after the second heating means HM2, A pattern to start driving the third heating means HM3 (RG control mode 2) and a pattern to drive the third heating means HM3 first and then automatically switch to driving the second heating means HM3. (RG control mode 3) and at least. In these RG control modes 1 to 3, each heating means is automatically switched when cooking is started in the heating chamber 6 (see FIG. 5).

Unlike the cooperative cooking mode KM3, the "compound cooking mode" KM2 does not have a "cooking menu" corresponding to a specific food (eg, hamburger). That is, a "control menu" for each pattern for driving the second heating means HM2 and the third heating means HM3 is prepared.

For example, one of the "control menus" is the "RG control mode 1". Various foods can be cooked in the RG control mode (RG compound cooking mode). One of the "control menus", for example, the "RG control mode 1", is controlled by the cooking condition data that defines the control mode, but is not set for each specific food to be cooked.

That is, the operation pattern in which two or more heating sources (the second heating means HM2 and the third heating means HM3) are operated in a predetermined sequence is the combined cooking mode KM2 having a plurality of "control menus." .

On the other hand, the cooking condition data (corresponding to a specific cooking object) for heating and cooking the food placed in the heating chamber 6 and above the top plate 3 in a predetermined order. is applied to the cooperative cooking mode KM3 having a cooperative cooking menu.
That is, the contents of the cooking condition data are different between the combined cooking mode KM2 and the linked cooking mode KM3.

In the following description, the term "control menu" refers to the type of control mode, such as the drive pattern of the heating source. For example, "thaw" is one form of control.
On the other hand, when specifying cooking items that can be cooked with heat, name of dishes, etc., it is called a "cooking menu". For example, "hamburger" is one of the cooking menus.

The heating cooker 1 operates in a "coordinated cooking mode" KM3 in which the first heating means HM1 and the second heating means HM2 are driven with a time difference determined depending on the user's operation. It has an executive function.

The "cooperation cooking mode" KM3 has a pattern of performing the cooking process 1 with the first heating means HM1 and a pattern of performing the cooking process 1 with the second heating means HM2.
For example, in order to finish the cooking process 1 by the first heating means HM1 and move to the cooking process 2, the object to be cooked is moved to the heating chamber 6, and then the driving of the second heating means HM2 is started. Between the cooking process 1 and the cooking process 2, there is a pause period during which no heating operation is performed. This pause period will be described with reference to FIGS. 32 to 36. FIG. )

In this "cooperation cooking mode" KM3, the control condition data (recipe data) is prepared for each specific cooking object (eg, hamburger, roast beef, gratin).
The control condition data (recipe data) specifies the heating means to be used, the order of driving the heating means, and the control conditions of the heating means (including at least one of thermal power, heating time, temperature, etc.). ing.

The control condition data (recipe data) are stored in both the heating cooker 1 and the recipe DB 302 . The control condition data (recipe data) held in the recipe DB and the cooking device 1 need not be the same. For example, control condition data for the new cooperative cooking mode KM3 may be sequentially added to the recipe DB 302, and the control condition data (recipe data) for the compound cooking menu may be sequentially accumulated.

When the heating cooker 1 acquires the cooking condition data for executing the cooperative cooking mode KM3 from the smartphone 200, the data is one cooking menu unit selected by the user on the smartphone 200. This applies not only to the "cooperation cooking mode" KM3, but also to the "combined cooking mode" KM2 and the "single cooking mode" KM1.

As described above, the smartphone 200 requests the recipe information providing server 301 to provide the desired recipe of the food to be cooked, and downloads the cooking condition data CD1 corresponding to the desired recipe.

The smartphone 200 can transmit the cooking condition data CD2 corresponding to the recipe acquired from the recipe information providing server 301 to the heating cooker 1 .
In order to use such a recipe acquisition function, the user of the heating cooker 1 accesses a recipe providing site (recipe information providing server 301) and installs a recipe selection application (hereinafter referred to as a recipe selection application) on a smartphone. Install on 200.

When the user installs the recipe selection application, the user performs an operation of registering identification information such as the model name of the heating cooker as an initial setting. By this registration, the cooking condition data corresponding to the rated specifications of the heating cooker 1 (heating capacity of each heating means HM1 to HM3, etc.) can be obtained from the recipe providing site (recipe information providing server 301).

Also, the user performs pairing between the smartphone 200 and the cooker 1 using the recipe selection application to establish wireless communication 400 between the smartphone 200 and the cooker 1 . Note that this wireless communication may use a near field communication (NFC) system.

Next, FIG. 2 will be described.
In FIG. 2, the role of the smart phone 200 is different from that of the cooking system shown in FIG. In addition, it is not the smartphone 200 but the heating cooker 1 that accesses the recipe providing site (recipe information providing server 301) and acquires a recipe selection application (referred to as a "recipe selection application"). .

The smartphone 200 and the recipe providing site (recipe information providing server 301) are connected via a network 202 such as an Internet line.
Also, the recipe providing site (recipe information providing server 301) and the heating cooker 1 are connected via a network 203 such as an Internet line. Note that a wireless router (not shown) may be interposed between the smart phone 200 and the cloud server 300 . Similarly, a wireless router 340 (not shown) may be interposed between the cooker 1 and the cloud server 300 .

As described above, in the heat cooking system shown in FIG. 2, the smartphone 200 transmits the cooking condition data CD3 (corresponding to the recipe) created by the user to the recipe providing site (recipe information providing server 301). , can be temporarily stored in the recipe DB 302 and provided to the heating cooker 1 . That is, when the smartphone 200 exists in a place far away from the house where the heating cooker 1 is installed (for example, outside), the cooking condition data CD3 of the smartphone 200 is stored in the recipe information providing server 301. It is convenient because it can be stored.

Heat cooker 1 downloads cooking condition data CD4 corresponding to a specific recipe stored in recipe information providing server 301 through network 203 with the recipe providing site (recipe information providing server 301). The cooking condition data CD4 in this case may be the cooking condition data CD2 provided by the smartphone 200 .

The user of the cooking device 1 accesses the recipe providing site (recipe information providing server 301) to use the (direct) acquisition function from such recipe data (cooking condition data). application (hereinafter referred to as “recipe selection application”) is installed in the heating cooker 1 in advance. It is convenient if this installation can be easily executed in the heating cooker 1 as one menu of "function mode" to be described later.

When the user installs the recipe selection application, the user performs an operation of registering identification information such as the model name of the heating cooker as an initial setting. By this registration, the cooking condition data corresponding to the specifications of the heat cooker 1 (heating capacity of each heating means HM1 to HM3, etc.) can be obtained from the recipe providing site (recipe information providing server 301).

In the heat cooking system of FIG. 2, the user acquires the cooking condition data CD1 (corresponding to the recipe) as described in FIG. After confirming and partially correcting the cooking condition data CD1, the cooking condition data CD3 may be stored in the recipe providing site (recipe information providing server 301) as described with reference to FIG.

In the cooking system shown in FIG. 1, the cooking condition data CD2 from smartphone 200 to cooker 1 can be provided when smartphone 200 and cooker 1 are close to each other. , the heating cooker 1 cannot directly acquire the cooking condition data CD2.
On the other hand, in the heating cooking system shown in FIG. can be used.

Next, FIG. 3 will be described.
In FIG. 3, the role of the recipe providing site (recipe information providing server 301) is different from that of the cooking system shown in FIG.
In the heat cooking system of FIG. 3, the heat cooker 1 accesses the recipe providing site (recipe information providing server 301) and downloads the cooking condition data CD6.

Further, in the heat cooking system of FIG. 3, the heat cooker 1 can access the recipe providing site (recipe information providing server 301) to provide the cooking condition data CD7.
For example, when heat cooking is actually executed and good cooking is achieved, after the heat cooking, the cooking condition data remaining in the storage part of the heat cooker 1 is provided as improved cooking condition data CD7. It can be provided to the site (recipe information providing server 301). Such user's favorite recipes are preferably registered (stored) in the recipe information providing server 301 as "favorite recipes". It should be noted that it is the heating cooker 1 that acquires the "recipe selection application", which is different from the heating cooking system of FIG.

The heating cooker 1 and the recipe providing site (recipe information providing server 301) are connected by networks 204 and 205 such as Internet lines.
A wireless router 340 (not shown) may be interposed between the cooker 1 and the cloud server 300 . Similarly, a wireless router 340 (not shown) may be interposed between the networks 204 and 205 between the cooker 1 and the cloud server 300 . Also, a wireless router (not shown) may be interposed between the smartphone 200 and the cloud server 300 .

In the heat cooking system of FIG. 3, the user can directly obtain the cooking condition data CD6 from the recipe providing site (recipe information providing server 301) by using the heat cooker 1. FIG. Therefore, even if the user does not own the smartphone 200, the cooking condition data CD6 of the desired recipe can be obtained from the recipe providing site (recipe information providing server 301) each time cooking is performed.
In addition, as described above, when the cooking is actually performed and good cooking is achieved, the improved cooking condition data CD7 can be provided to the recipe providing site (recipe information providing server 301) after the cooking. . Therefore, from the next time onwards, the cooking condition data CD7 can be called from the heat cooker 1 side and used for heat cooking, which is convenient.

In this first embodiment, there are cases where the description of "acquiring" or "restricting acquisition" of cooking condition data is given, so this point will be explained.
When the explanation of "restrict acquisition" is given, it means that the cooking condition data (specific information constituting part or all of the data) cannot enter the heating cooker 1 from the outside via the communication unit 51, which will be described later. Not a translation. In the heating cooker 1 , the communication section 51 once receives the cooking condition data from the outside and temporarily stores it in an appropriate storage area in the storage device 41 . At that time, the contents of the data (attributes, presence or absence of identification information 167, etc.) are analyzed. However, if the data is transmitted from the outside during the "period during which acquisition is restricted" as described above, it will not be used in the process of executing the subsequent cooking menu (i.e., the cooking process). It is automatically erased within a short period of time (at least when the main power switch 20 is turned off).

(2. Configuration of heating cooker)
Next, the configuration of the heating cooker 1 will be described with reference to FIGS. 4 to 7. FIG.
4 and 5, the heating cooker 1 is a built-in IH cooking heater that is used by being incorporated in kitchen furniture (kitchen furniture) 600 having a cooking table at the top. A heating cooker 1 has a main body 2 and a top plate 3 placed on the main body 2 . The top plate 3 is exposed above the kitchen top plate forming the top surface of the kitchen furniture 600 .

The top plate 3 is composed of, for example, a heat-resistant glass plate and a metal frame attached around the glass plate. The upper surface of the top plate 3 is provided with three heating ports 4: a left heating port 4L, a right heating port 4R, and a central heating port 4C.

The left heating port 4L, the right heating port 4R, and the central heating port 4C indicate areas in which metal cooking containers such as pots or frying pans (also referred to as “objects to be heated” with respect to the first heating means HM1) are placed. is. Guidance marks (not shown) serving as guides for placing the object to be heated can be printed on the upper surface of the top plate 3 at the left heating port 4L, the right heating port 4R, and the central heating port 4C. Drawn.

An exhaust port cover 5 is provided on the far side (rear side) of the top plate 3 . The exhaust port cover 5 is made of a punching metal or a grid-like metal member having a large number of small through-holes, and has air permeability and low air resistance throughout. Exhaust air emitted from the interior of the heating cooker 1 passes through the exhaust port cover 5 and exits the heating cooker 1 .

A door (heating door) 7 for opening and closing a front surface of a heating chamber 6 (see FIG. 5) disposed inside the main body 2 is provided on the front surface of the main body 2 of the heating cooker 1 . The door 7 is provided with a handle 8 for opening and closing it.

FIG. 5 is a schematic vertical cross-sectional view of the heating cooker 1 according to Embodiment 1 as viewed from the side. As shown in FIG. 5, an induction heating coil 9L (hereinafter referred to as "left IH coil") as left induction heating means is provided below the left heating port 4L.

Similarly, an induction heating coil 9R (hereinafter referred to as a "right IH coil") as a right induction heating means is located below the right heating port 4R, and an induction heating coil 9R as a central induction heating means is located below the central heating port 4C. A heating coil 9C (hereinafter referred to as "central IH coil") is provided.

These IH coils 9C, 9L, and 9R are circular heating coils formed by winding thin conductor wires such as copper wires or aluminum wires, and generate high-frequency magnetic fields when supplied with high-frequency currents. As a result, the cooking vessel (object to be heated) arranged on the left heating port 4L, the right heating port 4R, and the central heating port 4C is induction-heated.

The heating means including the IH coils 9C, 9L, 9R and their driving circuits (meaning high-frequency power supply circuits such as inverter circuits, not shown) is referred to as the induction heating source 9 or the first heating means HM1. There is In the following description, the "first heating means" HM1 will be used unless otherwise contradicted.

A temperature sensor group 30 (not shown) consisting of a plurality of temperature sensors is mounted in the vicinity of the IH coils 9C, 9L, and 9R in order to detect the temperature of the top plate 3 and the cooking container (object to be heated). there is One temperature sensor 30A (not shown) constitutes one sensor in the temperature sensor group 30 shown in FIG.

The heating chamber 6 is provided inside the main body 2 and below the IH coils 9C, 9L, and 9R. The heating chamber 6 is surrounded by a metal wall made of stainless steel or the like, and is a space for heating an object to be cooked (food, ingredients) accommodated in the heating chamber 6 .

The food to be cooked may be placed on a heat-resistant plastic container, porcelain, or heat-resistant glass dish, or put in a container and placed in the heating chamber 6. It is sometimes called a “heated container”. However, since these containers are not induction-heated by the IH coils 9C, 9L, and 9R, even if they are placed on the heating port 4 of the top plate 3, they are not called "objects to be heated" by the IH coils 9C, 9L, and 9R. .

An opening is formed in the front surface of the heating chamber 6 for taking in and out the food to be cooked. The opening on the front side of the heating chamber 6 is covered with a door 7 so as to be openable and closable. The door 7 is rotatably supported by the main body 2 via hinges and arms (not shown). As a result, the door 7 is configured to open forward to a horizontal position with its lower end as a fulcrum (rotational center). The door 7 may be pulled forward integrally with a support member (a structure such as a shelf, not shown) that supports the container to be heated from below by means of a slide rail (not shown).

The door 7 is provided with an open/close detector 10 for detecting opening/closing of the door 7 . The open/close detector 10 is, for example, a microswitch or an infrared sensor. A microwave oscillator 11 for heating the food contained in the heating chamber 6 is provided behind the heating chamber 6 . The microwave oscillator 11 is composed of, for example, a magnetron, and radiates microwaves into the heating chamber 6 to heat the food placed in the heating chamber, which is called range heating.

The heating means including the microwave oscillator 11 and its driving circuit (meaning a high-frequency power supply circuit such as an inverter circuit, not shown) may be called a second heating means HM2.

The heating chamber 6 is provided with an upper radiant heat heating means 12a and a lower radiant heat heating means 12b for heating the food to be cooked from above and below. The upper radiant heat heating means 12a is arranged on the outside or inside ceiling wall surface of the heating chamber 6, and the lower radiant heat heating means 12b is arranged on the inside or outside wall surface of the heating chamber 6, both of which are sheathed heaters.

Other types of radiant heat heating means (for example, mica heaters, carbon heaters, etc.) may be installed outside the heating chamber 6 . 5 shows an example in which both the upper radiant heat heating means 12a and the lower radiant heat heating means 12b are installed so as to be in close contact with the outer wall surface of the heating chamber 6. As shown in FIG.

The heating means including the upper radiant heat heating means 12a, the lower radiant heat heating means 12b, and their driving circuits (not shown) may be referred to as third heating means HM3. The upper radiant heat heating means 12a and the lower radiant heat heating means 12b may be collectively referred to as "radiant heat heating means", in which case the code "12" is used.

In addition, the heating chamber 6 is provided with an infrared sensor 13, which is a non-contact temperature sensor, to detect the temperature of the food to be cooked in the heating chamber 6 in a non-contact manner. The temperature range detected by the infrared sensor 13 is set to -20°C to 100°C, for example. As a result, the degree of heating of the object to be cooked can be accurately detected in real time, for example, in increments of 1°C. This infrared sensor 13 also constitutes one sensor in the temperature sensor group 30 shown in FIG.

The heating chamber 6 is also provided with a contact temperature sensor (for example, a thermistor sensor) 14 which is a room temperature sensor for detecting the ambient temperature inside the heating chamber 6 or the wall surface temperature of the heating chamber 6 .

Since the thermistor sensor 14 detects a temperature change by detecting a change in electrical resistance, the upper limit of the temperature that can be detected is about 250.degree. This thermistor sensor 14 also constitutes one sensor in the temperature sensor group 30 shown in FIG. The thermistor sensor 14 may be installed at two locations near the bottom surface and near the ceiling surface of the heating chamber 6 as shown in FIG.

FIG. 6 is a top view of the heating cooker 1 according to Embodiment 1. FIG. As shown in FIG. 6, on the front side of the upper surface of the top plate 3 of the heating cooker 1, a left operating section 15L, a central operating section 15M and a right operating section 15R are provided. These three operation units may be collectively referred to as an "input operation unit", in which case reference numeral 15 is used.

On the far side (rear side) of the left operating section 15L, the central operating section 15M and the right operating section 15R, there are provided a left thermal power display section 17L, a central display section 16M and a right thermal power display section 17R, a left display section 16L and a right display section. 16R and a central heating status display portion 17M are provided.

The left display section 16L, the central display section 16M, and the right display section 16R may be collectively referred to as a "display section" in which case reference numeral 16 is used. The central display unit 16M has a horizontally long liquid crystal display screen.

The left heating power display section 17L and the right heating power display section 17R display the heating power level by means of light-emitting elements (such as LEDs), and do not have display screens.

The left heating power display section 17L, the right heating display section 17R, and the central heating status display section 17M may be collectively referred to as the "heating power display section" in which case reference numeral 17 is used.

A button (key) 20A for operating the main power switch 20 (see FIG. 11) is provided adjacent to the right operating section 15R. The main power switch 20 turns on or off the main power of the heating cooker 1 . The button (key) that is pressed for ON-OFF is the operation button 20A.

When the operation button 20A is pressed, for example, for several seconds while the main power source of the heating cooker 1 is OFF, the main power source is turned ON. Also, when the main power source of the heating cooker 1 is ON, the main power source is turned OFF by pressing the operation button 20A for several seconds, for example.

Next, FIG. 7 will be described.
In FIG. 7, an input key 180 for selecting voice input is arranged in the central operation section 15M of the input operation section 15. As shown in FIG. This input key 180 may be a mechanical switch, or may be an input key of a touch type input switch like input keys 153M to 159M to be described later.

When the input key 180 is pressed, the "voice input combined mode" is activated from that moment, and when there is a voice signal from the voice signal receiving section 56 described in FIG. 58 analyzes one by one and outputs the analysis result to the heating control unit 43 .

21M is an individual light emitting unit which emits light when the input function of the input key 180 is valid and continues to emit light until the input function becomes invalid.

An input key 151KP for function setting is arranged at a position adjacent to the left of the input key 153M in the central operation unit 15M.

In this first embodiment, the input mode for controlling the heating cooker 1 by operating the input key 180 for selecting the voice input and using both the voice input and the touch input mode described later is set to the "voice input combination mode" VM. call. For this reason, the input key 180 may be called a "voice input combined mode selection unit" VMC.

In this Embodiment 1, the input form in which the heating cooker 1 is controlled by the user's fingertip or other pressing operation (including light contact) is referred to as a "touch input mode" TM. For this reason, various input keys 151M to 159M, 151R to 155R, and 151L to 155L, which will be described later, may be called a "touch input mode selection section" TMC. Note that not only touch input keys using capacitance change but also input keys using push-button mechanical switches are one type of the touch input mode selection unit TMC.

FIG. 8 is an enlarged view of the left display portion 16L, the left heating power display portion 17L, and the left operation portion 15L according to the first embodiment. The left display section 16L displays information about cooking in the left heating port 4L, and is composed of, for example, a liquid crystal display.

The left display section 16L indicates the set time of timer cooking for the object to be heated placed on the left heating port 4L, the elapsed time from the start of the heating operation in the left heating port 4L, or the end of the timer set time. Displays the remaining time, etc.

The left display section 16L displays the automatically set temperature (default temperature) or the current temperature when preheating cooking in the left heating port 4L is selected. The automatically set temperature (default temperature) refers to the target temperature of the bottom surface of the object to be heated (for example, a metal pan) when the object to be heated is heated in the left heating port 4L. The default temperature can be arbitrarily changed by the user within a certain range.

The left heating power display section 17L is composed of a plurality of light emitting elements (LEDs) arranged in a horizontal line, and displays the heating power of the left heating port 4L in multiple stages. The left thermal power display unit 17L expresses thermal power by switching the lighting state (lighting, extinguishing, blinking, etc.) of a plurality of LEDs or switching the lighting color. As a result, it is possible to inform the user of the thermal power in an intuitive and easy-to-understand manner.

The left operation section 15L is for inputting an operation related to heat cooking in the left heating port 4L.
As shown in FIG. 8, the left operation section 15L has five input keys 151L, 152L, 153L, 154L and 155L. These input keys 151L, 152L, 153L, 154L, and 155L are capacitive touch sensors (touch switches) that enable input by utilizing changes in capacitance when the user touches them lightly with a finger or the like. .

Light emitting units 21L are provided corresponding to the input keys 151L, 152L, 153L, 154L and 155L. The light emitting unit 21L is composed of a plurality of light emitting elements (LEDs) and emits light according to the operation of the input keys 151L, 152L, 153L, 154L and 155L. Note that two adjacent input keys 154L and 155L share one light emitting part 21L in order to exhibit the same kind of function of increasing/decreasing thermal power.

The input key 151L is a key that is pressed when selecting timer cooking in the left heating port 4L. Timer cooking is a cooking method in which a user sets a cooking time and performs a heating operation only during the set time.

The input key 152L is a key that is pressed down when selecting a control menu to be executed in the left heating port 4L. One of a plurality of control menus can be selected each time the input key 152L is pressed. The "control menu" here means, for example, boiling water, boiling, frying (automatic cooking), and the like. The drive time, heating power, drive pattern, etc. of the left heating port 4L differ for each control menu.

The control menu in which the left heating port 4L and the right heating port 4R are operated by operating the left operating section 15L or the right operating section 15R and the central operating section 15M is not operated is a "single cooking mode" in which all induction heating is performed. It is a control menu of KM1. The "single cooking mode" KM1 will be explained later.

The input key 153L is a key that is pressed to start or stop cooking in the left heating port 4L. That is, by pressing the input key 153L, the left IH coil 9L arranged below the left heating port 4L is driven. When the input key 153L is pressed again while the left IH coil 9L is being driven, the driving of the left IH coil 9 is stopped and the induction heating operation is immediately stopped.

The input keys 154L and 155L are keys to be pressed when specifying the heating power for heat cooking in the left heating port 4L. By pressing the input key 154L on the left side, the heat power is lowered by one step. On the contrary, by pressing the input key 155L on the right side, the heating power is increased by one step. The heating power for induction cooking at the left heating port 4L is divided into 9 levels from the rated minimum heating power (heating power level 1: 150 W) to the rated maximum heating power (heating power level 9: 3200 W).

FIG. 9 is an enlarged view of right display portion 16R, right thermal power display portion 17R, and right operation portion 15R according to the first embodiment. The right display section 16R displays information related to cooking in the right heating port 4R, and is composed of, for example, a liquid crystal display. The information related to cooking in the right heating port 4R displayed on the right display portion 16R is the same as the information related to cooking in the left heating port 4L.

The right heating power display section 17R is composed of a plurality of light emitting elements (LEDs) and displays the heating power of the right heating port 4R in multiple stages. The right thermal power display section 17R, like the left thermal power display section 17L, expresses thermal power by switching the lighting state (lighting, extinguishing, blinking, etc.) of a plurality of light emitting elements (LEDs) or by switching the lighting color.

The right operation unit 15R is for inputting operations related to heat cooking in the right heating port 4R. As shown in FIG. 9, the right operation section 15R has five input keys 151R, 152R, 153R, 154R and 155R.

The input keys 151R, 152R, 153R, 154R, and 155R are capacitive touch keys that allow input by utilizing changes in capacitance when the user touches them lightly with a finger or the like.

Light-emitting portions 21R are provided corresponding to the input keys 151R, 152R, 153R, 154R and 155R, respectively. The light emitting unit 21R is a light emitting element (LED), and according to the operation of the input keys 151R, 152R, 153R, 154R and 155R, the light emitting units 21R corresponding to the respective input keys emit light. However, the two adjacent input keys 154R and 155R share one light emitting part 21R in order to exhibit the same kind of function of increasing/decreasing thermal power.

The input key 151R is a key that is pressed when selecting timer cooking in the right heating port 4R. The input key 152R is a key that is pressed when selecting a control menu to be executed at the right heating port 4R.

The input key 153R is a key that is pressed to start or stop cooking in the right heating port 4R. The input keys 154R and 154R are keys that are pressed when specifying the heat power for cooking in the right heating port 4R. By pressing the left input key 154R, the heat power is lowered by one step. On the contrary, by pressing the right input key 155R, the heating power is raised one step at a time. The heating power for induction cooking in the right heating port 4R is divided into 9 stages from the rated minimum heating power (heating power level 1) of 150W to the rated maximum heating power (heating power level 9) of 3200W.

FIG. 10 is an enlarged view of central display portion 16M, central operation portion 15M, and central heating status display portion 17M according to the first embodiment.

The central display section 16M displays information and alarms of the entire heating cooker 1, and is configured by a liquid crystal display. On the display screen of the central display unit 16M, selection results of induction heating means (first heating means) HM1, microwave heating means (second heating means) HM2, and radiation heat heating means (third heating means) HM3 are displayed. It displays the operating state of each heating means, caution information or warning information for cooking with heat by each heating means.

The central display section 16M is a single liquid crystal display in terms of hardware, but as shown in FIG. , and different display can be performed for each display area.

In addition, the three display areas 22 to 24 may be appropriately linked to form one (wide area) display area according to the display scene, and display for one purpose may be performed. The first display area 22 is hereinafter referred to as the first area 22 , the second display area 23 is referred to as the second area 23 , and the third display area 24 is referred to as the third area 24 .

The central heating status display portion 17M is divided into two stages in the front-back direction. A grill light emitting element (LED) 311 behind the oven light emitting element (LED) 312 behind the oven character display, and a central IH light emitting element (LED) behind the central IH character display ) 313 and are arranged.

On the upper (rear) side, there are letters warning "high temperature caution" and high temperature warning lights placed in front and below a figure schematically representing the heating chamber 6 and the three heating ports 4L, 4C, and 4R. An element (LED) group 314 is arranged.

The high temperature caution light-emitting element (LED) group 314 is composed of a heating chamber high temperature caution light-emitting element (LED) 314a and an IH high temperature caution light-emitting element (LED) 314b arranged side by side.

The heating chamber high temperature warning light emitting element (LED) 314a lights up when the temperature in the heating chamber 6 is high, for example, 50° C. or higher.
The IH high temperature warning light emitting element (LED) 314b lights up when any one of the left IH coil 9L, right IH coil 9R, and center IH coil 9C is in operation or when the temperature of the top plate 3 is high, for example, 50° C. or higher. .

The central operation unit 15M is mainly used to input operations related to cooking in the heating chamber 6 and cooking by the central heating port 4C.
As shown in FIG. 10, the central operation unit 15M has nine input keys 151M, 152M, 153M, 154M, 155M, 156M, 157M, 158M, 159M and a function setting key 151KP (see FIG. 7).

The nine input keys 151M to 159M are capacitive touch keys. Further, a light emitting section 21M is provided near each of these input keys 151M to 159M.

The function setting key 151KP (see FIG. 7) is arranged on the leftmost side of the central operation section 15M. The function setting key 151KP is used to set various operations and displays of the heating cooker 1 as a whole as desired by the user.

When the function setting key 151KP is pressed, the control device 40, which will be described later, switches to the "function mode" and displays the following "function setting menu" on the display screen of the central display section 16M.
(1) Child lock setting (setting for disabling operation of various input keys).
(2) Ventilation fan linked mode setting.
(3) Cleaning guide setting (automatic notification function setting for cleaning timing of heating chamber 6 and exhaust port cover 5).
(4) Peak cut setting (maximum power consumption is selected from four levels of 5700W, 5000W, 4800W and 4000W).
(5) Audio guide audio settings.
(6) Audio guide volume setting.
(7) Settings for preventing forgetting to take out the food to be cooked, cooking utensils, etc. from the heating chamber 6 (whether or not an alarm is issued by the voice notification unit 50 and the central display unit 16M).
(8) HEMS registration settings (settings related to the power usage limit function of a home power control device).
(9) Time unit setting for timer cooking (1 minute unit setting changed to 5 minute or 30 minute unit).
(10) Switching between beginner mode and normal (expert) mode.
(11) Setting the type (range) of inventory information to be acquired from an external device (refrigerator 800: not shown).
(12) Setting of display priority (specific cooking menu to be displayed by default, identification information 167) of each cooking menu (for example, "hamburger") of the cooperative cooking mode KM3.
(13) Setting of display priority (specific control menu to be displayed by default) of each control menu (for example, "microwave grill", "boiled under leafy vegetables") of the composite cooking mode KM2.
(14) When the door 7 of the heating chamber 6 is opened after the main power switch 20 is "ON", the setting of the cooking mode to be automatically displayed on the central display unit 16M (coordinated cooking mode KM3 and combined cooking mode KM2 display priority, etc.).
(15) Setting for not automatically displaying additional information 165 and 166 (see FIG. 16), which will be described later, and setting for not notifying additional information 165 and 166 by voice by the voice notification unit 50 .
(16) When displaying individual cooking menus in the cooperative cooking mode KM3 on the central display unit 16M, a setting to individually display the components of the target cooking (food) and nutritional components each time. Either one of the food component and the nutrient may be used, or both may be used, but in the first embodiment, the input key 158M is used as the display command key for the food component, and the input key 159M is used as the display command key for the nutrient component.
When either one of the input keys 158M or 159M is operated within a predetermined period of time, or when the voice input combined mode is set and a command is given by voice, the food ingredients or nutritional ingredients are displayed. In other words, it is not always displayed together with the cooking menu identification information 167 (described later), but is displayed according to the user's operation (including voice). Details will be described with reference to FIG.
(17) When selecting an individual cooking menu in the cooperative cooking mode KM3, setting to search for cooking menu candidates from food ingredients and nutritional ingredients and display them on the central display section 16M. In this case, the user can search by voice by pressing the input key 180 to set the "voice input combined mode". Details will be described with reference to FIG.
(18) Setting the display priority of each cooking menu in the cooperative cooking mode KM3.
Regarding the setting of a specific cooking menu to be displayed by default, either the food component or the nutritional component is set as the highest priority item for display. By setting this, for example, the cooking menu can be displayed in ascending order of energy amount (calorie value) among the nutritional components, as shown in FIG. Alternatively, cooking menus can be displayed in descending order of the amount of "iron" as a nutritional ingredient.

As described above, when the "function setting mode" is selected by pressing the function setting key 151KP, it is possible to add the display of food components or nutritional components, and once the display has been set, , and then can be set to be canceled in the function setting mode. Therefore, there is an advantage that the information to be set, the range, and the display method can be selected according to the user's wishes.

The "beginner mode" is an optional function for people (users) who are unfamiliar with using the heating cooker 1, and when set to this beginner mode, the content of the voice guidance in the voice notification unit 50 becomes more detailed. , be polite. Further, regarding the input operation on the input operation unit 15, the voice guidance is increased, and the display information on the display screen of the central display unit 16M is increased.

When the beginner mode is set, especially in the case of cooking in the combined cooking mode KM2 and the linked cooking mode KM3, in the cooking process 1 and the cooking process 2, reference information displayed on the display screen of the central display unit 16M (for example, The amount of additional information 165 and 166 (including additional information 165 and 166 to be described later) is increased, or the content of the audio guide in the audio notification unit 50 is increased. Therefore, the function that can support the user's input operation is strengthened.

In addition, in conjunction with the switching from the "beginner mode" to the "normal (professional) mode", the content of the voice guidance of the voice notification unit 50 may be automatically set so as not to be changed. good.

When the door 7 of the heating chamber 6 is opened after the main power switch 20 is turned "ON" to be described later, the setting of the cooking mode automatically displayed on the central display unit 16M is the cooperative cooking mode KM3 and the combined cooking mode. It means to set one of KM2. Since both the cooperative cooking mode KM3 and the combined cooking mode KM2 use one central display section 16M, the user can set to give priority to display of one of them. This will be explained in detail later.

In Embodiment 1, the "compound cooking mode" KM2 exceptionally includes several control menus for the single cooking mode KM1 by the central IH coil 9M (for example, a cooking item called "cooking rice").

When the door 7 of the heating chamber 6 is opened after the main power switch 20 is turned “ON”, the control device 40 detects the opening of the door 7 .
Presuming that the user will cook using the heating chamber 6, first select either the first specific screen 16M1 for the cooperative cooking mode KM3 or the second specific screen 16M2 for the combined cooking mode KM2. There is a function to automatically display on the central display section 16M.
Immediately after the main power switch 20 is turned "ON", the central display section 16M displays a standby initial screen 16MH, which will be described later. After that, immediately after the door 7 is opened, the second specific screen 16M2 is automatically displayed.

After the "function setting menu" is displayed on the display screen of the central display unit 16M, a specific input key (for example, 154M) other than the function setting key 151KP is "long pressed" (hereinafter referred to as "long press"). ) to select one setting menu from the above-mentioned "function setting menu", and then change to desired setting contents.

Alternatively, when two specific input keys other than the function setting key 151KP are "long-pressed" at the same time, one of the above-described "function setting menus" can be called up and the desired settings can be changed. can be done.

The "long press" means, for example, a state of being continuously pressed for 5 seconds or more.
The control device 40 compares the touch input timing on the central operation unit 15M with a reference value to determine whether or not it is in the "long press" state. In other words, the timing at which the input keys (for example, 154M and 155M) are pressed simultaneously on the central operation unit 15M is determined by "ON" (when touched) - "OFF" (when touched) transmitted from the input operation unit 15M to the control device 40. The control device 40 measures the time from when the "ON" signal changes to the "OFF" signal to determine whether it is a "long press" or not. there is

The type (range) of inventory information acquired from the refrigerator 800 (not shown) is, for example, limited to only frozen foods or foods that can be heated by a microwave heating source (second heating means HM2). It is to be.

In the stage where the control mode and control conditions (temperature, heating power, time, etc.) of the first heating means HM1, the second heating means HM2, and the third heating means HM3 are selected on the central display portion 16M, the function mode The input function of the function setting key 151KP is disabled so as not to switch between.

Next, the setting of the peak cut value of the heating cooker 1 will be described.
Even if the default value at the time of shipment from the manufacturer is 5400W, it can be set to any of 5000W, 4800W or 4000W when installed in the user's home.

In this manner, the function of the heating cooker 1 can be changed by the function setting key 151KP according to the user's desire, usage environment (power situation of the home where the appliance is installed), and the like. When the peak cut value is set in this way, the setting result is stored in the control device 40, so that when the user selects the linked cooking mode KM3 as described later, the linked cooking mode KM3 is set. It is used to determine whether use is permitted. Therefore, while the cooking condition data, which will be described later, is being received from the communication terminal device 200, the peak cut value cannot be changed using the function setting key 151KP (see FIG. 7).

In FIG. 10, the light emitting section 21M is composed of an LED and emits light according to the operation of the input keys 151M to 159M.
Since the two adjacent input keys 155M and 154M change the display contents of the first area 22 in common, they share one light emitting section 21M.

Since the two adjacent input keys 157M and 156M change the display contents of the second area 23 in common, they share one light emitting section 21M.
Since the two adjacent input keys 159M and 158M change the display contents of the third area 24 in common, they share one light emitting section 21M.

The input key 151M is a start key that is pressed (touch operated) to start cooking, and the input key 152M is a cancel key that is pressed (touch operated) to stop or end cooking. is.

The input key 153M is an input key (hereinafter sometimes referred to as a "first input key") for selecting the "cooking mode" KM3 when operated after the main power switch 20 is turned on.

When the input keys 154M and 155M are operated after the main power switch 20 is turned ON (without pressing the input key 153M), the input keys for selecting the "compound cooking mode" KM2 (hereinafter referred to as "fourth input key ”).

When the input keys 153R and 153L described in FIG. 9 are operated after the main power switch 20 is turned ON (without pressing the input keys 153M, 154M, and 155M), the "single cooking mode" KM1 is selected. Input key (hereinafter sometimes referred to as "third input key").

The aforementioned input key 151M has a function of determining the start of cooking for three types of cooking: the "single cooking mode" KM1, the "combined cooking mode" KM2, and the "cooperation cooking mode" KM3, and is hereinafter referred to as the "start key". Sometimes.

The input keys 154M and 155M shown in FIG. 10 are input keys ( Hereinafter, it may be referred to as a "second input key").

The four input keys 156M to 159M have the function of allowing the user to adjust control conditions such as microwave power and cooking time (within a certain range), and are hereinafter sometimes referred to as "fourth input keys".

When any one of the "single cooking mode" KM1, the "combined cooking mode" KM2 and the "cooperation cooking mode" KM3 is selected, the selection result is displayed on the central display section 16M. The "single cooking mode", "combined cooking mode" and "cooperation cooking mode" will be described later in detail.

As shown in FIG. 10, the input keys 154M and 155M are arranged adjacent to and near the front of the first area 22 of the central display section 16M, and are displayed in the first area 22 of the central display section 16M. This is a key for switching the display contents of the displayed screen.

Next, FIG. 11 will be described.
FIG. 11 is a plan view of the central display section 16M.
When the input key 154M is pressed down, i.e., operated by the user, the content displayed in the first area 22, for example, the display information 25A of "manual range" of one control menu belonging to the "compound cooking mode" KM2. moves backwards. At the same time, the display information 25B of "boiled under leafy vegetables" displayed on the front side is displayed in the center.

Further, when the input key 155M is pressed down, that is, by being operated by the user, the display information 25A of "manual range" displayed in the first area 22 moves forward and is displayed on the rear side. Display information 25C of "warming up" is displayed in the center.

Thus, the user can select a specific control menu (for example, "manual range") in the "control menu" by operating the input keys 154M and 155M.

The control menu for the above-mentioned "range manual" originally belongs to the "single cooking mode KM1" that uses only the second heating means HM2. The first area 22 also displays control menus (compound cooking) belonging to the mode KM3 and control menus and linked cooking menus belonging to linked cooking menus (for example, 'hamburger').

Then, by pressing the input key (start key) 151M, that is, by being operated by the user, in the case of FIG. 10, "manual range" of the control menu displayed in the center is selected. Corresponding heating is started, that is, the heating means (in this case, the microwave oscillation source 11) is driven. Therefore, the input keys 154M and 155M correspond to control menu selection keys operated by the user. Similarly, it corresponds to the selection key of the control menu (for complex cooking). Furthermore, it corresponds also to the selection key of the cooperative cooking menu.

In FIG. 10, the input keys 156M and 157M are arranged adjacent to the second area 23 of the central display section 16M and near the front of the second area 23 of the central display section 16M. This is the key for switching.

In the example of FIG. 11, when the input key 156M is pressed, the wattage (microwave output value) displayed in the second area 23 ("500 W" in FIG. 11) is increased by one step (for example, to "600W"). Conversely, by pressing the input key 157M, the wattage displayed in the second area 23 is decreased by one step (for example, to "200 W").

By operating input keys 156M and 157M, the user can set the wattage (microwave output value ) can be selected.

The input keys 158M and 159M are arranged adjacent to and near the front of the third area 24 of the central display section 16M, and are keys for switching the display contents displayed in the third area 24 .

11, the heating operation time displayed in the third area 24 is increased by one step by pressing the input key 158M. Conversely, by pressing the input key 159M, the heating operation time displayed in the third area 24 is decreased by one step.
The user can select the range cooking time to be performed in heating chamber 6 by operating input keys 158M and 159M.

Next, FIG. 12 will be described.
FIG. 12 is a control block diagram showing main functions of the heating cooker 1 according to Embodiment 1. As shown in FIG.
As shown in FIG. 12 , the heating cooker 1 includes a control device 40 that integrally controls the entire heating cooker 1 .

The control device 40 is an electronic circuit board on which electronic components such as a control circuit for controlling the operation of each part constituting the heating cooker 1 are mounted. Control device 40 controls left IH coil 9L, right IH coil 9R, and center IH coil 9C (not shown) based on the operation of left operation section 15L and right operation section 15R and the temperature of the object to be heated on top plate 3. control the drive of

Based on the operation of the central operation unit 15M, the temperature of the object to be heated on the top plate 3, and the detection results of the infrared sensor 13 and the thermistor sensor 14, the control device 40 controls the central IH coil 9C, the microwave heating means 11, the upper It controls the driving of the radiant heat heating means 12a and the lower radiant heat heating means 12b.

Further, the control device 40 controls the display of the left display section 16L, the right display section 16R, the left heating power display section 17L, and the right heating power display section 17R based on the operations of the left operating section 15L and the right operating section 15R.

Furthermore, the control device 40 displays the central display section 16M and the central heating status display section 17M based on the open signal from the opening/closing detection section 10 and the operations of the left operating section 15L, the right operating section 15R and the central operating section 15M. Control.

The control device 40 controls data such as various programs and parameters used for controlling the heating cooker 1 (hereinafter collectively referred to as "control data"), and the display units 16L, 16R, 16M, 17L, and 17R. has a storage device 41 for storing data of the display screen to be displayed (hereinafter collectively referred to as "display condition data"). Further, the control device 40 activates the voice notification unit 50 as necessary to notify the user of the operation status of the heating cooker 1 by voice.

The control device 40 causes the cooking condition data storage section 42 of the storage device 41 to store data in which information such as various programs and parameters used for the heat cooking control of the heating control section 43 are summarized in a fixed format. . This data is the aforementioned cooking condition data CD. As will be described later, in the heat cooker 1, the cooking condition data CD corresponding to each of the eight cooking menus in the cooperative cooking mode KM3 are prepared from the beginning.

The "cooking condition data" and the "display condition data" can be acquired by the heating cooker 1 from an external device such as the communication terminal 200 for each individual cooking menu.

A storage unit 42 stores the "cooking condition data" and the "display condition data". Note that the storage unit 42 may constitute one section (area) in the storage device 41, or may be configured separately from the storage device 41 in terms of hardware.

Reference numeral 43 denotes a heating control unit for integrally controlling the heating operation of the entire heating cooker 1, and is mainly composed of a microcomputer.
A data acquisition unit 53 acquires the “cooking condition data” from the smartphone 200 or the cloud server 300 via the communication unit 51 . Also, the “display condition data” may be acquired from the smartphone 200 or the cloud server 300 via the communication unit 51 .

A communication unit 51 wirelessly communicates with the outside, and has a function of performing wireless communication 400 with the smartphone 200 as shown in FIG. 1 or 3 . Alternatively, as shown in FIGS. 2 and 3, it has a function of forming networks 203, 204, and 205 with the cloud server 300. FIG.

Reference numeral 54 denotes a permission condition determination unit that determines whether or not cooking in the cooperative cooking mode KM3 is permitted.
A power supply circuit 57 supplies power of a constant voltage to the control device 40 . A main power switch 20 is inserted into the power supply circuit 57 .

A restriction unit 55 restricts acquisition of the cooking condition data.
The restriction unit 55 allows the data acquisition unit 53 to perform the cooking process via the communication unit 51 during a standby period before starting cooking in the linked cooking mode KM3 (that is, before “cooking step 1” to be described later). It has a function to limit the acquisition of condition data.

Furthermore, the restriction unit 55 acquires new cooking condition data from the communication unit 51 until the cooking process of the cooking menu to which the cooking condition data acquired before the start of the cooking process 1 is applied is completed. It has a function to limit
Note that the restriction unit 55 may be realized by one control program of a computer (not shown) that constitutes the control device 40, and it is not necessarily required to be configured separately from the control device 40 on hardware. .

As shown in FIG. 12, the input operation section 15 has an audio signal receiving section 56 that receives a voice uttered by the user with a microphone (not shown) and converts it into a predetermined audio signal.

On the other hand, the control device 40 is provided with an audio signal analysis section 58 that receives the audio signal from the audio signal receiving section 56 and analyzes the content of the audio. The audio signal analysis unit 58 compares the information in the audio database in the storage device 41 , analyzes the content of the audio received by the audio signal reception unit 56 , and transmits the analysis result to the heating control unit 43 .

In FIG. 12, 59 is a human detection sensor. It also has a receiver (not shown) that emits ultrasonic waves or infrared rays to the front of the heating cooker 1 and receives the reflected input. This human detection sensor 59 is installed so as to radiate infrared rays in the front (forward) direction of the heating chamber 6 . A circuit dedicated to processing the signal received by the receiving unit is not provided, and the received signal is analyzed by the control device 40 to determine whether or not there is a person.

As indicated by the dashed frame in FIG. 12, the voice notification unit 50, the display unit 15, and the like may be collectively referred to as the "notification unit".

As described in FIG. 12, the heating cooker 1 of Embodiment 1 is
a first heating means HM1 for induction-heating an object to be heated on the top plate 3;
a heating chamber 6 whose walls are made of metal;
a second heating means HM2 for supplying microwaves to the heating chamber 6;
a third heating means HM3 for heating the heating chamber 6 with radiant heat;
a notification unit 90;
a communication unit 51;
a display unit 16;
and a control device 40 .

,
After displaying the standby initial screen 16MH on the display unit 16, the control device 40 displays dedicated display screens (first specific screen 16M1 to third specific screen 16M3) for each cooking mode.

There are three cooking modes. That is, they are the single cooking mode KM1, the combined cooking mode KM2, and the cooperative cooking mode KM3.

The single cooking mode KM1 includes the following three types.
(1) IH single mode in which the first heating means HM1 is operated alone (2) Range single cooking mode in which the second heating means HM2 is operated alone (3) The third heating means HM3 is alone Oven independent cooking mode to operate

In the combined cooking mode KM2, both the second heating means HM2 and the third heating means HM3 are heated at the same time, or are automatically operated at different times to perform heat cooking in the heating chamber 6. It is a heating pattern to be performed.

Said coordinated cooking mode KM3 is a transition whose length is determined by a user command, said second heating means HM2 and/or said third heating means HM3 and/or said first heating means HM1. It is a heating pattern that operates sequentially after a period TR.

The control device 40 has an operation program for executing the three cooking modes KM1 to KM3.
The data acquisition unit 53 of the control device 40 can acquire the cooking condition data CD from the cloud server 300 or the communication terminal device 200 via the communication unit 51 .

(3. Structure of the control menu of the central operation unit)
Next, a control menu that can be displayed and selected on the central display section 16M by the central operation section 15M will be described with reference to FIG.

FIG. 13 shows the entire control menu that can be selected by the central operation unit 15M.
Control menus that can be selected by the central operation unit 15M include a group of RG (range grill) menus that use one or both of the microwave heating means (second heating means HM2), the upper radiant heat heating means 12a, and the lower radiant heat heating means 12b. and an IH menu group using the central IH coil 9C corresponding to the central heating port 4C.

FIG. 14 shows the control menu shown in FIG. 13 classified by four viewpoints (classifications 1 to 4). As is clear from FIG. 14, the control menu is roughly divided into a single cooking mode KM1 and a combined cooking mode KM2. Although the cooperative cooking mode KM3 is not shown in FIGS. 13 and 14, the central operation unit 15M can execute a cooperative cooking menu in the cooperative cooking mode.

When the main power switch 20 is turned "ON" and the input key 154M or 155R is pressed without operating the input key 153M of the central operation unit 15M, the combined cooking mode KM2 is selected.

Therefore, the display screen of the central display section 16M is switched to the second specific screen 16M2.
In the first area 22 of the second specific screen 16M2, the control menu "warm" described in the "left display area" of FIG. 13 is always displayed first. This is because the control menu called "warm up" is set by default.

A "left display area" in FIG. 13 is a display area corresponding to the first area 22 described in FIG. In other words, the various control menus described in the “left display area” of FIG. 13 are sequentially displayed in the first area 22 .

As described in the "left display area" of FIG. RG) Cooking", "Range Grill (RG) Reheat", "Range Grill (RG) Manual", "Grill", "Oven", "IH Heat Retention", "IH Rice Cooking", "IH Heating". There is a control menu.

"Warm up", "Microwave manual", "Boil under leafy vegetables", "Boil under root vegetables", "Meat thawing", "Microwave grill (RG) cooking", "Microwave grill (RG) reheat" of the control menu, "Range Grill (RG) Manual", "Grill", and "Oven" are included in the RG menu group.
Also, "IH keep warm", "IH rice cooking", and "IH heating" are included in the IH menu group.

The contents described in the “central display area” of FIG. 13 are the contents displayed in the second area 23 of the central display section 16M, and include the temperature, time, heat power, “strong”, “weak”, etc. during cooking. It relates to adjustment of heating conditions. In other words, the "central display area" describes various control conditions. The contents of the default setting of this "central display area" are listed in the "default" column in the right column of the "central display area".

The content described in the "right display area" in FIG. 13 indicates the content displayed in the third area 24 of the central display portion 16M. The contents of the default setting of the "right display area" are listed in the "default" column in the right column of the "right display area". A blank part does not mean a control condition that can be changed, and information is not displayed, or an appropriate explanation that cannot be selected or changed (for the user) is displayed in the third area 24. means that

Next, a total of 13 types of control menus displayed in the "left display area" of FIG. 13 will be described.
(1) Warming: Heating the food in the heating chamber 6 using the microwave heating means (second heating means HM2). This "warming" is also suitable for reheating the food to be cooked. Since the default setting is "80°C", the microwave heating will automatically stop when the food is heated to 80°C. Note that "80°C" is the target temperature, and this temperature can be adjusted by the user before starting heating. As shown in the central display area of FIG. 12, for example, the range of 0° C. to 90° C. can be set in increments of 5 degrees.

(2) Microwave manual operation: This refers to heating the food in the heating chamber 6 using the microwave heating means (second heating means HM2). The heating time is set by the user to a specific time between 10 seconds and 60 minutes.

(3) Boil under leafy vegetables: Using the microwave heating means (second heating means HM2), cook the food in the heating chamber 6, especially vegetables whose leaves are edible, for example, leafy vegetables such as spinach and Chinese cabbage. It is suitable for boiling The infrared sensor 13 measures the temperature rise of the food to be cooked in real time and automatically stops.

(4) Boil under root vegetables: This is suitable for boiling the objects to be cooked in the heating chamber 6, especially root vegetables such as roots, rhizomes, and potatoes, using the microwave heating means (second heating means HM2). be.

(5) Meat thawing: suitable for thawing various frozen meats in the heating chamber 6;
(6) Range grill (RG) cooking: combining microwave heating using the microwave heating means (second heating means HM2) and oven heating using the upper radiant heat heating means 12a and the lower radiant heat heating means 12b to cook the food in the heating chamber 6 by heating.

(7) Range grill (RG) re-cooking: suitable for re-heating food that has already been cooked in the heating chamber 6;
(8) Range grill (RG) manual: A user appropriately selects microwave heating or oven heating to heat and cook the food in the heating chamber 6 .

(9) Grill: Food in the heating chamber 5 is heated using one or both of the upper radiant heat heating means 12a and the lower radiant heat heating means 12b. That is, it is a control menu using the third heating means HM3.

The "grill" does not control the temperature of the heating chamber 6, nor does it detect the temperature rise of the food to be cooked and stop the heating operation. The heating operation is performed for a period of time specified by the user within the range of 10 seconds to 30 minutes.

(10) Oven: One or both of the upper radiant heat heating means 12a and the lower radiant heat heating means 12b are used to heat the food in the heating chamber 6. The temperature of the heating chamber 6 is measured in real time by the thermistor sensor 14, and the energization of the upper radiant heat heating means 12a and the lower radiant heat heating means 12b is controlled so as to reach a set target temperature.

(11) IH heat insulation: An object to be heated such as a pan located above the central heating port 4C is heated so as to be kept at a temperature set by the user. The heating power of induction heating is from 200 W to 750 W, from low to medium heating power, and the temperature of the object to be heated is detected in real time by a temperature sensor (not shown) installed near the central IH coil 9C. , the heating control unit 43 of the control device 40 controls the thermal power based on the detected temperature. Note that the default temperature is 80° C. as shown in FIG. For example, it is suitable for keeping soup or the like warm.

(12) IH rice cooking: Heating is performed according to the total number (cooking amount) set by the user. The heating power of induction heating ranges from low heating power to high heating power of 200W to 1500W. A temperature sensor (not shown) installed in the vicinity of the central IH coil 9C is used to detect abnormal heating of the object to be heated (also referred to as overheating, overheating, hereinafter the same), and when an abnormal temperature is detected The control device 40 reduces the heating power and stops the heating operation.

(13) IH heating: Heating is performed according to the heating power of induction heating set by the user. There are five levels of thermal power that can be set, thermal power 1: 200 W, thermal power 2: 500 W, thermal power 3: 750 W, thermal power 4: 1000 W, and thermal power 5: 1500 W. A temperature sensor (not shown) installed near the central IH coil 9C is used to detect abnormal heating of the object to be heated. A stop is made. The default thermal power is 500W.

Next, FIG. 14 will be described.
FIG. 14 is a classification table of the RG control menu (“RG menu group” in FIG. 13) and the IH control menu for the single cooking mode KM1 by the induction heating source 9 (“IH menu group” in FIG. 13).

The "left display area" of the first area in FIG. 13 means the first area 22 (see FIG. 10). As is clear from FIG. 14, the names of the control menus shown in FIG. 14 are also displayed in characters in the first area 22 of the central display section 16M, and are used by the user to select the control menu.

Next, FIG. 15 is an explanatory diagram showing the correspondence relationship between the storage structure of various cooking control menus in the cooperative cooking mode and the compound cooking mode and the input keys.
Information indicating the main points of each control menu shown in Category 2 in FIG. 14 is stored as data in the third layer of the cooking condition storage section 42 as shown in FIG.

Therefore, when a desired control menu is selected by operating the input keys 154M and 155M, each of the control menus shown in classification 2 in FIG. Information outlining the control menu can also be displayed automatically or optionally by the user. FIG. 16 shows an example of such automatic display.

Next, the display on the central display section 16M when the central operation section 15M is operated will be described based on the schematic diagram of FIG.
First, when the user presses the operating button 20A of the main power switch 20 (see FIG. 12) to turn on the main power, the input functions of the left operating section 15L, the central operating section 15M, and the right operating section 15R are enabled. . In other words, the control device 40 is in a state of accepting operation signals from the respective operation units 15L, 15M, and 15R, and although not shown in the central display unit 16M, a predetermined screen (hereinafter referred to as "standby initial screen" 16MH) is displayed. ) (see FIG. 28) is displayed.

In this state, when the user presses the input key 154M or 155M, the display screen 16ST is displayed as shown in FIG.
As is clear from the display screen 16ST, the name 160 of the control menu "warm" is displayed in a large size in the center of the first area 22 in the front-rear direction.

Behind the control menu identification information 160 labeled "warm" displayed in the center of the first area 22, characters (control menu identification information) 161 labeled "IH heating" are displayed, and conversely, on the front side is labeled "manual range". characters (control menu identification information) 162 are displayed in a slightly smaller size.

As a result, when the user selects the control menu, the next candidates are "IH heating" and "range manual". At this stage, if the input key 154M is pressed once, the control menu identification information 162 of "manual range" moves (backward) to the character (control menu identification information) 160 of "warm". Is displayed. It should be noted that the characters of the control menu identification information 162 are not actually moved, but only the display information is switched.

Also, when the input key 155M is pressed once, the character (control menu identification information) 161 of "IH heating" (control menu identification information) moves (forward) to the position of the character (control menu identification information) 160 of "warm". displayed large. Also in this case, the control menu identification information 162 is not actually moved, but only the display information is switched.

As shown in FIG. 16, the display screen 16ST displays a target temperature of “80° C.” in the second area 23 . When the microwave heating is performed at this target temperature, the microwave heating is automatically stopped when the infrared sensor 13 detects that the temperature of the food to be cooked is 80°C.

If you want to change the temperature displayed in the second area 23 to change the temperature at which the automatic stop is to be made, you can operate the input key 156M or 157M. Then, the temperature rises by 5°C to 85°C, and when the input key 167M is pressed once, the temperature drops by 5°C to 75°C as shown on the display screen 16DN1.

In addition, in the second area 23, a heat source display portion 163 is displayed that indicates in characters that the heat source is the microwave heating means (second heating means HM2).

Reference information 164 automatically displays the control menu recommended for warming side dishes, as described above. The content of this reference information may be another additional information 165, and two or more types of information are alternately displayed for several seconds each on the display screen of the central display unit 16M (for example, the third area 24), or sequentially. may be displayed.

Furthermore, as shown in category 2 in FIG. 13, information (reference information) 164 indicating the main points of each control menu may be displayed at any time according to the operation of the input key 158 or 159. FIG.
That is, in the first embodiment, the above-mentioned reference menu corresponding to each control menu (for example, "warm up") is one-to-one so that the user does not hesitate whether to select each control menu (for example, "warm up"). Information 164 is displayed.

Furthermore, when the reference information 164 is displayed as shown in FIG. More detailed additional information 166 may be displayed in the third area 24 instead of the reference information 164 .

As shown in FIG. 16, a plurality of heating means having different heating principles, such as the second heating means HM2 and the third heating means HM3, are driven simultaneously or automatically switched with a time lag. The mode of driving and cooking the common food is the "compound cooking mode" KM2 described above.

In FIG. 16, the display screen shown on the central display portion 16M is a dedicated display screen for the "compound cooking mode" KM2, and may be called a "second specific screen" 16M2.

Next, FIGS. 17 to 23 will be described.
FIG. 17 is a plan view showing the relationship between the display operation of the central display section 16M and the central operation section 15M in the cooperative cooking mode KM3. It shows the situation in the middle of the heating operation.

17, when the main power switch 20 is turned "ON" to activate the controller 40 and the input key 153M of the central operation unit 15M is pressed, the first specific screen 16M1 shown in FIG. 17 is displayed.

Even if the input key 155M or 156M has been pressed first and the setting operation of the single cooking mode such as microwave heating or the "compound cooking mode" KM2 such as range grill (RG) cooking has been performed halfway, the input key 151M can be pressed. If it is before pressing the input key 153M, the input process for the "cooking mode" KM3 is changed from the stage when the input key 153M is pressed. That is, from this stage, only the first specific screen 16M1 is displayed on the central display portion 16M.

After the input key 153M, when the input key 154M or 155M is touched, a plurality of targets of the cooperative cooking mode KM3 are displayed in the first area 22 of the display screen (first specific screen) 16M1 of the central display section 16M. Further identification information (including graphic marks and names of cooking items) 167 is displayed for specifying the cooking item (which is the linked cooking menu).

In FIG. 17, the number of "cooking items" that can be executed in the cooperative cooking mode displayed on the central display section 16M is three. That is, there are hamburger, gratin, and roast beef, and the number of items to be cooked in this way is called the "number of cooperative cooking menus."

In this Embodiment 1, there are eight cooperative cooking menus in total. Details will be described with reference to FIGS. 18 and 19. FIG. However, it is possible to obtain cooking condition data from a smartphone (communication terminal device) 200, which will be described later, and further increase the number of linked cooking menus.

In FIG. 17, 167, 168, and 169 are identification information, and in the first embodiment, the information indicates the name of the food to be cooked (for example, hamburger, gratin, roast beef) on a one-to-one basis. It should be noted that the reference numeral 167 is used when describing all the identification information of the linked cooking menu.

The position where the control menu identification information 160 (see FIG. 16) is displayed may hereinafter be referred to as "display position A".
On the other hand, in the cooperative cooking mode KM3, the position where the identification information 167 is displayed may be hereinafter referred to as "display position B".

In the first embodiment, the "display position B" and the "display position A" (see FIG. 16) are the same position, but they may be set to different positions. However, in the cooperative cooking mode KM3, the eight cooperative cooking menus are always placed in the same position (display position B) so as not to confuse the user. Also in the composite cooking mode KM2, it is preferable to always unify the same (one) "display position A" in each control menu.

In FIG. 17, the operation support information 170 is displayed as "when the start button is pressed, heating of the left IH starts". This means that when the input key 151M of the central operation unit 15M is pressed, the left IH coil 9L can start induction heating (in the cooperative cooking mode KM3). However, in the first embodiment, it is necessary to press the input key 153L on the left operation section 15L after pressing the input key 151M.

As shown in FIG. 17, identification information 168 indicating the name of another food (for example, gratin) is displayed above the identification information 167 displayed on the first specific screen 16M1 (rear position in plan view). It is

Under the identification information 167, identification information 169 indicating the name of another cooking item (for example, roast beef) is displayed. In FIG. 17, one light emitting portion 21M corresponding to the input key 151M is surrounded by a dashed circle. , indicates that the cooking start command is awaited.

Next, FIG. 18 will be described.
In the same way as switching the display between the "combined cooking mode" KM2 and the "single cooking mode" KM1, by operating the two input keys 154M and 155M, the items to be cooked can be cooked in the "cooperative cooking mode" KM3. can be selected.

That is, each time one of the input keys 154M and 155M is operated, the identification information 167 indicating the name of the food to be cooked (for example, a hamburger) is sequentially moved upward or downward one step at a time. The display changes in shape. In other words, the identification information 167 can be sequentially displayed at the predetermined position (front-rear center position) of the first area 22L, in other words, at the display position B by forward feeding and reverse feeding.

In this Embodiment 1, there are a total of eight types of food to be cooked in the cooperative cooking mode KM3 as described above. Therefore, for example, if the left input key 155M is operated eight times, the identification information 167 of one cooking item (eg, hamburger) is cycled. Conversely, if the right input key 154M is operated eight times, the identification information 167 of one cooking object (eg, hamburger) is cycled.

In FIG. 18A, FG indicates the user's fingertip. Each time the input key 155M is pressed, the display contents of the first specific screen 16M1 change to display screens 18A to 18D as shown in FIG. 18(B).

As described above, the user sets the input operation unit 15 to the function setting mode (using the function setting key 151KP) in advance, and operates a plurality of input keys of the input operation unit 15 during the function setting mode. Therefore, when displaying individual cooking menus in the cooperative cooking mode KM3 on the central display unit 16M, it is possible to set to display either the food component or the nutritional component with priority.

For example, when the function setting key 151KP is pressed as described above, a dedicated display screen for "function setting menu" is displayed on the display screen of the central display section 16M.
Therefore, when a specific input key (for example, 154M) other than the function setting key 151KP is "long-pressed", one setting menu (for example, "food ingredient display" or " It can be a display screen for setting "nutrition ingredient display".

Furthermore, while the display screen for setting such "food component display" and "nutrition component display" is displayed, one specific input key (for example, 154M, 155M, 158M, etc.) other than the function setting key 151KP is displayed. If you operate any one of them, you can also cancel the conditions and settings for setting "Food ingredient display" and "Nutrition ingredient display". For example, as a specific range, it is also possible to display only "iron content" of nutrients and "energy (calorie conversion value)" of components.

Therefore, if the function setting key 151KP is set to give priority to either the food component or the nutrient component, and to be preferentially displayed based on that, the display shown in FIG. "Hamburger" is not always displayed first.

Also, as described above, while the input key 180 is pressed, the user can search the cooking menu by voice. Therefore, for example, if a voice input such as "a menu with a small calorie value" is performed at the stage of FIG. It is displayed at a predetermined position (front-back center position) of the first area 22L in 16M1.

For example, in FIG. 17, three types of cooking menus are displayed: gratin, hamburger, and roast beef. The amount of energy (unit: kilocalories) per 100 g of weight is about 152 for gratin (macaroni gratin), about 223 for hamburger steak, and about 196 for roast beef. Therefore, macaroni is extracted as "the menu with the lowest calorie value" among these three.

Next, FIG. 19 will be described.
FIG. 19 is an explanatory diagram showing the display contents of the central display unit 16M in the case of the cooperative cooking mode KM3, and an example of displaying the standard ingredients and nutritional ingredients for "hamburger", which is one of the cooking menus. is.

In the stage of FIG. 17 or 18, when the user issues a command to display either food ingredients or nutritional ingredients by voice input, or when the input key 158M or 159M is touch-operated, the first The specific screen 16M1 is temporarily switched to the display screens of FIGS. 19A and 19B. When the input key 158M is pressed, it means that the display of the ingredients of the food has been commanded.

In the following description, the display screen of FIG. 19A is called a "food component display screen" 16M1A, and the display screen of FIG. 19B is called a "nutrition component display screen" 16M1B.

The food component display screen 16M1A and the nutritional component display screen 16M1B automatically return to the original state of the first specific screen 16M1 after a certain period of time (for example, 10 seconds) has elapsed since they were displayed.
Alternatively, when the user inputs some command by voice, or when one of the input keys 158M and 159M is operated one more time during the predetermined time (10 seconds), the original first identification The display program of the control device 40 specifies that the state of the screen 16M1 is restored.

FIG. 20 will be described.
FIG. 20 is a list showing the correspondence relationship between the cooking menu in the "cooperation cooking mode" KM3 and the operation support information 170 (see FIG. 17).

As can be seen from FIG. 20, the operation support information 170 includes two types of operation support information A and operation support information B. FIG. One is the information that "Press the start button to start heating the left IH", and the other is the information that "Press the start button to decide". This "start button" is the input key 151M.

The two types of operation support information 170 described above are automatically switched before the start of the cooking process of the "cooperation cooking mode" KM3. For example, they are displayed alternately every few seconds.

Next, FIG. 22 will be described.
In this Embodiment 1, a "linked preheating cooking mode" KM4 is provided as one of the linked cooking modes KM3.
There are two types of associated preheating cooking modes KM4.

An example of a cooking menu using the linked preheating cooking mode KM4 is "hamburger". In the case of this "hamburger", the preheating process is performed by the induction heating source 9 (first heating means HM1).

If the cooking step 1 is started while the preheating step is being performed (by the induction heating source 9), the heating operation of the preheating step has not been stopped at the time when the cooking step 1 is started.
Therefore, the energization of the induction heating source 9 and the energization of the second heating means HM2 (microwave heating means) and the third heating means HM3 in charge of the cooking process 1 are carried out in parallel in the same time zone. Become.

In other words, in the cooperative preheating cooking mode KM4, the heating source (the first heating means HM1 in the above description) that has started operating before the cooking process 1 is not necessarily stopped at the start of the cooking process 1, During cooking step 1, both the second heating means HM2 (microwave heating means) and/or the third heating means HM3 may be energized.

Unless otherwise contradicted, the following description is based on the premise that the cooperative preheating cooking mode KM4 is included in the cooperative cooking mode KM3.

At the stage of selecting the cooperative cooking mode KM3, when the identification information 167 indicating the name of the food to be cooked is displayed on the central display section 16M, the left operation section 15L of the left IH coil 9L is operated for other cooking menus. becomes unusable.

Specifically, among various input keys of the left operation unit 15L, at least the input key 153L is disabled by the heating control unit 43. FIG. The meaning of "invalidate" means that a valid command signal is not transmitted from the input key 153L to the heating control unit 43, and even if a valid command signal is transmitted, the heating control unit 43 does not transmit the command signal. It has both the meaning of not treating it as a valid command signal. In any case, heating by the left IH coil 9L cannot be selected.

At the same time, when the identification information 167 is displayed, the right operation portion 15R of the right heating port 4R may be disabled (by "disabling" the input key 153R). However, if the user has previously set the function (using the function setting key 151KP) in the input operation unit 15 so as not to disable this "invalidation", the right IH coil 9R will be disabled for other control menus. , the right IH coil 9R can be used as it is. On the other hand, in the cooperative cooking mode KM3, it is determined that it cannot be used due to the fact that it has been used before (by the heating control unit 43).

Therefore, only the left IH coil 9L is "occupied" by selecting the cooperative cooking mode KM3. Also, from the perspective of the entire first heating source HM1, the use of only a portion of the three heating units 4L, 4C, and 4R (the left IH coil 9L) is "restricted." Incidentally, when the right IH coil 9R is not in use for other cooking, the right IH coil 9R may be similarly occupied.

Next, FIG. 21 will be described.
This FIG. 21 shows the operation steps when "fried chicken" is performed in the cooperative cooking mode KM3. In FIG. 21, #1 to #9 indicate user's operations and state changes of the heating cooker 1. In FIG.

Unlike the above-described "hamburger", the "fried chicken" shown in FIG.

In FIG. 21, the user first selects the left IH coil 9L and presses the input key 151L before starting the cooking process 1 in order to cook "fried chicken". Then, preheating of the object to be heated placed on the top plate 3 is started. The object to be heated in this case is a metal pot, frying pan, or the like, and a certain amount or more of cooking oil is put therein.

On the other hand, the user opens the door 7 of the heating chamber 6 and puts the ingredients for "fried chicken" (such as seasoned chicken) into the heating chamber 6 (#1).
Then, after closing the door 7, an operation A23 called "pressing the start button" is performed. This is to press the input key 151M of the central operation unit 15M.

At this time, the microwave heating source (second heating means HM2) operates to start the cooking step 1 of microwave heating cooking. Then, notification 1 of reference information is performed.

The notification 1 is to notify the time until heating is finished, for example, "Microwave heating has started. Heating time is 0 minutes." Alternatively, when the temperature of the food to be cooked is detected and control is performed to determine the heating end time, information indicating the target temperature, such as "heat up to 00°C", may be reported.

Also, during this cooking process 1, preheating of the left IH coil 9L is completed (for example, the object to be heated is heated to 180° C., which is the standard temperature for preheating). The completion of preheating is notified to the user by voice, text, etc. through the voice notification section 51 and the central display section 16M (first specific screen 16M1) (#2).

The user can stop the microwave heating at any time during the cooking process 1. In order to stop, the door 7 should be opened. The microwave heating can be temporarily stopped by pressing the input key 152M of the central operation unit 15M only once. However, if the input key 152M is pressed twice in a short period of time, the cooking mode is cancelled, and the selection of "fried chicken" in the cooperative cooking mode is cancelled.

The opening of the door 7 immediately stops the microwave heating operation, and the cooking process 1 ends (#3).
Next, the user moves the food heated in the heating chamber 6 into the object to be heated which is preheated on the top plate 3 (#4).

Then, the cooking process 2 is started with the left heating port 4L (#5).
In the cooking process 2, since the input key 153L (see FIG. 8) of the left operating section 15L is pressed first before starting preheating, there is no need to operate the left operating section 15L at the start of the cooking process 2. . That is, for example, when the food (deep-fried chicken material) is moved into the object to be heated that is preheated to 180 ° C., the heating of the food is started at the temperature of the object to be heated (this time is the cooking process 2).

As described above, the user does not need to operate the input operation unit 15 in order to start the cooking process 2 (#5).
The cooking process 2 starts when the food is placed on the food to be heated. The temperature sensor group 30 (see FIG. 12) may detect the temperature drop to electrically determine the start point of the cooking process 2 .
The end of the cooking process 2 can be ended at any timing by the user operating the left operation unit 15L.

The user then moves the food item again.
First, the door 7 is opened, the food to be cooked is put into the heating chamber 6, and the door 7 is closed (#6).
Then, the input key 151M of the central operation unit 15M is pressed to start the cooking process 3 of the range grill control menu (RG control menu).

The notification 2 of the reference information 5 is performed when a predetermined time (TN5) has passed since the cooking process 3 by the range grill drive unit in the heating chamber 6 was started by the user's operation input A26.

The notification 2 of the reference information is information including guidance such as, for example, "heating will end in 30 seconds. If you want to extend the heating time further, please set the time." In addition, since it is known that the final cooking process will be completed, the user can start preparations for taking out the "fried chicken" from the heating chamber 6 from the point of notification 2 of this reference information. Also, in synchronism with this, the content of the notification 2 is displayed in characters or the like on the central display section 16M. Note that the notification 2 is displayed at a specific position on the first specific screen 16M1, like the operation support information 170.

After that, the microwave heating operation is stopped, and the cooking process 3 ends (#7). Note that this cooking process 3 can be stopped immediately when the user opens the door 7 .
After that, the user moves the food heated in the heating chamber 6 into the object to be heated which is preheated on the top plate 3 (#8). In this case, if the object to be heated is maintained in a state of being heated by induction heating until after the cooking step 3 is finished, induction heating (cooking step 4) may be further performed (#9).

Induction cooking can be ended by operating left 15L. In other words, the user's operation A28 at this time is to press the input key 153L of the left operation section 15L corresponding to the left IH coil 9L.

The cooking sequence shown in FIG. 21 can shorten the time required from the start of the induction heating operation (the start of the preheating process) to the end of the cooking process 1 .
That is, the cooking process 1 is started by putting the foodstuff (to be cooked) into the heating chamber 6 before completion of preheating by induction heating or notification of the completion of preheating.

Since the preheating by the induction heating source (first heating means HM1) is completed before the cooking process 1 is completed, the food to be cooked is placed on the top plate 3 immediately after the cooking process 1 is completed. It can be transferred inside and the cooking step 2 can be started.

In the example of "fried chicken" in FIG. 21, the cooking process 3 is included, but the cooking process 3 and the cooking process 4 are not necessarily required. Depending on the type of food to be cooked and the user's wishes, the cooking process may be completed as required.

21 shows that the "left IH coil driving period" continues even after the cooking process 2 is finished. You can stop driving 9L at any time. However, as indicated by the dashed line in FIG. 21, if the left IH coil 9L is also used in the cooking process 4, the preheating operation must be started again before the cooking process 4.

Next, FIG. 22 will be described.
This FIG. 22 shows the operation steps when "fried chicken" is performed as a cooking menu in the cooperative cooking mode KM3, as in FIG.
In FIG. 22, #1 to #9 indicate user's operations and state changes of the heating cooker 1, as explained in FIG. Other symbols correspond to those in FIG.

A difference between FIG. 22 and FIG. 21 will be described.
FIG. 22 shows a case where the cooking process 1 is started in the heating chamber 6 after waiting for the completion of preheating of the object to be heated by the induction heating source (first heating means HM1) and notification thereof (#2).

When the completion of preheating of the object to be heated by the induction heating source is displayed by the first specific screen 16M1 and the left and right display units 16L and 16R, and the voice notification unit 50 notifies the user of the completion of preheating of the heating chamber 6, The door 7 is opened and the ingredients for the "fried chicken" (seasoned chicken, etc.) are put into the heating chamber 6 (#1).
Then, after closing the door 7, the input key 151M of the central operation unit 15M is pressed.

At this point, cooking step 1 of microwave heating cooking is started. Then, the notification 1 of the reference information is performed. After this, the steps are the same as those shown in FIG.

In the cooking sequence shown in FIG. 22, the time required from the start of the heating operation (start of the preheating process) of the induction heating source (first heating means HM1) to the end of the cooking process 1 is longer than in FIG. Become.

However, after waiting for the completion of preheating by the first heating means HM1 or the notification of the completion of preheating, the food (to-be-cooked food) is started to be heated in the heating chamber 6. , there is a guarantee that the cooking process 2 can be started immediately by the induction heating source 9 whenever the food to be cooked is moved. Therefore, this method is suitable for users who are not very familiar with the cooperative preheating cooking mode KM4.

In FIG. 22, the "driving period of the left IH coil 9L" continues even after the cooking process 2 is finished. When the heating means HM1) is not used, the driving of the left IH coil 9L may be stopped at any time by the left operation section 15L after the cooking process 2 is finished. However, as indicated by the dashed line in FIG. 22, if the left IH coil 9L is also used in the cooking process 4, preheating must be started again before the cooking process 4.

21 and 22, the induction heating source (the first heating means HM1) is first energized to start the preheating operation, while the cooking step 1 is performed in the heating chamber 6. In FIG.
The "coordinated preheating cooking mode" KM4 of Embodiment 1 is not limited to the cooking process 1 being performed in the heating chamber.

In the other cooperative preheating cooking mode KM4, first, the heating operation by the first heating means HM1 is started, and an object to be heated such as a frying pan is heated to a preheating target temperature (for example, 180°C), and reaches the target temperature. In this method, the object to be cooked is placed on the object to be heated in this state, and the cooking step 1 is started. After this preheating step, the object to be cooked is moved into the heating chamber 6 while being placed on the object to be heated. The cooking step 2 may be performed in order to further heat by the second heating means HM2 or the third heating means HM3.

Next, FIG. 23 will be described. FIG. 23 is a flow chart showing the control operation of the heating control section 43 until the transition to the linked cooking mode KM3.

In the cooperative cooking mode KM3 of Embodiment 1, the induction heating source (first heating means HM1) is first driven, and then at least one of the second heating means HM2 and the third heating means HM3 is driven. There is a pattern (first cooperative cooking mode) that drives the . Representative examples of cooking menus suitable for cooking in this pattern are four such as hamburger steak, gratin, etc., shown in the list of FIG.

There is also a second cooperative cooking mode in reverse order. Typical examples of cooking menus suitable for cooking in this second cooperative cooking mode are four such as fried chicken to tempura, which are listed in the lower half of the list in FIG.

The steps in FIG. 23 are common to both the first cooperative cooking mode and the second cooperative cooking mode.
First, in the first step S1, the input key 153M of the central operation unit 15M is operated. This starts the cooperative cooking mode KM3.

In the next step S2, the first specific screen 16M1 is displayed on the central display portion 16M to display various information for executing the cooperative cooking mode KM3. In this step S2, in order to select the cooking menu of each linked cooking mode, the “name of the food to be cooked” (for example, “hamburger”) 167 is set as one type of identification information, , that is, it is displayed at the display position B.

Depending on the selection of the cooperative cooking mode KM3, any of the following two timings may be used when the heating means (the first heating means HM1 to the third heating means HM3) are "occupied".
(1) As described above, for example, after the case when the left IH coil 9L for the cooking process 1 is selected (in FIG. 23, "occupation state start (case 2)" after step S4 corresponds).
(2) After step S2 as shown in FIG. 23 (in FIG. 23, "exclusive state start (case 1)" corresponds).

In the next step S3, it is determined whether or not at least one of the input keys 154M and 155M has been operated. 10, 17, and 18, by operating the two input keys 154M and 155M, it is possible to select the identification information 167 indicating the name of the food (for example, hamburger) that can be cooked in the cooperative cooking mode. .

If the input keys 154M and 155M are not operated (within a certain period of time), the process proceeds to step S4.
In step S4, as described above, it is a step of selecting any one of the two heating unit specifying portions 171L and 171R displayed in the first specifying screen 16M1. The user can select either one of the right IH coil 9R and the left IH coil 9L by operating the input keys 157M and 156M adjacent to the left and right.

Note that the left heating port 4L may be set as a default, the heating portion specifying portion 171L may be displayed first on the first specifying screen 16M1, and the process may proceed to step S5. In the example described with reference to FIG. 17, the left heating port 4L is set by default when the hamburger is cooked by cooperative cooking, and the left IH coil 9L is set to be preferentially selected.

In the next step S5, it is determined whether or not an input operation for canceling the selection of the cooperative cooking mode has been performed. If the input key 152M has been operated once, the determination is "Yes". Then, the process returns to step S3. If the input key 152M is operated twice in succession within a certain short period of time (for example, 5 seconds), it is determined that the cooperative cooking mode KM3 is cancelled, and the waiting time before step S1 is determined. Returns to the initial screen state. Therefore, the selection of the three cooking modes KM1-KM3 returns to the initial stage.

On the other hand, if the input key 151M is operated while the input key 152M is not operated, the process proceeds to the next step S6. Then, the cooking step 1 of the cooperative cooking mode KM3 is started.

In FIG. 23, in step S7, in the operation program of the cooperative cooking mode KM3, various functional portions are activated according to the "cooking condition data" and "control condition data" of a specific cooperative cooking menu (recipe) such as "hamburger". do. That is, from this stage, the cooperative cooking mode KM3 is entered.

First, in step S7, the display section corresponding to the heating section selected in step 4 is activated. However, in the case of a cooking menu that uses the microwave heating means (second heating means HM2) or the third heating means HM3 in the cooking process 1 (as described above, for example, "fried chicken"), the central display unit 16M has been activated, a new display unit is not activated in this step S7.

In the cooking process 1, for example, in the case of a cooking menu using the left IH coil 9L, the left display section 16L is activated in step S7. Then, the input function of the left operation unit 15L becomes effective, and the state waits for the user's input. Then, the process proceeds to step S8.

In step S8, after the operation of the input key 153L, the cooking process of the cooperative cooking mode KM3 is started.
Note that the contents displayed on the first specific screen 16M1 in step S8 are as follows. is used, process information 172 is displayed as described with reference to FIG.

Next, FIGS. 24 and 25 will be described. FIG. 24 is a flow chart showing the control operation of the heating control section 43 until transition to the cooperative cooking mode. FIG. 25 is an explanatory diagram showing permission conditions before shifting to the cooperative cooking mode and determination results.

FIG. 24 will be described.
Steps ST1 to ST8 are operation steps defined in the operation program (including cooking condition data) of the linked cooking mode KM3 of the heating control section 43. FIG.
First, when the operation button 20A of the main power switch 20 is pushed (ST1), in the next step ST2, the heating control section 43 determines whether or not there is an abnormality.

At the stage of step ST2, the central display unit 16M is activated to display a message that "there is no abnormality and cooking can be started". At this stage, the heating control unit 43 also confirms whether or not a command for setting the upper limit of the total power consumption has been received from the input operation unit 15 .

At the stage of step ST2, if the information terminal device 200 or the cloud server 300 is set to transmit activation information from the heating cooker 1, the activation information (operating state data OS) wirelessly.

At the next step ST3, the central display section 16M and the voice notification section 51 also perform notification for prompting selection of the heating means and voice guidance.
In the next step ST4, the initial screen during standby is displayed on the central display section 16M, and usage caution information is also displayed to the user.

Then, it is determined whether or not an input key (for example, 154M) other than the input key 153M has been operated (ST5). If the input key 153M has been operated, step STC becomes "No" and the process proceeds to step ST6. In other words, the process proceeds to the step of using the "Coordinated Cooking Mode" KM3.

In step ST6, the permission condition determination unit 54 checks whether or not the "permission condition" is satisfied. For example, it checks the usage status of the heating sources used in the "cooking mode" KM3.
The permission conditions and determination results will be described in detail with reference to FIG. 25 below.

At step ST5, the first input operation is checked. For example, before the input key 153M is pressed, it is determined whether the left operation section 15L or the right operation section 15R is operated, and the central operation section 15M (by the input key 154M or 155M) selects the "compound cooking mode" KM2. Determine if selected.

If the input key 153M is operated for the first time within a certain grace period (for example, 30 seconds) from step ST3, the display for the "cooperation cooking mode" KM3 is started as described above.

On the other hand, if the input key 153M is not operated and another input key (for example, the input key 155M or 154M) is touched, step ST5 is determined to be "Yes", and the "cooperation cooking mode" is selected. ' Proceed to step ST9 for starting cooking other than KM3. A detailed description of step ST9 is omitted here.

In FIG. 23, steps ST6 and ST7 are operation steps of "permission condition 1" for determining whether or not to permit cooking in the "cooperation cooking mode" KM3.
Step ST6 is a step of determining "permission condition 1".

Here, "permission condition 1" is
(1) The "peak cut value" that defines the upper limit of the maximum power consumption that can be used in the heating cooker 1 is 5000 W or more;
(2) When there is a power reduction command signal received by the control device 40 via the communication unit 51 from the external cloud server 300 or the information terminal device 200, the peak cut value of the reduction command is 5000 W or more,
If these two conditions are satisfied, the determination in step ST6 is "Yes".

The "permission condition 2" in the next step ST7 is the following three.
(1) In the first heating means HM1, the central heating port 4C is not in heating operation.
(2) one or both of the second heating means HM2 and the third heating means HM3 are not in heating operation;

(3) In the first heating means HM1, both the right heating port 4R and the left heating port 4L are not used for heating operation (or only one is being used for heating operation). That is, both the left IH coil 9L and the right IH coil 9R are not used for heating operation.

If the above three conditions are satisfied, step ST7 will be judged as "Yes". Then, the process proceeds to step ST10. That is, it is possible to proceed to the cooking start input step of the cooperative cooking mode KM3.

When the determinations of steps ST6 and STR7 result in "No", the process proceeds to step ST8, and the central display section 16M and the voice notification section 50 notify the user that the cooperative cooking mode KM3 cannot be selected.

Here, the meaning of "5000 W or more" defined in the "permission condition 1" will be explained. For the sake of simplicity, the following description will not specifically refer to the power consumption of electrical components other than the heat source, such as the internal cooling fan (not shown) of the main body 2 .

The reason why the required demand (preliminary securing of the power demand) when implementing the "cooperative cooking mode" KM3 is 5000 W or more is necessary. This is because it is as follows.

(1) Range operation (second heating means HM2): 1000 W
(2) During oven operation: 2000 W (upper radiant heat heating means 12a: 1000 W, lower radiant heat heating means 12b: 1000 W)
(3) Range grill operation: 1500 W (second heating means HM2: 500 W, upper radiant heat heating means 12a: 1000 W)

On the other hand, the maximum electric power of the cooking menu in the "cooperation cooking mode" KM3 is 1500W.
Therefore, in the cooperative cooking mode, the second heating means HM2 and the third heating means HM3 may operate simultaneously.

That is, "1000 W" of the second heating means HM2, "1000 W" of the third heating means HM3 (2000 W is alternately energized in increments of 1000 W), and "1500 W" of the first heating means HM1 that performs induction heating. The total power of the three is 3500W.

When the demand (prior securing of power demand) is 5000W:
When the right IH coil 9R is heating at 3000 W (normal heating), the remaining demand is 2000 W.
When the "cooperative cooking mode" KM3 is executed from this state, the remaining demand is 1500W short of the electric power 3500W required for cooperative cooking. can be started.

If the demand (prior securing of power demand) is 4000W:
When the right heating port 4R is frying (maximum 1500W required), the rest of the demand is 2500W.
If cooperative cooking is to be performed from this state, the remaining demand is 1000 W short of the electric power required for cooperative cooking of 3500 W, so the heating power of the right IH coil needs to be reduced. However, if the heating power is lowered while the automatic control menu is being executed, cooking will not go well, so the heating power of the automatic control menu cannot be lowered.
Ultimately, with 4000 W, the required thermal power for the automatic control menu cannot be secured.

As is clear from the above description, before starting the "cooperative cooking mode" KM3, the electric power (3500 W) required for cooperative cooking and the electric power (1500 W) required for the cooking menu of the right heating port 4R or the left heating port 4L ), it is necessary to determine (confirm) whether or not there is a demand of 5000 W (prior security of power demand).

Next, FIG. 25 will be described.
This FIG. 25 shows the determination processing of steps ST6 and ST7 of FIG. These determinations are performed by the permission condition determination unit 54 .
Step ST5 is the step of operating the input key 153M.
In the next step STX1, the permission condition determination unit 54 of the control device 40 compares the permission condition 1 and the permission condition 2 with the latest state of the heating cooker 1, and determines the state that satisfies the permission condition 1 and the permission condition 2. Determine whether or not

In step STX1 of FIG. 25, voice (notification) 1 to voice (notification) 4 indicate the contents notified to the user by the voice notification unit 50. FIG. That is, it specifically shows the contents of step ST8 in FIG.

Display 1 to display 4 in FIG. 25 show the contents displayed on the central display section 16M. Note that these displays 1 to 4 are not displayed on the first specific screen 16M1 displayed from the time of step S2 in FIG. 23, but are displayed on the central display section 16M where the first specific screen is not displayed. is.

The first specific screen 16M1 is not displayed unless the premises (permission condition 1 and permission condition 2) for shifting to the "cooperation cooking mode" KM3 are satisfied. For this reason, after the user sets (selects) various conditions (for example, identification information 167) of the "cooperation cooking mode" KM3, it is determined that the permission condition 1 or the permission condition 2 is not satisfied, and the first standby It does not mean returning to the stage of the initial screen (step ST4 in FIG. 24). Therefore, the user is not forced to perform useless input operations.

FIG. 26 illustrates the operation from starting the heating cooker 1 to acquiring cooking recipe information (cooking condition data) for the heating cooker 1 from the information terminal device 200 or the cloud server 300. be.

In this Embodiment 1, the cooking condition data of the "cooperative cooking mode" KM3 includes the number (identification information) of the cooperative cooking menu, the order of the plurality of heating means used, the heating means used in the cooking process 1, the cooking process If there are heating means used in 2, cooking process 3 and later, heating means used for each cooking process, default (standard setting) control conditions (thermal power, heating time, heating target temperature, etc.) in each cooking process ), if any, including, but not limited to, its setting value or range of setting values.

In FIG. 26, steps SS1 to SS8 are operation steps defined in the integrated control program of the control device 40, and are basically the same as the contents defined in the operation program of the cooperative cooking mode KM3 explained in FIG. ing.

First, when the operation button 20A of the main power switch 20 is pressed (SS1), the next step SS2 is a step in which the heating control section 43 determines whether or not there is an abnormality.

Steps SS1 to SS4 are the same as steps ST1 to ST4 described with reference to FIG. 24, so redundant description will be omitted.

In step SS5, the heating cooker 1 transmits a signal requesting provision of cooking recipe information (cooking condition data) to the smartphone (information terminal device) 200 or the cloud server 300 that has been registered and set in advance. This is the operation for the purpose of asking the user to confirm in advance. A confirmation screen is displayed on the central display portion 16M, and the voice notification portion 50 also notifies.

If the user sets the function setting key 151KP (see FIG. 7) of the input operation unit 15 in advance to automatically execute the external connection in step SS5, the external connection is automatically executed at a prescribed timing.

That is, as described with reference to FIG. 1 , smartphone 200 and cooking device 1 can be automatically paired to establish wireless communication 400 between smartphone 200 and cooking device 1 .

In the external connection in step SS5, transmission and reception are alternately repeated several times between the heating cooker 1 and an external communication device (such as the smart phone 200 and the cloud server 300). For example, when the standby signal 1 is first transmitted from the heating cooker 1, the external communication device receives the standby signal 1, transmits the setting signal 1 including the setting information, and receives the setting signal 1, which is received by the heating cooker. 1 is a process of confirming the internal standby state (for example, the set value of total power consumption, etc.) and, if there is no problem, transmitting a standby signal 2 for proceeding to the next stage.

Finally, reception of necessary setting information (including cooking condition data) from the external communication device is completed. That is, on the side of the heating cooker 1, once the setting information is received, the alternating communication is performed several times such as immediately after returning the confirmation signal, and finally the reception of the necessary setting information is completed. In such a series of flows, there is a step of asking the user to decide whether or not to receive the cooking condition data CD. In other words, in this heating cooker 1, since there is a step in which the user can clearly and in advance recognize that the cooking condition data CD is to be received, the process proceeds to the step of executing the cooking condition data CD without the user's knowledge. It prevents that.

On the other hand, if the external connection as described above is not set to be automatically executed, in step SS6, a predetermined icon or the like is displayed on the central display section 16M to provide recipe information (cooking condition data). Let users know what they can do. This is shown in the display screen 2C of FIG. The display to notify the user is briefly displayed, for example, in letters, as indicated by 60P on the display screen 2C. 60P is called acquisition operation support information.

In this step SS6, if the user does not consent to the connection to the external device (smartphone 200, etc.), as shown in step SS9, the registered external device (the smart phone 200 or the cloud server 300) does not contain "recipe information ( A non-receipt message such as "No cooking condition data)" is sent. In this way, the user can also set to refuse reception.

On the other hand, in step SS6, when the user agrees to connect to the external device and instructs to acquire data, the cooking device 1 receives the recipe information (cooking condition data) from the external device via the communication unit 51 and transmits it to the data acquisition unit. 53 obtains. The acquired recipe information is stored in a predetermined "temporary storage section" (not shown) in the cooking condition data storage section 42 (step SS7).

In the next step SS8, the contents of the recipe information obtained from the external device, especially the identification information 167 are displayed on the central display section 16M. Also, the voice notification unit 50 notifies the fact of reception, for example, "The hamburger recipe has been received."

By the way, in the first embodiment, after the main power switch 20 is turned on and the supply of electric power is started, the control device 40 waits for a command to start the heating operation during the standby period. The program permits acquisition of the cooking condition data by the data acquisition section 53 when the combined mode selection section VMC (input key 180) is operated.

That is, if the user presses the input key 180 at step SS6, the step is determined to be "Yes", and acquisition of the cooking condition data is permitted.

In FIG. 26, steps SS5 to SS8 are one of optional functions that can be set with the function setting key 151KP. That is, steps SS5 to SS8 surrounded by broken lines in FIG. 25 are embodiments in which the voice input combination mode selection unit VMC (input key 180) is used to determine whether or not to acquire cooking control data. rice field.

Next, FIG. 27 is a flow chart showing specific operation steps of the control device 40 when using the optional function as shown in FIG.

In FIG. 27, steps up to step SS5 are the same as those described in FIG. 26, so redundant description will be omitted.
In step SS5, whether or not to transmit a signal requesting the provision of cooking recipe information (cooking condition data) to the smartphone 200 or the cloud server 300 is displayed on the standby initial screen 16MH of the central display unit 16M. In this case, the user can acquire the cooking condition data using the voice input combined mode selection unit VMC (input key 180).

Step SS10 is a step of determining whether or not the voice input combined mode selection unit VMC (input key 180) has been operated. If the input key 180 is pressed once, the result is "Yes" and the process proceeds to the next step SS11.

If the data acquisition unit 53 can acquire the cooking condition data via the communication unit 51, step SS11 becomes "Yes".
It is determined whether or not the contents of the acquired cooking condition data satisfy the above-described "permission condition" (see FIG. 25).

If the permission condition is not satisfied, as described in step ST8 of FIG. 24, the communication section 51 transmits a signal (data) to the outside to notify that the cooking condition data cannot be received (SS19).

If the permission condition is satisfied, the determined cooking condition data is stored in a predetermined storage area of the cooking condition data storage unit 42 as normal data.
Further, the identification information and control conditions included in the cooking condition data are displayed on the first specific screen 16M1 displayed on the central display section 16 (step SS13).

Control conditions displayed on the first specific screen 16M1 (for example, heating time, target heating temperature, thermal power, etc.) can be changed as appropriate by operating input keys 156M to 159M of the central operation unit 15M (steps SS14, SS15 ).

On the other hand, if the voice input combined mode selection unit VMC (input key 180) is not operated in step SS10, the process proceeds to step SS16.
When the input key 153M is operated in step SS16, that is, when the cooperative cooking mode KM3 is selected, the "touch input mode" TM is selected.
In other words, if the input key 153M, 154M or the like is pressed without operating the input key 180 even once after activation, the "touch input mode" TM is selected, and this state is maintained thereafter. .

After the "touch input mode" TM is selected, the "touch input mode" continues until one cooking menu is finished. It does not switch to the "speech input combined mode" VM in the middle. This is because switching in the middle of the cooking process may cause confusion in the user's operation.

If the voice input mode is desired, the input key 180 should be pressed in the middle of the process. The voice input combined mode is maintained regardless of how many times the voice is input or when nothing is input from the time the button is pressed. However, if the input key 180 is pressed once more during the period of the combined voice input mode, the combined voice input mode is canceled at that point.

When the input key 153M is operated in step SS16, the process returns to step SS11 to perform the operation of acquiring the cooking condition data.

If the input key 153M is not operated in step SS16, the process proceeds to step SS17. If no other cooking mode is selected in step SS17, the process proceeds to step SS18.

Step SS18 measures the "elapsed time" that circulates through the cycle of steps SS10, SS16, SS17, and the like. For example, when the elapsed time reaches 30 minutes, the control device 40 forcibly turns the main power switch 20 on the assumption that, for some reason, the user has forgotten to perform the input operation or is unable to perform the operation. open to Also, before the power is turned off, the audio notification unit 50 of the notification unit 90 may emit an alarm sound, or the audio notification unit 50 may call attention by voice.

The above-mentioned "elapsed time" may be, for example, the elapsed time from the point in time when the determination was made for the first time in step SS10.
Alternatively, the elapsed time from the first step SS5 in which the standby initial screen 16MH is displayed may be used.

The "elapsed time" (period) managed in step SS18 is hereinafter referred to as a "first restricted period" RT1.

Since the "touch input mode" TM is selected by operating the input key 153M in step SS16, the selection of the other cooking modes (combined cooking mode KM2, single cooking mode KM1) is also performed in step SS17 by voice. This is performed by direct operation of the input key 154M or the like without using the signal receiving section 56. FIG.

Next, FIG. 28 will be described.
FIG. 28 shows the display contents of the central display section 16M corresponding to each operation step explained in FIG.

FIG. 28 will be described. When the main power switch 20 is turned off, the central display section 16M is not activated, so no information is displayed.
When the main power switch 20 is turned on, the control device 40 performs self-diagnosis to check whether there is an abnormality or the like as described above, and then causes the display screen 1 of FIG. 27 to be displayed on the central display section 16M.

In the display screen 1 shown in FIG. 28, 60A is a display text notifying that the power is on. 60B is two-dimensional information (two-dimensional code) for guiding to the recipe information providing server 301, which is a dedicated recipe posting site, via the networks (Internet) 203 and 204; 60C is a sentence explaining the meaning of the two-dimensional code (hereafter referred to as "two-dimensional information explanation").

When the two-dimensional code 60B is optically read by the smartphone 200, the smartphone 200 can be guided to and connected to the recipe information providing server 301 that holds information on various cooking recipes. The two-dimensional information explanatory text 60C and the display text 60A are one type of "standby common information" 60N.

After the display screen 1 of FIG. 28 is displayed, the display screen 2A or 2B may be displayed automatically.
Furthermore, after the display screen 2A or 2B of FIG. 28 is displayed, the display screen 2C may be displayed automatically. This display screen 2C prompts the user to perform an input operation by a recommendation sentence 60H to select a heating source.

In the display screen 2A, the character display "caution for bumping" is one of the caution displays 60E. This "bumping" is, for example, when heating a viscous food (liquid) such as curry or stew, the inside of the food is overheated above the boiling point and suddenly A phenomenon that causes violent boiling. Hot liquid droplets can be dangerous as they erupt from the hot liquid. It is said that the timing and the cause of the occurrence of bumping are the contamination or impact of foreign matter from the outside. Therefore, when a metal pot or the like containing the food to be cooked is placed on the top plate 3 and induction-heated, attention is drawn to stirring the food to be cooked. The information displayed in this alert is one type of "standby common information" 60N.

The four display screens, display screen 1 and display screens 2A to 2C shown in FIG. 28, are called a "common screen" or "standby initial screen" 16MH. Forms other than these four may be included in the common screen 16MH.

In the display screen 2B, 60E is a caution display warning that the inside of the heating chamber 6 is at a high temperature and that it should not be touched carelessly. When the control device 40 detects that the heating chamber 6 is not sufficiently cooled after the oven cooking is performed in the heating chamber 6, the state is automatically switched to the display screen 2.例文帳に追加

Although the display screens 2A and 2B cannot be displayed at the same time, they may be displayed alternately at intervals of several seconds to call attention to both the bumping indication and the high temperature indication. Also, the content of the attention calling on the display screens 2A and 2B may be performed by voice by the voice notification unit 50 in parallel.

In the display screen 2C of FIG. 28, 60P is the acquisition operation support information described above. As shown in FIG. 27, the heating cooker 1 acquires the cooking condition data from the smartphone 200 or the like, and stores the acquired data in the cooking condition data storage unit 42 (see FIG. 12) by pressing the input key The user can recognize that 180 should be pressed (along with this display, the voice notification unit 50 may give voice notification).

As is clear from the display screens 1 to 2A to 2C in FIG. 28, the display of various information including the obtaining operation support information 60P is performed using the entire display screen. In other words, the first area 22 to the third area 24 are identified in order to secure as wide a display area as possible instead of partially displaying by any of the first area 22 to the third area 24 described above. It is displayed in an integrated manner so that it appears to the user that it is being displayed on the entire central display section 16M.

Next, FIG. 29 is an enlarged plan view for explaining the operation of the left display section 16L of the heating cooker 1. As shown in FIG.
When the input key 153L and the input key 152L are operated at the stage of step SS4 in FIG. 26, the control menus to be executed by the left heating port 4L are displayed one by one on the left display section 16L. That is, each time the input key 152L is pressed, one can be selected from a plurality of control menus.

Control menus (for the induction heating single cooking mode KM1) that can be selected with the left heating port 4L include, for example, “warming”, “boiling”, “simmering”, “frying (automatic cooking)”, and “preheating”. The driving time, heating power, driving pattern, etc. of the left IH coil 9L differ for each control menu.

The display screen 3A of FIG. 29 is displayed when the control menu of "Keep warm" is selected. The display screen 3B is displayed when the control menu for "fried food" is selected. The display screen 3C is when the "preheating" control menu is selected.

In the central display unit 16M, when the central IH coil 9M in charge of the central heating port 4C is used to select the control menu (induction heating single cooking mode KM1), the display screen shown in FIG. Display 3A. In this case, the central display section 16M has a display form like the display screen 3A, and this screen is called a "third specific screen" 16M3.

Next, FIG. 30 will be described.
FIG. 30 illustrates the operation steps of the control device 40 of the heating cooker 1 from when the heating cooker 1 is activated until just before the start of cooking.

In FIG. 30, when the operation button 20A of the main power switch 20 is pressed and the standby initial screen 16MH is displayed on the central display unit 16M, recipe information (cooking condition data ) is acquired (step SU2).

In step SU3, the control device 40 compares the state of the heating cooker 1 with the latest state, and determines whether or not the permission condition 1 and the permission condition 2 are satisfied.

When it is determined that the permission conditions 1 and 2 are satisfied at the same time (SU6), the identification information included in the recipe information (cooking condition data) acquired from the external device (the smartphone 200 or the cloud server 300) is displayed in the central display. Displayed in section 16M. In this case, the identification information 167 (for example, "name: hamburger") is displayed in the first specific screen 16M1 (step SU7).

The identification information 167 (for example, "name: hamburger") is displayed as shown in FIG. An operation recommendation display portion 170 is also displayed. This prompts the user to press the input key 151M to start cooking. Note that the voice notification unit 50 also provides notification such as, for example, "Press the start key to start cooking with heat" (step SU8).

After step SU7, when the user presses either one of the input keys 158M or 159M once, a food component display screen 16M1A, which will be described later, is displayed. Further, when either one of the input keys 158M or 159M is pressed once, the food ingredient display screen 16M1B is displayed.

At the stage of step SU8, the user may appropriately set the heating power, heating time, etc. by operating input keys (eg, 156M or 155M) that can select control conditions (eg, heating power value).

On the other hand, the case where the control device 40 compares the state of the heating cooker 1 with the latest state at the stage of step SU3 and determines that the permission conditions 1 and 2 are not satisfied (step SU4) will be described.

The contents of the standby initial screen 16HM in the central display part 16M are partially changed, and the fact that the recipe information (cooking condition data) acquired from the external device cannot be executed by the current heating cooker 1 is displayed in characters. In addition, the voice notification unit 50 also gives voice notification of the same purpose (step SU5). Then, the process returns to step SU1. This operation corresponds to the operation of step ST8 described with reference to FIG.

Next, FIG. 31 will be described.
FIG. 31 is the same as the portion explained in FIG. 17, and is an enlarged plan view showing the central operation section 15M and the central display section 16M.

In FIG. 30, reference numeral 173 denotes an external recipe identification unit indicating recipe information (cooking condition data CD) acquired from an external device (the smart phone 200 or the cloud server 300). It is easy to understand that the cooking menu displayed on the first specific screen 16M1 is obtained from the outside by displaying "RECEIVE RECIPE" in characters.

In FIG. 31, the light emitting portion 21M corresponding to the input key 151M is in a standby state ready to start the heating operation. In order to display this fact, the input key 151M is blinking to prompt the operator to operate it. A dashed circle indicates that the light emitting portion 21M is blinking.

In FIG. 31, a star-shaped figure is drawn at the position of the light emitting portion 21M. The figure indicates that the input function of each input key (for example, 156M, 157M) arranged on the front side of the light emitting part 21M is effective, and if the touch operation is performed at this point, the heating power, heating time, etc. can be adjusted. means that

In FIG. 31, the light emitting portions 21M corresponding to the input keys 157M and 156M emit light. In other words, the user can select either one of the heating unit specifying unit 171L that selects cooking with the left heating port 4L and the heating unit specifying unit 171R that selects cooking with the right heating port 4R.

The recipe information (cooking condition data CD) acquired from the external device is preferentially displayed on the first specific screen 16M1 by displaying the external recipe identifying section 173. FIG. That is, the identification information 167 of the received recipe information (cooking condition data) is displayed at the "display position B" of the first specific screen 16M1. Therefore, by pressing the input key 151M as shown in FIG. 31, cooking in the cooperative cooking mode KM3 can be started immediately.

As described above, the recipe information (cooking condition data CD) acquired from the external device (the smartphone 200 or the cloud server 300) is transferred to specific heating units (right heating port 4R, central heating port 4C, left heating port 4L). There are two types of cooking, one is limited cooking, and the other is cooking by designating the range of the heating unit that can be used according to the user's request. Therefore, even when the user uses the recipe information acquired from the outside, the usability is not impaired.

Next, FIG. 32 will be described. FIG. 32 is an explanatory diagram showing the relationship between the cooking process of the cooperative cooking menu and the operation of the input operation section.
In the example of FIG. 32, the cooperative cooking menu is composed of three cooking processes 1, 2 and 3.

In the example of FIG. 32, the cooking condition data waits for input from the input key 151M, starts the induction heating operation at the right heating port 4R (or the left heating port 4L), and enters the input key 153R (153L). ) is input, or when certain conditions (continuous cooking time or reaching the target temperature) are met, the overheating operation is stopped at that point. It is Control conditions such as thermal power may also be specified.

In the program included in the cooking condition data, a heating pause period P3 and a heating pause period P5, which will be described later, are defined, but the lengths of the heating pause periods P3 and P5 are not defined. However, in order to prevent the heat cooking from being interrupted for an excessively long time, for example, the elapsed time is counted based on the end point of the cooking process 1 and the cooking process 2. When, for example, 30 minutes have passed, A warning may be issued and processing such as forcibly stopping the execution of the cooking menu may be included.

In this example of the cooking condition data CD in FIG. A cooking process 3 is provided for moving the food to be cooked onto the top plate 3 and performing induction heating for finishing by compensating for insufficient heating.

In addition, in this heating cooker 1, a measure is added to prevent the setting of the cooking mode, the control conditions, etc., from being carried out inadvertently in response to a command signal from the outside.

In the example of FIG. 32, the first heating means HM1 is operated first, and after the heating operation is completed, the second heating means HM2 is operated. , the radiant heat heating means 12 may be operated.

As shown in FIG. 32, the cooperative cooking menu shown here consists of four stages.
P1 is the first stage (preparation period), which is the period from when the input key 153M is operated to execute the cooperative cooking menu until the (induction) heating cooking operation is started by the input key 153R. .

When the input key 153M is operated and the "permission condition" as described above is satisfied, the control device 40 displays the first specific screen 16M1. Note that FIG. 32 does not show the first specific screen 16M1.

When the first specific screen 16M1 is displayed, one of the cooperative cooking menus can be selected by operating the input keys 154M and 155M. After that, if the input key 153R is operated, the mode shifts to the cooperative cooking mode (using the right heating port 4R), and proceeds to the heat cooking step of P2.

When the identification information 167 of the cooperative cooking menu desired by the user is displayed at a predetermined position of the first specific screen 16M1 (default display) at the stage when the first specific screen 16M1 is displayed, the input keys 154M and 155M are displayed. operation is unnecessary.

P2 is a heat cooking period (cooking step 1) by the first heating means HM1.
In this cooking step 1, when an appropriate object to be cooked such as a metal pot is placed on the right heating port 4R and the input key 153R is pressed, the heating and cooking operation is started.

At the stage when the cooking process 1 is started, the control device 40 has already determined the permission conditions, so the heating section of the first heating means HM1 (induction heating means) in use is known. In other words, the usage state of both the right heating port 4R and the left heating port 4L is grasped.
Therefore, as a default setting, the control device 40 determines to use the "right heating section" 4R in the cooking process 3 of the cooperative cooking mode, and puts the right heating port 4R in an exclusive state.

The cooking process 1 is basically determined in advance by the operation program of the cooperative cooking menu. For example, when the standard heating time elapses, the voice notification unit 50 notifies, and the first specific screen 16M1 also displays a message such as "O minutes will elapse soon". That is, the user is notified that the end of the cooking process 1 is approaching.
In order for the user to finish the cooking process 1, the input key 153R should be pressed once.

P3 is a heating rest period from when the cooking process 1 by the first heating means HM1 is once stopped until the cooking process 2 by the second heating means HM2 is started.

This pause period P3 is a period required for checking the degree of heating of the food to be cooked in the cooking process 1, adding seasonings, or adding another food to be cooked in the cooking process 2. Furthermore, it is a period necessary for moving the food to be cooked to the heating chamber 6 .
The heating pause step P3 ends when the input key 151M is pressed, and the process proceeds to the cooking step 2 of P4.

This cooking process 2 is started when the control device 40 confirms that the door 7 has been opened once during the rest period P3 and then closed. A door open/close signal from the open/close detector 10 is used by the controller 40 .

The cooking process 2 basically ends automatically when the heating time predetermined by the operation program of the linked cooking menu elapses or when the temperature of the food to be cooked rises to a set value (e.g., 90°C). . For example, in a certain cooperative cooking menu, heating is started with a microwave output of 500W. Further, if the user opens the door 7 at any timing, the microwave irradiation is stopped instantaneously, and the heating operation is stopped.

In the cooking process 2 on P4, the user may be able to individually set control conditions (eg, cooking time and target temperature) by operating at least one of the four input keys 156M to 159M. Depending on the cooking menu, the user may not be able to change the control conditions.

The example of FIG. 32 shows the case where the input key 152M of the central operation unit 15M is pressed to terminate the cooking process 2. In the example of FIG. When the input key 152M is pressed to issue a command to stop cooking, the cooking process 2 ends, and the process proceeds to the heating pause period of P5.

During this heating pause period P5, the user opens the door 7, takes out the food from the heating chamber 6, and places it on the top plate 3. The object to be cooked is placed in an object to be heated such as a metal pan.
Then, when the input key 153R of the right heating section 4 is pressed to command the start of cooking, the heating pause step P5 ends and the process proceeds to the heating cooking period P6 ("cooking step 3" of induction heating).

This heating pause period P5 is a period required for checking the degree of heating of the food to be cooked in the cooking step 2, adding seasonings, or adding another food to be cooked and performing the next cooking step 3. is. For example, in the cooking process 2, only the frozen food is heated as the food to be cooked, and in the cooking process 3, the food to be heated is immersed in seasoning or cooking liquid, or cooked by preheating separately, and the same food is heated. You can add it to things. Therefore, the range of cooking is widened.

P6 switches from the cooking process 2 by the second heating means HM2 (microwave heating source) to the cooking process 3 by the first heating means HM1 (in this case, the induction heating means, for example, the right heating port 4R).
In this cooking step 3, if the right heating port 4R is used for cooking as described above, the input keys 154R and 155R (see FIG. 8) can be operated to set control conditions (eg, cooking time, target temperature, etc.). ) can be set individually by the user.

In this cooking process 3, if the left heating port 4L is used for cooking, the user can individually set the control conditions (for example, cooking time and target temperature) by operating the input keys 154L and 155L. Can be set.

Then, when the input key 153R is pressed to command the stop of cooking, the cooking process 3 ends and the operation of the linked cooking mode ends. In the case of timer cooking, the induction heating cooking is automatically terminated when the time elapses, and the cooking step 3 is terminated.

As is clear from FIG. 32, it is not at the stage of selecting the linked cooking menu, that is, at the time when the identification information 167 indicating the name of the cooking of the linked cooking menu is displayed on the central display section 16M, but at the time of displaying the central operation section 15M. The right operation portion 15R of the right heating port 4R cannot be used from the time when the start of cooking is determined by the input key 151M. Note that if the left heating port 4L is set by default, the left heating port 4L will be in an exclusive state.

As is clear from the above description, the control device 40 performs the following function restriction processing.
(1) An input signal from the right operation unit 15R is invalidated or input is restricted. For example, the input functions of input keys 151R and 152R are disabled. As a result, during the heat cooking period (cooking process 1) to the heat cooking period (cooking process 3), the right heating port 4R cannot be used (inputted) except in situations where input is required in the cooperative cooking mode KM3. Gone.
(2) The left operation unit 15L can be used even during the heat cooking period (cooking step 1) (the input signal from the left operation unit 15L is not invalidated).

Thus, when the cooking period (cooking process 1) is entered, the control device 40 is in a state where only the right heating port 4R of the cooking process 3 is occupied from the cooking process 1 stage.

Therefore, the right heating port 4R is "occupied" by the selection of the cooperative cooking menu. Also, from the perspective of the entirety of the first heating means HM1, the use of only a portion (right side) of the three heating portions is "restricted".

Even when the heating cooking period (cooking step 1) ends, the restricted state of the right heating port 4R is not released.
At the stage of the cooking process 1, the first specific screen 16M1 is displayed, and the user can easily understand that the cooperative cooking mode is entered. Execution by other cooking menus is not restricted for HM2. This is the same for the heating pause period P3 to the cooking step 2 as well.

Note that even if the control device 40 detects that the door 7 has changed from the open state to the closed state before starting the heat cooking period (cooking step 2), the temperature in the heating chamber 6 is used as the reference. If it is higher than the value, there is a concern that the control device 40, the non-contact (infrared) sensor 13, and the thermistor sensor 14 may erroneously recognize the abnormally high temperature as the completion of cooking even before cooking is started in the heating chamber 6. There is
Therefore, before the start of the heat cooking period (cooking step 1), if the temperature of the heating chamber 6 is too high, the first specific screen 15M1 will display the message "Due to high temperature, the second heating will be performed immediately. Means HM2 (microwave heating means) cannot be used" is displayed.

The periods indicated by the thick arrows in FIG. 32 are the reception restriction period for one cooking condition data (recipe data) and the acquisition restriction period for additional cooking condition data (recipe data).

After the input key 153M is touched once and the first specific screen 16M1 is displayed, the limiting operation by the limiting unit 55 is performed as follows.
Note that the communication unit 51 enables the reception/transmission function when the first specific screen 16M1 is displayed (before that, at least the reception function is disabled).

That is, the restriction unit 55 built in the control device 40 operates as follows.
As shown in FIG. 32, the cooking menu A of the specific cooperative cooking mode OK3 acquired from the outside cannot be changed to another cooking menu B (for example, "hamburger") of the same cooperative cooking mode KM3. In order to change it, it is necessary to operate the input key 152M to temporarily release the cooperative cooking mode KM3, and return to the scene of the initial standby screen 16MH.

In other words, once the limited period indicated by the thick arrow in FIG. 32 is entered, by operating the input key 152M, the cooking according to the specific cooperative cooking menu A obtained from the outside can be canceled at any time. When the cancellation operation is once performed in this manner, the screen returns to the standby initial screen 16MH, and in that state, it is necessary to touch the input key 153M again.

Further, for a specific cooperative cooking menu A acquired from the outside, the cooking condition data (recipe data) of another cooperative cooking menu C is stored after the input key 153M is touched until the cooking process is completed. ) cannot be acquired by the control device 40 from the outside (smartphone 200 or the like).

That is, when entering the restricted period indicated by the thick arrow in FIG. 32, by operating the input key 151M, it is possible to decide to start cooking in the cooperative cooking mode KM3, and to start the specific cooperative cooking menu A obtained immediately before this decision. Cooking according to the cooking condition data (recipe data) can be executed, but additional cooking condition data (recipe data) cannot be acquired from the outside until all the cooking processes of this cooking menu A are completed.

Next, FIGS. 33 to 37 will be described.
FIG. 33 is a time chart 1 for explaining the entire cooking condition data (recipe data CD) obtainable interval and control operation in the heating cooker 1 .

SA1 to SA9 in FIG. 33 indicate the operation of the control device 40. FIG.
First, the control device 40 detects that the main power switch 20 has been turned ON (step SA1), transmits data indicating that it has been started (operating state data OS) from the communication unit 51 to the outside, and performs self-diagnosis. mode is started (SA2). In other words, it is checked whether or not the components such as each circuit and sensors of the heating cooker 1 are normal.

Next, the display unit 16 is activated to display the standby initial screen 16MH (SA3). After that, display prompting the user to select the heating means is displayed through the standby initial screen 16MH, and similar voice guidance is performed by the voice notification unit 50 (SA3A).

The "initial standby period" TP referred to in the first embodiment is a period starting from step SA3A, and the timing at which this initial standby period TP ends is when the input key for starting the heating operation is pressed. The start input key is the input key 151M in the cooperative cooking mode KM3.

The initial waiting period TP cannot exceed the first time limit (first time limit TR1). That is, for example, the maximum time is within 30 minutes by the process of step SS18 described with reference to FIG.

Next, during the initial standby period TP for waiting for a command to start the heating operation as described above, the input key (voice input switch) 180 also serving as the voice input combined mode selection unit VMC is pressed (step TL4). , the input key 153M is also operated, the later-described "recipe acquisition permission condition" is satisfied. Then, the program permits the acquisition of the cooking condition data by the data acquisition unit 53 . This stage is the stage of step SS10 described in FIG.

That is, if the user presses the input key 180 at step SS6, the step is determined to be "Yes", and acquisition of the cooking condition data is permitted.

Next, the user operates input key 153M to select cooperative cooking mode KM3 (step SA4).
Then, during the initial standby period TP, the two input keys, ie, the input key 180 and the input key 153M, are continuously pressed within a predetermined time (for example, within 30 minutes). At that point, the "recipe acquisition conditions" are met.

As shown in FIG. 33, when the “recipe acquisition condition” is satisfied during the initial standby period TP, the data acquisition unit 53 acquires the cooking condition data of the cooking menu in the linked cooking mode KM3 via the communication unit 51. Can be obtained only once.

Furthermore, during the initial standby period TP, the externally acquired cooking condition data for the cooking menu of the cooperative cooking mode KM3 can be canceled with the input key 152M.
Actually, in the initial standby period TP, the first specific screen 16M1 is displayed first, and the input key 151M is pressed after the identification information 167 of the cooking condition data is displayed in the screen.

Furthermore, during the initial standby period TP, the control conditions of the acquired cooking condition data can be changed as appropriate by operating the input keys 156M to 159M (some control conditions cannot be changed). Also in this case, the control conditions are displayed in the displayed first specific screen 16M1.

As described above, the initial standby period TP ends when the input key 151M is operated (SA7). Then, the actual heating operation is started immediately after that (SA9).
Since the initial waiting period TP ends at step SA9 as described above, the cooking condition data of the cooking menu of another linked cooking mode KM3 cannot be acquired from the outside after this (however, during the cooking process If the cooperative cooking mode KM3 is canceled with the input key 152M, the cooking condition data can be obtained again).

The time difference between step TL4 and step SA4 in FIG. 33 is limited to within 30 minutes. After 30 minutes, the control device 40 forcibly turns off the main power switch 20 for safety because the user may have forgotten the operation input. Alternatively, the voice notification unit 51 issues an instruction for an operation such as issuing an alarm.

The time difference between step TL4 and step SA4 is not restricted to within 30 minutes, but the period from step SA3A to step SA4, which is the point at which the initial standby period TP begins, is restricted to within 30 minutes. You can change it.

As is clear from FIG. 33, the period from steps SA4 to SA7 in the initial waiting period TP is the acquisition possible period TB1 of the cooking condition data (recipe data) in the cooperative cooking mode.

In the initial standby period TP, the period from steps SA4 to SA7 is the cancelable period TB2 of the cooking condition data (recipe data) of the cooperative cooking mode.
The period from steps SA4 to SA7 in the initial standby period TP is the control data changeable period TB3 of the cooking condition data (recipe data) of the cooperative cooking mode.

During the initial standby period TP, if the input key 180 is first pressed and then the input key 153M is pressed continuously within a predetermined time period (for example, within 30 minutes), the storage device 41 will normally store A first specific screen 16M1 displaying identification information 167 indicating, for example, "hamburger" is displayed in correspondence with the cooking condition data of the stored predetermined (linked) cooking menu.

However, regardless of such a display state, when the "cooking condition data CD1" of the cooking menu of another linked cooking mode KM3 is transmitted from the communication terminal device 200 to the heating cooker 1, after step SA4 , the data acquisition unit 53 acquires the “cooking condition data CD1” from the communication unit 51 . However, it is necessary to satisfy the above "permission condition 1" and "permission condition 2".

Next, FIG. 34 will be described.
FIG. 34 is a time chart for explaining the entire cooking condition data (recipe data) obtainable section and control operation in the combined cooking mode KM2 in the heating cooker 1. FIG.

SA1 to SA9 in FIG. 34 indicate the operation of the control device 40 as in FIG.
Step SA4 is when the user operates input key 154M or 155M to select composite cooking mode KM2. Even in the composite cooking mode KM2 of FIG. 34, the initial standby period TP is a period that starts from step SA3A and ends when either one of the composite cooking mode selection input keys 154M or 155M is pressed.

Even in the case of the combined cooking mode KM2, during the initial waiting period TP, two input keys, ie, the input key 180 and either one of the input keys 154M or 155M, are continuously pressed within a predetermined time (for example, within 30 minutes). is pressed, it means that the "recipe acquisition permission condition" is satisfied at the time of step SA4.

As shown in FIG. 34, when the “recipe acquisition permission condition” is satisfied during the initial waiting period TP, the data acquisition unit 53 acquires the cooking condition data of the cooking menu of the composite cooking mode KM2 via the communication unit 51. Can be obtained only once.

During the initial waiting period TP, the externally acquired cooking condition data of the control menu of the composite cooking mode KM2 can be canceled with the input key 152M.
Actually, during the initial standby period TP, the second specific screen 16M2 is displayed, and the display information 25A (for example, "manual range") shown in the first area of FIG. 13 is displayed in the screen. After that, the input key 151M should be pressed.

Furthermore, during the initial standby period TP, the control conditions of the acquired cooking condition data can be changed as appropriate by operating the input keys 156M to 159M (some control conditions cannot be changed). In this case, the second specific screen 16M2 also displays various control conditions as shown in the second and third areas of FIG. Just press it.

Next, FIG. 35 will be described.
FIG. 35 is a time chart for explaining the entire cooking condition data (recipe data) obtainable section and control operation in the cooperative cooking mode KM3 in the heating cooker 1. FIG.

SA1 to SA9 in FIG. 35 indicate the operation of the control device 40 as in FIG.
In the example of FIG. 35, the configuration of the input keys 180 is changed. Specifically, the operation surface of the input key 180 is illuminated from below by a light-emitting element (LED) (not shown) arranged below the operation surface.

The input key 180 becomes effective after step SA3A after the controller 40 is activated. That is, after the step (SA3A) at which the user is prompted to select the cooking mode by the standby initial screen 16MH, the input function of the input key 180 becomes effective (step SA3B), and after that time, the light emission Illuminated by an element (not shown), it stands out in the operating section 15 .

Further, the initial standby period TP is started from the time when the standby initial screen 16MH prompts the user to select the cooking mode (step SA3A).

Step TL4 is the time when the input key 180 is turned on, as in FIG. After that, when the input key 153M is operated, the "recipe acquisition permitting condition" is satisfied at this time, so the acquisition of the cooking condition data can be executed. After that, the initial waiting period TP ends when the input key 151M is operated.

In the example of FIG. 35 as well, the cooking condition data for the linked cooking mode KM3 can be externally acquired via the communication unit 51 after both the input key 180 and the input key 153M are operated. The cooking condition data for not only the cooperative cooking mode KM3 but also the combined cooking mode KM2 can be obtained from the outside via the communication unit 51 during the initial standby period TP.

Next, FIG. 36 will be described.
FIG. 36 is a time chart for explaining the entire cooking condition data (recipe data) obtainable section and control operation in the heating cooker 1. FIG.

SA1 to SA9 in FIG. 36 indicate the operation of the control device 40 as in FIG.
The example of FIG. 36 is an example in which the input key 153M for selection of the cooperative cooking mode KM3 is pressed before the input key 180 for combined voice input.

In the example of FIG. 36, when the input key 153M is operated to select the cooperative cooking mode KM3 and then the input key 180 is operated, the "recipe acquisition permission condition" is satisfied, so the input key 180 is operated. Cooking condition data can be acquired from the time point.

Next, FIG. 37 will be described.
FIG. 37 is a time chart for explaining the entire cooking condition data (recipe data) obtainable section and control operation in the heating cooker 1. FIG.

SA1 to SA9 in FIG. 37 indicate the operation of the control device 40 as in FIG.
The example of FIG. 37 is an example in which the initial waiting period TP starts when the input key 154M or 155M for selection of the composite cooking mode KM2 is pressed.

In the example of FIG. 37, during the initial standby period TP, the input key 154M or 155M is operated to select the composite cooking mode KM2, and after the step of operating the input key 180 (step TL4), the cooking condition data is input. , can be acquired from the outside via the communication unit 51 .

Next, FIG. 38 will be described.
FIG. 38 shows the main processing of the control device 40 up to the start of heat cooking according to the externally acquired cooking condition data CD. In particular, it shows the process of displaying food composition and nutritional data.

In FIG. 38, the cooking condition data CD acquired from the smart phone 200 or the cloud server 300 via the communication unit 51 is stored in the cooking condition data storage unit 42 of the storage device 41 (step SS20). Then, it is displayed on the first specific screen 16M1 (step SS21). This stage corresponds to step SS13 described in FIG.

At the next step SS21, the first specific screen 16M1 is displayed on the central display section 16M as shown in FIG. That is, at least the identification information 167 is displayed.

In the next step SS22, it is determined whether or not the user has issued a display command in order to display the ingredients of the food. If the input key 158M is pressed, the determination in step SS22 is "Yes". Note that step SS22 can also be executed by pressing the input key 180 and issuing a voice to the voice signal receiving section 56 by the user to issue a food ingredient display command. For example, when the user utters "calorie display", the voice signal is analyzed by the voice signal analysis unit 58 (see FIG. 12), and the food component data of the target cooking menu is read out from the storage device 41.

A food component display screen 16M1A as shown in FIG. 19A is displayed on the first identification screen 16M1 (step SS23). Then the amount of energy, protein, fat and iron is displayed in grams.
Next, the process proceeds to step SS24 for determining whether or not the input key 151M has been pressed. In this step SS24, input is waited for a certain amount of time until the user performs an operation. If the input key 151M is pressed during the standby time, the display returns to the first specific screen 16M1. Then, the driving of the heating means (first heating means HM1, etc.) is started (SS25).

If the input key 158M is not pressed for a certain period of time from the time of step SS21, and if there is no voice command to display food ingredients, the determination in step SS is "No".

If the determination in step SS22 is "No", the process proceeds to step SS26. At step SS26, it is determined whether or not there is an instruction to display the nutritional components of the food. If the input key 159M is pressed, the determination in step SS26 is "Yes". Note that step SS22 can also be executed by pressing the input key 180 and issuing a voice to the voice signal receiving section 56 by the user to issue a food ingredient display command. For example, when the user utters "display nutrients", the audio signal analysis unit 58 (see FIG. 12) analyzes this audio signal, and reads out from the storage device 41 data on the nutritional components of the cooking menu of interest.

If step SS26 is determined to be "Yes", the nutritional component display screen 16M1B as shown in FIG. 19B is displayed on the first specific screen 16M1 (step SS27). Then the amount of energy, protein, fat and iron is displayed in grams. Then, the process proceeds to step SS24.

As described above, if the input key 151KP for function setting is operated in advance and the setting is not made to display the ingredients of the food and the nutritional ingredients individually each time before the start of cooking. , the operations of steps SS23 and SS27 shown in FIG. 38 are not performed.

Although the examples of FIGS. 33 to 38 do not show the single cooking mode KM2, the cooking condition data CD of the combined cooking mode KM2 is acquired from the outside via the communication unit 51 during the initial standby period TP. be able to.

Summary of Embodiment 1.
As is clear from the above description, the first embodiment discloses the heating cooker 1 related to the first disclosure as follows.
That is, the heating cooker 1 related to the first disclosure is
a first heating means HM1 for heating an object to be heated placed on the top plate 3;
a second heating means HM2 for heating the food to be cooked in the heating chamber 6;
an input operation unit 15;
a notification unit 90 having a central display unit 16M;
and a control device 40,
The control device 40 has a cooperative cooking mode KM3 in which one cooking is performed by driving the first heating means HM1 and the second heating means HM2 with a time difference,
When the control device 40 receives a command 1 (see step S1 in FIG. 23) to select the cooking menu of the linked cooking mode KM3 from the input operation unit 15, the permission condition (see FIGS. 24 and 25) is satisfied. If so, the first specific screen 16M1 for executing the cooperative cooking mode KM3 is displayed on the central display section 16M (see step S2 in FIG. 23),
While the first specific screen 16M1 is displayed (see FIGS. 17 and 18), the control device 40 issues the command 2 from the input operation section 15 (input keys 158M, 159M or the voice signal receiving section 56). When receiving the information, at least one of the amount of food ingredients or nutritional ingredients related to a specific cooking item (see FIG. 19) that can be executed in the cooperative cooking mode KM3 is displayed on the central display section 16M. It was a configuration.

With such a configuration, when a specific cooking menu (for example, "hamburger") is selected in the linked cooking mode KM3, information on the ingredients and nutrients of the food related to the cooking menu can be easily learned. can be done. Therefore, it is possible to improve the convenience of the selection operation of the cooking menu by the user. For example, the user can select an appropriate cooking menu based on information on the amount of food ingredients and nutritional ingredients according to the health management of the family, dietary restrictions, etc., and can contribute to the improvement of eating habits. .

Furthermore, as shown in FIG. 19 of Embodiment 1, identification information 167 of one cooking menu (for example, "hamburger"), dedicated food ingredient display screen 16M1A showing food ingredients, identification information 167, Since the nutritional component display screen 16M1B for exclusive use showing nutritional components is switched and displayed, the user can easily and clearly identify each piece of information.

Furthermore, in this Embodiment 1, the heating cooker 1 regarding 2nd disclosure was disclosed as follows.
That is, the heating cooker 1 related to the second disclosure is
a first heating means HM1 for heating an object to be heated placed on the top plate 3;
a second heating means HM2 for heating the food to be cooked in the heating chamber 6;
an input operation unit 15;
a notification unit 90 having a central display unit 16M;
and a control device 40,
The control device 40 has a cooperative cooking mode KM3 in which one cooking is performed by driving the first heating means HM1 and the second heating means HM2 with a time difference,
The input operation unit 15 has a voice signal receiving unit 56 as voice input means and various input keys 151M to 159M, 151R to 155R and 151L to 155L as touch input means,
When the control device 40 receives a command 1 (see step S1 in FIG. 23) for selecting the cooperative cooking mode KM3 from either the voice input means or the touch input means, the permission conditions (FIG. 24, 25) is satisfied, a first specific screen 16M1 for executing the cooperative cooking mode KM3 is displayed on the central display unit 16M,
While the first specific screen 16M1 is being displayed (see FIGS. 17 and 18), the control device 40 receives a command from either the audio signal receiving section 56 or the various input keys (158M, 159M). 2, the central display unit 16M displays information on at least one of food ingredients and nutrients related to specific cooking (for example, "hamburger") that can be executed in the cooperative cooking mode KM3 (see FIG. 19). ) was a configuration characterized by

With such a configuration, when a specific cooking menu (for example, "hamburger") is selected in the linked cooking mode KM3, the ingredients and nutrients of the food related to the cooking menu are input by voice input or touch input. Information can be obtained easily. Therefore, it is possible to improve the convenience of the selection operation of the cooking menu by the user. For example, the user can select an appropriate cooking menu from information on food ingredients and nutritional ingredients according to family health management, dietary restrictions, etc., and can contribute to improving eating habits.

Furthermore, similar to the heating cooker 1 of the first disclosure, identification information 167 of one cooking menu (for example, "hamburger"), a dedicated food ingredient display screen 16M1A showing food ingredients, and identification information 167 , and the dedicated nutritional component display screen 16M1B showing nutritional components, the user can easily and clearly identify individual pieces of information.

Furthermore, in this Embodiment 1, the heating cooker 1 regarding 3rd disclosure was disclosed as follows.
That is, the heating cooker 1 related to the third disclosure is
a first heating means HM1 for heating an object to be heated;
a second heating means HM2 for heating the food to be cooked in the heating chamber 6;
an input operation unit 15;
a notification unit 90 having a central display unit 16M;
a communication unit 51 that receives from the outside the cooking condition data CD for performing heat cooking;
and a control device 40,
The control device 40 has a cooperative cooking menu KM3 in which one cooking is performed by driving the first heating means HM1 and the second heating means HM2 with a time difference,
The input operation unit has an audio signal receiving unit 56 as an audio input means, and various input keys 151M to 159M, 151R to 155R, and 151L to 155L as a touch input means,
The control device 40 includes a heating control section 43 that controls the heating operation corresponding to the linked cooking mode KM3, and a data acquisition section that acquires the cooking condition data CD via the communication section 51 for a specific food to be cooked. 53 and
The control device 40 enables the data acquisition unit 53 to acquire the cooking condition data CD when the acquisition conditions are satisfied during the initial standby period TP,
When the control device 40 receives a command 1 for selecting the cooperative cooking menu KM3 from either the voice input means or the touch input means, the control device 40 selects the cooperative cooking mode KM3 if the permission condition is satisfied. display a specific cooking menu (for example, "hamburger") on the central display unit 16M as a first specific screen 16M1,
When the control device 40 receives a command 2 from either the voice input means or the touch input means while the first specific screen 16M1 is being displayed, , at least one of the information is displayed (food component display screen 16M1A or nutritional component display screen 16M1B),
The control device 40 is characterized in that the acquisition condition is satisfied when the voice input means and the touch input means are operated within the first restricted period RT1.

With such a configuration, when a specific cooking menu (for example, "hamburger") is selected in the cooperative cooking mode KM3, it is possible to easily obtain information on the ingredients and nutrients of each food to be cooked. . Therefore, it is possible to improve the convenience of the selection operation of the cooking menu by the user. For example, the user can select an appropriate cooking menu from information on food ingredients and nutritional ingredients according to family health management, dietary restrictions, etc., and can contribute to improving eating habits.

Furthermore, since the cooking condition data relating to the cooperative cooking mode KM3 is received by a user's special operation, the timing of data acquisition from the outside is controlled.
In other words, the control condition data can be obtained when the voice input means and the touch input means are operated within the first restricted period RT1, so that the communication terminal device 200 can obtain the control condition data. Cooking condition data is not received carelessly due to proximity or the like. Therefore, the user's sense of security can be improved.

Furthermore, in the heating cooker 1 according to the third disclosure, the input key 180 serving as the voice input combined mode selection unit VMC is also used for acquiring the cooking condition data, so the operation key of the input operation unit 15 An increase in the number of (operation units) can also be avoided, thereby preventing deterioration of operability by the user.

In addition, in the cooking device 1 relating to the third disclosure, the first specific screen 16M1 is not displayed unless the prerequisites (permission condition 1 and permission condition 2) for starting the cooperative cooking mode KM3 are satisfied. For this reason, after the user sets (selects) various conditions (for example, thermal power level, target temperature, heating time, etc.) of the cooperative cooking mode KM3, it is determined that permission condition 1 or permission condition 2 is not satisfied. , the step is not forcibly returned to the stage of the initial standby screen 16MH. Therefore, the user is not forced to perform useless input operations.

Furthermore, in the heating cooker 1 according to the first to third disclosures, the input operation section 15 is provided with a selection key 180 for selecting a combined voice input mode using the voice input means.
Therefore, even if the user cannot perform touch operations because his/her hands are occupied during the cooking process, instructions can be given by voice, which is convenient.

Furthermore, in the heating cooker 1 according to the first to third disclosures, the acquisition condition for acquiring the cooking condition data from the outside includes the selection key 180 and one input key of the touch input unit (for example, the input key 153M) is satisfied when the operation is performed within the first time limit (RT1).

That is, the initial waiting period TP cannot exceed the first time limit (first time limit TR1) by the process of step SS18 described with reference to FIG. For example, the maximum is 30 minutes.

For this reason, even if the user left the operation of the input operation unit 15 interrupted for some reason, the heating cooker 1 automatically disabled input (forcibly opening the main power switch 20). ). Therefore, the cooking control data and the like are not acquired from the outside without the user's knowledge, and safety is improved.

The input operation unit 15 is provided with an input key 180 as a voice input combination mode selection unit and an input key (for example, an input key 158M) for instructing display of the information of the food component data DD. , user operability is good.

In particular, as shown in FIG. 7 of Embodiment 1, the input key 180 and the input key (for example, the input key 158M) for commanding the display of the information of the food component data DD are provided on the central operation unit M. Since the central display unit 16M is also located in the vicinity of the central display unit 16M, when the user is cooking while standing in front of the central operation unit 15M, the user's operable range and visible range are , the necessary display unit and operation unit exist, and the user can operate without moving the standing position. As a result, benefits such as reducing the physical burden on the user during cooking can be expected.

Furthermore, in the initial standby period TP, the notification unit 90 of the heating cooker 1 according to the first to third disclosures includes the input key 180 and an input key (for example, , input key 158M) to display the standby initial screen 16MH displaying that the respective input functions are enabled.
Therefore, during the initial standby period TP immediately after the heating cooker 1 is started, it is possible to prevent misunderstandings and confusion when the user performs an input operation, thereby improving usability.

Furthermore, the control device 40 of the heating cooker 1 according to the first to third disclosures, when the input key A (for example, the input key 153M) is operated first and then the input key 180 is operated, It was the structure by which acquisition of the said cooking condition data was attained.
For this reason, since the control assumes the operation of a user accustomed to touch operation (including push button operation), it is possible to encourage natural input without making the user's operation uncomfortable.

Furthermore, the control device 40 of the heating cooker 1 according to the first to third disclosures, when the input key 180 is operated first and the input key A (for example, the input key 153M) is operated later, A configuration that enables acquisition of the cooking condition data was also disclosed.
This configuration is based on the assumption that the user who wants to input by voice first operates the input key 180, and after selecting the input by voice, a series of input operations can be performed without giving discomfort to the user's operation. There are effects that can be initiated by voice.

Further, when the input key 180 is not operated, the control device 40 is configured such that one input key (input key 153M for selecting the cooperative cooking mode KM3) of the input operation section 15 is also set to the first time limit. If the operation is not performed within (RT1), at least one of cutting off the main power supply or instructing the alarm operation by the notification unit 90 is executed.

That is, as described with reference to FIG. 27, the elapsed time from the step (SS10) for determining whether or not the input key 180 has been operated is limited, for example, within 30 minutes. Alternatively, the limit of the elapsed time from the first step SS5 in which the standby initial screen 16MH is displayed is set within 30 minutes.

For this reason, if the user forgets to perform the input operation for some reason or is unable to perform the operation, the control device 40 forcibly opens the main power switch 20 or issues an alarm from the viewpoint of safety. It is configured to improve safety by performing the operation of putting out.

Furthermore, the input operation unit 15 has a function setting key 151KP,
When the function setting key 151KP is operated, the control device 40 shifts to a function setting mode,
The function setting mode is configured to set whether or not the food component or the nutritional component should be displayed on the central display portion 16M or the conditions.

With this configuration, it is possible to set the functions according to the user's wishes and proficiency level.

Furthermore, in this Embodiment 1, the heating cooker 1 regarding 6th disclosure was disclosed as follows.
That is, the heating cooker 1 related to the sixth disclosure is
a first heating means HM1 for heating an object to be heated;
a second heating means HM2 for heating the food to be cooked in the heating chamber 6;
an input operation unit 15;
A communication unit 51 that receives cooking condition data for executing heat cooking from an external information processing terminal device 200;
a notification unit 90 having a central display unit 16M;
and a control device 40,
The control device 40 includes a heating control unit 43 that controls heating operations corresponding to a plurality of cooking modes (KM1 to KM3) using the first heating means HM1 and the second heating means HM2; a data acquisition unit 53 that acquires the cooking condition data via the communication unit 51 with respect to the food to be cooked,
After the main power switch 20 is turned on and power is supplied, the control device 40 displays the standby initial screen 16MH on the central display unit 16M, and during the initial standby period TP after this time, the information processing When automatic connection is made with the terminal device 200 and the cooking condition data for the specific cooking mode is transmitted from the information processing terminal device 200, the data acquisition unit 53 acquires the cooking condition data, It is determined whether or not the permission conditions specified in 1 are satisfied, and if they are satisfied, the standby initial screen 16MH is displayed as a dedicated display screen for each cooking mode (first specific screen 16M1 to third specific screen 16M3) and display the contents of the cooking condition data on the display screen after the change,
When the control device 40 receives an ingredient display command from the input operation unit 15 while the content of the cooking condition data is being displayed (steps SS22 and SS26 in FIG. 38), the cooking condition data is displayed. A configuration characterized by displaying at least one of the information regarding the amount of food ingredients or nutritional ingredients related to the specific food to be cooked (via the food ingredient display screen 16M1A or the nutritional ingredient display screen 16M1B). be.

For this reason, it is possible to receive the cooking condition data related to the cooperative cooking mode KM3 and the cooking condition data of the control menus of the combined cooking mode KM2 and the single cooking mode KM1 within a specific period (initial standby period TP) by a special operation of the user. Therefore, the acquisition timing of the cooking condition data from the outside is controlled.
Therefore, there is no need to inadvertently receive cooking condition data of another cooking menu or data of another control menu while selecting a cooking mode or setting control conditions.

In addition, when selecting a specific cooking menu (for example, "hamburger") in the cooperative cooking mode KM3, it is possible to easily obtain information on the ingredients and nutrients of each food to be cooked. Therefore, it is possible to improve the convenience of the selection operation of the cooking menu by the user. For example, the user can select an appropriate cooking menu from information on food ingredients and nutritional ingredients according to family health management, dietary restrictions, etc., and can contribute to improving eating habits.

Furthermore, in the heating cooker 1 according to the sixth disclosure, since the input key 180 serving as the voice input combined mode selection unit VMC is also used for acquiring the cooking condition data, the operation of the input operation unit 15 An increase in the number of keys (operation units) can also be avoided, thereby preventing deterioration of operability by the user.

As other features, the heating cooker 1 according to the first disclosure includes:
a first heating means HM1 for heating the object to be heated at a first location (above the top plate 3);
a second heating means HM2 for heating the food to be cooked at a second location (heating chamber 6) separated from the first location;
an input operation unit 15 that receives user commands;
a display unit 15;
a communication unit 51 that receives cooking condition data 2 (CD2, CD4, CD5, CD6) from the outside;
a control device 40 that controls the first heating means HM1, the second heating means HM2, the display unit 15, and the communication unit 51;
The input operation unit 15 has a voice input combination mode selection unit VMC and a touch input mode selection unit TMC,
The control device 40 includes a heating control unit 43 that executes a cooperative cooking mode KM3 in which the first heating means HM1 and the second heating means HM2 are driven with a time difference based on the cooking condition data 1. , a data acquisition unit 53 for acquiring the cooking condition data 2 via the communication unit 51 in order to execute heat cooking in the cooperative cooking mode for a specific food, and start cooking in the cooperative cooking mode KM3. a restriction unit 55 that restricts acquisition of the cooking condition data 2 by the data acquisition unit 53 via the communication unit 51 during the preceding initial standby period TP,
After the main power is supplied and the standby initial screen 16MH is displayed (see step SS4 in FIG. 25), the control device 40 can acquire the cooking condition data 2 by the data acquiring unit 53 (step SS11). becomes.

That is, during the initial standby period TP waiting for a command to start the heating operation, selection of a cooking mode such as the cooperative cooking mode KM3 or the combined cooking mode KM2, and the voice input combination mode selection unit VMC (input key 180) is selected, the acquisition of the cooking condition data 2 by the data acquisition unit 53 (step SS11 in FIG. 28) is enabled.

For this reason, the user's special operation will receive the cooking condition data related to the cooperative cooking mode KM3 (including the control menu data for the combined cooking mode KM2 and the single cooking mode KM1). controlled.
Therefore, the cooking condition data of another cooking menu will not be inadvertently received while selecting the cooking mode or setting the control conditions.

Furthermore, since the input key 180 serving as the voice input combined mode selection unit VMC is also used for acquiring the cooking condition data, it is possible to avoid increasing the number of operation keys (operation units) of the input operation unit 15. It is possible to prevent the deterioration of operability by the user.

Furthermore, in this Embodiment 1,
a first heating means HM1 for heating the object to be heated at a first location (above the top plate 3);
a second heating means HM2 for heating the food to be cooked at a second location (heating chamber 6) separated from the first location;
an input operation unit 15 that receives user commands;
a communication unit 51 that receives cooking condition data 2 (CD2, CD4, CD5, CD6) from the outside;
a display unit 15 and an audio notification unit 50 (both of which are collectively referred to as a “notification unit”);
a control device 40 that controls the first heating means HM1, the second heating means HM2, the notification units 15 and 50, and the communication unit 51;
The input operation unit 15 has a voice input combination mode selection unit VMC and a touch input mode selection unit TMC,
The control device 40 includes a heating control unit 43 that executes a cooperative cooking mode KM3 in which the first heating means HM1 and the second heating means HM2 are driven with a time difference based on the cooking condition data 1. , a data acquisition unit 53 for acquiring the cooking condition data 2 via the communication unit 51 in order to execute heat cooking in the cooperative cooking mode for a specific food, and start cooking in the cooperative cooking mode KM3. During the previous standby period (that is, the "preparation period" P1 before the "cooking process 1" shown in FIG. and a limiting unit 55 for
When the voice input combined mode selection unit VMC and the touch input mode selection unit TMC are sequentially operated in a certain order during the initial standby period TP, the control device 40 causes the data acquisition unit 53 to operate the communication unit The configuration is characterized in that the cooking condition data can be acquired via 51 .

For this reason, the user's special operation (two actions of selecting a voice input combined mode and selecting one of a plurality of cooking modes) is to receive the cooking condition data. Acquisition timing is controlled.
Therefore, the cooking condition data of another cooking menu will not be inadvertently received while selecting the cooking mode or setting the control conditions.

Furthermore, since the input key 180 serving as the voice input combined mode selection unit VMC is also used for acquiring the cooking condition data, it is possible to avoid increasing the number of operation keys (operation units) of the input operation unit 15. It is possible to prevent deterioration of operability by the user.

Furthermore, in this first embodiment,
The restriction unit 55 restricts acquisition of new cooking condition data from the communication unit 51 until the cooking process of the cooking menu to which the acquired cooking condition data 2 is applied is completed. The heating cooker 1 was disclosed.

With this configuration, it is possible to select one of the two heating means and perform cooking in the single cooking mode KM1, the combined cooking mode KM2, and the cooperative cooking mode KM3. This makes it possible to provide a cooking device that can handle a wide range of cooking.

Furthermore, since there is the restriction unit 55, once the cooking condition data (recipe data) for one specific linked cooking menu A is acquired, then the cooking condition data (recipe data) for another linked cooking menu B is obtained. , the control device 40 will not inadvertently acquire the information immediately before the cooking process starts or during the cooking process. Therefore, for example, another cooking menu (including the control menu for the combined cooking mode and the control menu for the single cooking mode) is not accidentally received in the middle of the cooperative cooking. Therefore, there is no fear of user confusion or interference with the operation of the heating cooker 1 due to reception.

Furthermore, in the heating cooker 1 of Embodiment 1,
The input operation unit 15 includes input keys 153L and 153R for selecting the single cooking mode KM1, input keys 154M and 155M for selecting the combined cooking mode KM2, and input key 153M for selecting the cooperative cooking mode KM3. are disclosed separately.

With this configuration, selection of three cooking modes can be individually selected by each input key (input means), so even if the heating cooker 1 has an increased number of heating sources, the user's operability is improved. can be made

Furthermore, in the heating cooker 1 of Embodiment 1,
The restriction unit 55 restricts acquisition of new cooking condition data from the communication unit 51 until the cooking process of the cooking menu to which the acquired cooking condition data 2 is applied is completed,
If the cooperative cooking mode KM3 is canceled by the input operation unit 15 before the cooking process is started after the cooking condition data 2 is acquired, the cooking condition data 2 is acquired again by the data acquisition unit 53. It was a configuration characterized by being able to acquire

Therefore, it is possible to prevent inadvertent reception of another cooking menu (including the control menu of the combined cooking mode and the control menu of the single cooking mode) during the cooperative cooking, and stably received the cooking condition data 2. cooking menu can be executed.

Furthermore, it is possible to prevent the operation of the control device 40 from being hindered and the user from being misunderstood and confused due to the careless reception of cooking condition data of another cooking menu during the cooking process. can.

Furthermore, when the cooperative cooking mode KM3 is canceled, the previously obtained cooking condition data 2 not used for heat cooking can be canceled, and desired cooking condition data 2 can be obtained. You can avoid confusion with

Furthermore, in the heating cooker 1 of Embodiment 1,
The control device 40 has a function of performing a cooperative cooking mode KM3, a combined cooking mode KM2, and a single cooking mode KM1,
After the main power supply is turned on by the input operation unit 15, the control device 40
(1) display the standby initial screen (common screen) 16MH on the display unit 16;
(2) When the input keys 153M, 154M, and 155M for selecting one of the cooperative cooking mode KM3 and the combined cooking mode KM2 are operated, the acquisition and use of the cooking condition data acquired from the communication unit 51 are restricted by the restriction unit. limit at 55,
(3) When the selection input keys 153M, 154M, and 155M are operated, the display of the initial screen (common screen) 16MH is automatically changed to the first specific screen 16M1 or the second specific screen 16M2,
(4) With the first specific screen 16M1 or the second specific screen 16M2 displayed, shift to an initial waiting period TP for receiving a cooking start command from the input operation unit 15,
(5) During the initial standby period TP, acquisition of the cooking condition data from the communication section 51 is limited to one time.

According to this configuration, when the standby initial screen (common screen) 16MH is displayed, if the selection input keys 153M, 154M, and 155M are operated thereafter, the dedicated first screen for the cooperative cooking mode and the combined cooking mode is displayed. It can be easily understood that the specific screen 16M1 and the second specific screen 16M2 can be displayed and the cooking condition data can be acquired from the outside.
Therefore, it is possible to avoid confusion and misunderstanding in the user's input operation from immediately after turning on the main power until the start of cooking, and it is expected that usability will be improved.

Embodiment 2.
39 to 59 show a heat cooker and a heat cooking system according to Embodiment 2. FIG. Parts that are the same as or correspond to the configuration of the first embodiment described in FIGS. 1 to 38 are denoted by the same reference numerals.

In this Embodiment 2, the configuration of the heating cooker 1 is changed, and the function of the restriction section 55 that partially restricts the acquisition of the cooking condition data and the display contents of the display section 16 are different from those in the first embodiment.

Also in this second embodiment, when the restriction unit 55 acquires the cooking condition data (including the "display condition data") from the external communication terminal device 200 or the like, the input function and the display function of the heating cooker 1 side restrict some of the For this purpose, the data acquisition unit 53 issues various control commands in response to the operation of acquiring the cooking condition data from the smartphone 200 or the cloud server 300 via the communication unit 51 .

Communication terminal device 200 shown in FIG. 39 will be described.
A communication terminal device 200 such as a smartphone includes a transmission unit and reception unit 210, a communication control unit 211, a central processing unit (CPU) 212, a ROM and RAM 213, a speaker 214, a touch-type operation unit 215, and a display. It has a terminal-side display unit 216 having a screen, a heating cooker database (storage unit) 217 , an attitude detection unit 218 , a remote operation information generation unit 219 , and a storage unit 220 . The transmitter/receiver 210 has an NFC input/output unit 221 for short-range wireless communication. Therefore, it is possible to use two routes: wireless communication via the Internet and short-range wireless communication.

A voice input unit 222 converts voice of a user or the like into an input signal.
The touch-type operation unit 215 , the terminal-side display unit 216 and the voice input unit 222 are integrated in hardware to form a display operation unit 225 . Note that a search unit that analyzes the voice signal from the voice input unit 222 and performs term search, information search, etc. is not shown. The search unit may be provided inside the communication terminal device 200, or may be provided in the external cloud server 300 and the search function may be provided outside the communication terminal device 200. FIG.

The orientation detection unit 218 is equipped with various sensors such as a gyro sensor, an acceleration sensor, and a gravity sensor, and can detect the inclination and orientation of the communication terminal device 200 . As a result, a signal obtained by detecting the vertical direction of the communication terminal 200 is output to the central processing unit 212 .

The central processing unit 212 receives a detection signal from the attitude detection unit 218 and controls the display direction of the terminal-side display unit 216 .
The central processing unit 212 inputs the signal received from the communication unit 51 of the heating cooker 1 to the remote operation information generation unit 219 .

The central processing unit 212 has a cooking condition data acquisition unit 230, a cooking condition data transmission unit 231, a terminal side recipe selection unit 232, and a food component data acquisition unit 233, respectively. The cooking condition data acquisition unit 230, the cooking condition data transmission unit 231, the terminal side recipe selection unit 232, and the food component data acquisition unit 233 may all be functionally realized by one computer program. , may be configured by separate control circuits.

The heating cooker database 217 stores the "notification data" 223 of the heating cooker 1 in order to generate notification information (including image information) for the central display unit 16M and the voice notification unit 50 of the heating cooker 1. I have.
Further, the heating cooker database 217 also holds “remote operation data” 224 for the control device 40 of the heating cooker 1 .

Further, the heating cooker database 217 stores food component/nutrient component data 226 relating to the cooking condition data (recipe data) CD. In this Embodiment 4, information on food components (energy, lipid, protein, etc.) and nutritional components (potassium, calcium, etc.) will be collectively referred to as "food component information" DD.

The notification data 223, the remote control data 224, and the food component/nutrient component data 226 may be stored in the information terminal device 200 from the beginning. (202), download from the cloud server 300, and obtain the food component information DD. In other words, the heating cooker database 217 does not have to be fixedly stored and constructed, and information may be acquired as necessary and temporarily stored in a volatile memory.

The heating cooker database 217 acquires from the cloud server 300 the cooking condition data for various types of cooking performed by the heating cooker 1, especially cooking menus (for example, "ratatouille") that can be used in the cooperative cooking mode KM3. Alternatively, it may be acquired from another communication terminal device 200 via the NFC input/output unit 221 .

The remote operation information generation unit 224 processes the signal obtained from the heating cooker 1 via the central processing unit 212 and the input signal from the display operation unit 225, respectively, and performs remote operation for the heating cooker 1. Generate information.

The "remote operation information" here refers to information on input operations corresponding to all cooking modes including the linked cooking mode KM3 and the combined cooking mode KM2 of the heating cooker 1, the linked cooking mode, the combined cooking mode, etc. , display information on the central display portion 16M in , and display information on the right display portion 16R and the left display portion 16L. However, information serving as a command to start the heating operation is not included in any of the cooking modes including the cooperative cooking mode KM3. Therefore, the cooking device 1 does not receive a command to start the heating operation based on this remote control information.

The "remote operation information" may not include the display information on the central display section 16M and the display information on the right display section 16R and the left display section 16L. Further, command information for functions that can be set with the function setting key 151KP cannot be transmitted from the communication terminal 200, and cannot be generated by the communication terminal 200. FIG.

The central processing unit 212 executes the processing of the entire communication terminal 200 according to the control program stored in the ROM/RAM. Data generated in the process of executing processing is stored in the ROM/RAM.

The storage unit 220 is a semiconductor non-volatile memory, and can store the information of the heating cooker 1 read from the transmission unit and the reception unit 210 . For example, it is used to temporarily store the cooking condition data (also referred to as “recipe data”) for a specific cooking menu downloaded (read) from the cloud server 300 . Information on the cooking device 1 is obtained from a first server 321 (not shown) directly connected to the cooking device 1, but a second server 321 (not shown) connected to the first server 321 via a network not shown). The first server 321 (not shown) and the second server 321 (not shown) are part of the cloud server 300 .

When the user touches a specific portion of the terminal-side display section 216 of the communication terminal device 200, the remote control information generating section 219 generates remote control information based on this touch signal.
The remote control information is transmitted from the transmitter/receiver 210 to the cooker 1 .

If the heating cooker 1 has already been supplied with electric power and started, the controller 40 of the heating cooker 1 treats the received remote control information as the input operation information of the cooking mode. For example, when a remote control signal related to the cooperative cooking mode KM3 is received, the standby initial screen 16MH of the central display unit 16M is changed to a selection screen (first cooking menu (for example, hamburger)) in the cooperative cooking mode KM3. The screen transitions to the specific screen 16M1). However, the heating cooker 1 does not unconditionally operate according to the remote control information of the communication terminal device 200 . This will be explained in FIGS. 40 and 41. FIG.

On the other hand, on the side of the communication terminal 200 that has transmitted the remote control information, the display on the terminal side display section 216 changes based on the remote control information. In other words, the contents of the display screen of the terminal side display section 216 in the display operation section 225 of the communication terminal device 200 and the contents of the display of the central display section 16M of the heating cooker 1 change in a similar operation procedure, but the change The status is not transmitted to the heating cooker 1 in real time one by one.

Even if remote control information is generated in communication terminal 200, it is recognized as a regular remote control signal in heating cooker 1 after the confirmation signal of the cooking mode is transmitted. In other words, the remote control information from the communication terminal 200 is collectively transmitted when a predetermined confirmation key is pressed on the communication terminal 200 in order to confirm the cooking mode.

Therefore, the cooking condition data (recipe data) of the cooking menu (eg, hamburger) in the cooperative cooking mode KM3 includes data specifying the heating means from the cooking process 1 to the final cooking process, and default setting control conditions (eg, , heating power level, heating power value, heating time, etc., but not limited to these) are collectively transmitted. That is, the first specific screen 16M1 also includes detailed control condition data that the user can arbitrarily set.

The food component data acquisition unit 233 shown in FIG. 39 has data on various food components (eg, energy content, protein, etc.) and nutritional components (eg, vitamins A, C, iron, minerals, etc.). . Various data are collectively referred to as "food component data" in the second embodiment.

The "food ingredient data" of the food ingredient data acquisition unit 233 does not have to be stored from the time the communication terminal device 200 is manufactured. For example, in Japan, the Ministry of Education, Culture, Sports, Science and Technology publishes data to the general public (on the Internet, etc.), which includes the "Standard Tables of Food Composition in Japan 2020 Edition (8th Edition)." Therefore, the communication terminal device 200 may acquire data of a specific food from this data, and the data may be stored in the food component data acquisition unit 233 for each food.

When the food component data acquisition unit 233 acquires the cooking condition data (recipe data) CD2 (see FIG. 43) of a cooking menu (for example, hamburger) from the cloud server 300, data such as nutritional components of the food is obtained. However, when it is not possible to obtain data from the cloud server 300 , the communication terminal 200 can supplement data such as nutritional components and provide the data to the cooking device 1 . This will be explained in detail in FIG.

Next, FIG. 40 will be described. FIG. 40 is an operation explanatory diagram (list) for cooking in the cooperative cooking mode.
In the table of FIG. 40, operation procedures, related input keys, display screens, and characteristic items related to operations are described in three vertical columns.

First, when the operation button (key) 20A of the main power switch 20 is pressed, the main power is supplied to the control device 40. If the control device 40 self-diagnoses and no abnormality is detected, the central display section 16M is entered. The operation unit 15 is activated. The thermal power display section 17 (left thermal power display section 17L, central heating status display section 17M, right thermal power display section 17R) is also activated.

A standby initial screen 16MH is displayed on the central display portion 16M.
A two-dimensional code 60B is displayed on the standby initial screen 16MH. When the two-dimensional code 60B is optically read by the communication terminal device 200, it can be connected to the recipe information providing server 301 which holds various cooking recipe information, ie, various cooking condition data. Therefore, the communication terminal device 200 can acquire the cooking condition data for desired cooking.

In this Embodiment 2, the communication terminal device 20 can directly wirelessly communicate with the heating cooker 1 . Moreover, the heating cooker 1 and the communication terminal device 200 are configured so that they can be automatically connected when they are within a communicable range of each other.

A communication method between the communication terminal device 200 and the heating cooker 1 uses Bluetooth (registered trademark), which is one of short-distance wireless communication standards. A wireless router 340 (not shown) is installed between the communication terminal device 200 and the cloud server 300 . A wireless LAN communication method such as WiFi (registered trademark) is used between the wireless router (not shown) and the communication terminal device 200 .

First, since mutual authentication is performed between the communication terminal device 200 and the heating cooker 1, when the heating cooker 1 is started, a signal for automatic connection ("scan signal") is sent from the heating cooker 1. ) is transmitted, mutual communication for automatic connection is performed between the cooking device 1 and the communication terminal device 200 . Note that the scan signal may be transmitted from the communication terminal device 200 side.

When the connection between the heating cooker 1 and the communication terminal device 200 is established, the state in which direct wireless communication is possible between the heating cooker 1 and the communication terminal device 200 continues. When the communication terminal device 200 moves along with the movement of the user and becomes distant from the heating cooker 1, it may temporarily become unable to communicate. connection status is recovered.

During the period from when the standby initial screen 16MH is displayed until the input key 153M (to select the linked cooking mode KM3) is pressed, the cooking condition data CD2 (CD4, CD6) from the communication terminal 200 is Acquisition is basically prohibited.

Also, during the period from when the main power switch 20 is turned on until the standby initial screen 16MH is displayed, the cooking condition data CD2 (CD4, CD6) cannot be obtained from the communication terminal 200 at all.

In FIG. 41, which will be described later, the restriction on receiving the cooking condition data CD2, CD4, and CD6 is not canceled from the time when the input key 180M is pressed, but the input key 153M (or 154M or 155M) is pressed after the input key 180M. ) is pressed, an example of releasing the reception restriction is shown.

FIG. 41 shows an example in which the configuration of the display screen in FIG. 40 is slightly changed.
FIG. 40 shows an example of displaying a message such as "RECIPE RECEIVING EXTERNALLY" on the waiting initial screen 16MH when cooking condition data is received from the outside.

On the other hand, FIG. 41 shows an example of switching to a dedicated reception operation display screen 16MM. The reception operation display screen 16MM will be described later with reference to FIG.

FIG. 42 is a plan view showing the standby initial screen 16MH, showing the state immediately after the main power switch 20 is turned on.

A case will be described where, for example, the cooking menu database (heat cooker database 217) held by the heat cooker 1 does not include the cooking "ratatouille" desired by the user. ``Ratatouille'' is a dish that originated in southern France, and is made by slicing several kinds of vegetables such as zucchini, onions, and green peppers, stir-frying them with tomatoes and herbs in olive oil.

Acquisition of the above-described "ratatouille" cooking condition data by the communication terminal device 200 will be described.
By using the voice input unit 222 or the touch-type operation unit 215, the above-described "ratatouille" is specified in the terminal-side recipe selection unit 232, the cloud server 300 is accessed, and the cooking condition data for "ratatouille" is acquired. Acquired by unit 230 .

The acquired cooking condition data for “ratatouille” is temporarily stored in the storage unit 220 . The display unit 216 on the terminal side displays that the cooking condition data for "ratatouille" has been successfully downloaded, and prompts the user to perform an operation to decide whether to transmit the data.

Therefore, when the user operates the display operation unit 225 (or inputs voice using the voice input unit 222) to instruct the cooking condition data transmission unit 231 to transmit, the central processing unit 212 controls the cooking of “ratatouille”. The condition data is transmitted to the heating cooker 1. In addition, together with the transmission of the cooking condition data, the "notification data" 223 of the heating cooker 1 and the "remote control data" 224 for the control device 40 of the heating cooker 1 are also transmitted.

As shown in FIG. 40, after the input key 153M is pressed, the control device 40 permits the heating cooker 1 to receive the cooking condition data of each cooking menu in the cooperative cooking mode KM3. However, as shown in FIG. 40, the display is not immediately switched to the first specific screen 16M1. Therefore, the receiving operation of the cooking condition data continues in the state of the standby initial screen 16MH.

FIG. 41 shows another example of displaying that the cooking condition data for “ratatouille” is received from the communication terminal 200 . As shown in FIG. 41, the standby initial screen 16MH is switched to a receiving operation display screen 16MM indicating that the recipe is being received from the outside. The reception operation display screen 16MM will be described later with reference to FIG.

The restriction unit 55 of the heating cooker 1 can perform the operation of receiving the cooking condition data via the communication unit 51 from the time when the input key 153M is pressed.
Then, if there is the received cooking condition data, it is temporarily stored in a predetermined storage area (or dedicated buffer memory) of the cooking condition data storage unit 42 . The notification data 223 and the remote control data 224 are also permitted to be received, and are linked with the cooking condition data of "Ratatouille" (processed so as to be identifiable in a one-to-one relationship) and stored in the storage unit 42. Temporarily saved.

Next, as shown in FIG. 43, when the input key 153M is pressed, the information (identification information 167) of each cooking menu in the cooperative cooking mode is displayed on the display section 16M. At the stage of FIG. 43, it is not the standby initial screen 16MH but the first specific screen 16M1.

As shown in FIG. 43, the light emitting portions 21M corresponding to the input keys 154 to 157 emit light as indicated by the star marks. In other words, the user can change the cooking menu and control conditions using these input keys 154-157.

In FIG. 43 , CD9 is “cooking implementation data” that is automatically transmitted to cloud server 300 via network 205 immediately after cooker 1 finishes cooking.

Here, the “cooking execution data” is useful information that is used for analyzing the results of cooking with heat, long-term history, changes, and the like on the cloud server 300 side.

In FIG. 43, the cooking performance data CD9 is depicted as being transmitted only to the cloud server 300, but it may be set in advance on the heating cooker 1 side so as to be transmitted to the communication terminal device 200. .

As described above, communication terminal device 200 is connected to cloud server 300 via network 202 . Cooking condition data CD2 can be acquired via this network 202. FIG. In addition, information on the standard ingredients of the food (ingredients) targeted by the cooking condition data CD2 and information on nutritional ingredients are also acquired from the cloud server 300 via the network 202 as necessary. This will be explained in detail in FIG.

FIG. 44 shows an example of a specific display screen for displaying that the cooking condition data for “ratatouille” is received from the communication terminal 200 . As shown in FIG. 44B, the standby initial screen 16MH is switched to a receiving operation display screen 16MM indicating that the recipe is being received from the outside.

FIG. 44A is a schematic diagram showing an enlarged view of the reception operation display screen 16MM.
In FIGS. 44A and 44B, 16F is a plurality of progress marks appearing in the receiving operation display screen 16MM according to the progress of the receiving operation.

In FIG. 44(B), reference numeral 174 denotes a reception operation display section, which displays in characters that the cooking condition data is being received from the outside.

There are two types of progress marks 16F: a black square mark and a white square mark.
As shown in FIG. 44, immediately after the operation of receiving the cooking control data, there is one black square mark. state. As the number of black square marks increases, the same number of white square marks disappear.

The progress mark 16F may display the degree of progress by changing the size and color of one figure, or may be expressed by animation.

Furthermore, instead of the receiving operation display screen 16MM, a plurality of light emitting elements (LEDs) are provided like the left thermal power display section 17L of Embodiment 1, and the degree of progress of the receiving operation is displayed in multiple stages by the light emission. Anything is fine. For example, at the beginning of the receiving operation, the number of LEDs lit is set to one, and the number of lit LEDs is increased as the receiving operation progresses. Alternatively, the progress is expressed by blinking the LED or switching the lighting color. In this way, the completion of the receiving operation may be notified to the user in an intuitive and easy-to-understand manner.

Next, the operation of the limiter 55 will be described.
As shown in FIG. 44 , while the cooking condition data is being received via the communication unit 51 , the input operation unit 15 cannot stop the receiving operation on the heating cooker 1 side.
For example, even if the input keys 152M and 153M are pressed, the operation of the data acquisition unit 53 cannot be interrupted.

The cooking condition data stored in the cooking condition data storage unit 42 of the heat cooker 1 is displayed in the form of a first specific screen 16M1 as shown in FIG.

In FIG. 45, 173 is an external recipe identifier as described in the first embodiment. This makes it easy to understand that the linked cooking menu currently displayed on the first specific screen 16M1 is obtained from the outside.

As shown in FIG. 45, a specific cooperative cooking menu (in this case, "ratatouille") can be displayed on the first specific screen 16M1, and the cooking operation can be started by touching the input key 151M.

Further, by operating the input key 156M or 157M, it is possible to select either heating by the right heating section (right heating port 4R) or heating by the left heating section.

Furthermore, by operating the input key 152M, the cooking by the specific linked cooking menu (in this case, "ratatouille") obtained from the outside can be canceled. When the cancellation operation is once performed in this manner, the screen returns to the standby initial screen 16MH, and in that state, it is necessary to touch the input key 153M again.

In this way, once the previously acquired cooking condition data corresponding to one cooking menu is canceled, the cooking condition data for another cooking menu can be acquired again (the cooking condition data for the same cooking can be acquired again). can also be obtained).

Furthermore, for a specific linked cooking menu (in this case, the cooking condition data for "Ratatouille") obtained from the outside, if the cooking process of the linked cooking menu has not ended (the user forcibly executes cooking in the middle) (including when it is canceled), it cannot be changed to another linked cooking menu (for example, "hamburger"). To change it, it is necessary to operate the input key 152M to return to the standby initial screen 16MH.

In FIG. 45, the light-emitting portions 21M of the input keys 156M and 157M are lit, but either the heating portion specifying portion 171L on the left side or the heating portion specifying portion 171R on the right side is selected with the input keys 156M and 157M. After that, the user can manually set the control conditions such as thermal power using the input keys 156M and 157M.

The following FIG. 46 shows that when cooking in the cooperative cooking mode KM3 is performed based on the cooking condition data acquired from the outside, the output level of microwave heating can be adjusted when proceeding to the stage of the cooking process 2. there is

As shown in the next FIG. 46(B), the second area 23 displays the output level of the microwave heating in five stages from "strong" to "weak". Such microwave output levels can be selected by the user by operating input keys 156M and 157M.
Therefore, in the final step (cooking step 2), the user can adjust the heating intensity of the microwave according to the finished state of the food to be cooked.

FIG. 47 is an explanatory diagram showing the relationship between the cooking process of the linked cooking menu and the operation of the input operation unit in chronological order.
In the example of FIG. 47, the cooperative cooking menu is composed of three cooking processes 1, 2 and 3.

In the example of FIG. 47, the cooking condition data is to wait for an input from the input key 151M, start the heating operation, and stop the heating operation when there is an input from the input key 153R (153L), or A predetermined computer program format stipulates that when certain conditions (continuous cooking time and reaching a target temperature) are satisfied, the heating operation is stopped at that point. Control conditions such as thermal power may also be specified.

In the program included in the cooking condition data, a heating pause period P3 and a heating pause period P5, which will be described later, are defined, but the lengths of the heating pause periods P3 and P5 are not defined. However, in order to prevent the heat cooking from being interrupted for an excessively long time, for example, the elapsed time is counted based on the end point of the cooking process 1 and the cooking process 2. When, for example, 30 minutes have passed, A warning may be issued and processing such as forcibly stopping the execution of the cooking menu may be included.

In the example of the cooking condition data shown in FIG. A cooking process 3 is provided for moving the pan upwards and performing induction heating for finishing by compensating for insufficient heating.

In addition, in this heating cooker 1, a measure is added to prevent the setting of the cooking mode, the control conditions, etc., from being carried out inadvertently in response to a command signal from the outside.

In the "second cooperative cooking menu" in the example of FIG. 47, the second heating means HM2 is operated first, and after the heating operation is completed, the induction heating source is operated as the first heating means HM1. The radiant heat heating means 12 may be operated as the third heating means at the same time as the second heating means HM2.

As shown in FIG. 47, the "second cooperative cooking menu" shown here consists of four stages.
P1 is the first stage (preparation period), which is the period from when the input key 153M is operated to execute the cooperative cooking menu until the heat cooking operation is started by the input key 151M.

When the input key 153M is operated and the "permission condition" as described above is satisfied, the control device 40 displays the first specific screen 16M1. Note that FIG. 47 does not show the first specific screen 16M1.

When the first specific screen 16M1 is displayed, one of the cooperative cooking menus can be selected by operating the input keys 154M and 155M. After that, if the input key 151M is operated, the mode shifts to the linked cooking mode, and the heat cooking process of P2 is performed.

When the identification information 167 of the cooperative cooking menu desired by the user is displayed at a predetermined position of the first specific screen 16M1 (default display) at the stage when the first specific screen 16M1 is displayed, the input keys 154M and 155M are displayed. operation is unnecessary.

P2 is a heat cooking period (cooking step 1) by the second heating means HM2 (microwave heating source).
This cooking process 1 is started when the control device 40 confirms that the door 7 is opened once during the preparation period P1 and then closed. A door open/close signal from the open/close detector 10 described in the first embodiment is used.

The cooking process 1 basically ends automatically when the heating time predetermined by the operation program of the linked cooking menu elapses or when the temperature of the food to be cooked rises to a set value (e.g., 90°C). . For example, in a certain cooperative cooking menu, heating is started with a microwave output of 500W. Further, if the user opens the door 7 at any timing, the microwave irradiation is stopped instantaneously, and the heating operation is stopped.

The example of FIG. 47 shows the case where the input key 152M of the central operation unit 15M is pressed to terminate the cooking process 1. In the example of FIG.

At the stage when the cooking process 1 is started, the control device 40 has already determined the permission conditions, so the heating section of the first heating means HM1 (induction heating means) in use is known. In other words, the usage state of both the right heating port 4R and the left heating port 4L is grasped.
Therefore, as a default setting, the control device 40 determines to use the "right heating section" 4R in the cooking process 3 of the cooperative cooking mode, and puts the right heating port 4R in an exclusive state.

P3 is a heating rest period during which the cooking process 1 by the second heating means HM2 (microwave heating means) is once stopped and the cooking process 2 by the second heating means HM2 is restarted.

This pause period P3 is a period required for checking the degree of heating of the food to be cooked in the cooking process 1, adding seasonings, or adding another food to be cooked in the cooking process 2. For example, in the cooking process 1, only the frozen food is heated as the food to be cooked, and in the cooking process 2, seasoning is added, or another food to be heated (non-frozen food, etc.) whose temperature rises faster than the frozen food is added. can be Therefore, the range of cooking is widened.
The heating pause step P3 ends when the input key 152M is pressed, and the process proceeds to the cooking step 2 of P4.

P4 is a heat cooking period (cooking step 2) by the second heating means HM2 (microwave heating means). In this cooking process, the user can individually set control conditions (eg, cooking time and target temperature) by operating at least one of the four input keys 156M to 159M.
Then, when the input key 151M is pressed to command the stop of cooking, the cooking process 2 ends, and the process advances to the heating pause period of P5.

During this heating pause period P5, the user opens the door 7, takes out the food from the heating chamber 6, and places it on the top plate 3. The object to be cooked is placed in an object to be heated such as a metal pan.
Then, when the input key 153R of the right heating port 4R is pressed to command the start of cooking, the heating pause step P5 ends and the cooking period P6 (induction heating "cooking step 3") is started.

This heating pause period P5 is a period necessary for checking the degree of heating of the food to be cooked in the cooking process 2, adding seasonings, or adding another food to be cooked to perform the cooking process 3. . For example, in the cooking process 2, only the frozen food is heated as the food to be cooked, and in the cooking process 3, the food to be heated is immersed in seasoning or cooking liquid, or cooked by preheating separately, and the same food is heated. You can add it to things. Therefore, the range of cooking is widened.

P6 switches from the cooking process 2 by the second heating means HM2 (microwave heating source) to the cooking process 3 by the first heating means HM1 (in this case, the induction heating means, for example, the right heating port 4R).
In this cooking process 3, when the right heating port 4R is used for cooking as described above, the user can individually set control conditions (for example, cooking time and target temperature) by operating the input keys 154R and 155R. can be set to

In this cooking process 3, if the left heating port 4L is used for cooking, the user can individually set the control conditions (for example, cooking time and target temperature) by operating the input keys 154L and 155L. Can be set.

Then, when the input key 153R is pressed to command the stop of cooking, the cooking process 3 ends and the operation of the linked cooking mode ends. In the case of timer cooking, the induction heating cooking is automatically terminated when the time elapses, and the cooking step 3 is terminated.

As is clear from FIG. 47, it is not at the step of selecting the linked cooking menu, that is, at the time when the identification information 167 indicating the name of the cooking of the linked cooking menu is displayed on the central display unit 16M, but the input key 151M is used for cooking. From the time when the start is decided, the right operation part 15R of the right heating port 4R cannot be used. Note that if the left heating port 4L is set by default, the left heating port 4L will be in an exclusive state.

As is clear from the above description, the control device 40 performs the following function restriction processing.
(1) An input signal from the right operation unit 15R is invalidated. As a result, during the cooking period (cooking process 1) to the cooking period (cooking process 3), the right heating port 4R cannot be used except in the cooperative cooking mode.
(2) The left operation unit 15L can be used even during the heat cooking period (cooking step 1) (the input signal from the left operation unit 15L is not invalidated).

Thus, when the cooking period (cooking process 1) is entered, the control device 40 is in a state where only the right heating port 4R of the cooking process 3 is occupied from the cooking process 1 stage.

Therefore, the right heating port 4R is "occupied" by the selection of the cooperative cooking menu. Also, from the perspective of the entirety of the first heating means HM1, the use of only a portion (right side) of the three heating portions is "restricted".

Even when the heating cooking period (cooking step 1) ends, the restricted state of the right heating port 4R is not released.
At the stage of the cooking process 1, the first specific screen 16M1 is displayed, and the user can easily understand that the cooperative cooking mode is entered. HM2 is not restricted from executing other cooking menus. This is the same for the heating pause period P3 to the cooking step 2 as well.

Note that even if the control device 40 detects that the door 7 has changed from the open state to the closed state before starting the heat cooking period (cooking step 1), the temperature in the heating chamber 6 is used as the reference. If it is higher than the value, there is a concern that the control device 40, the non-contact (infrared) sensor 13, and the thermistor sensor 14 may erroneously recognize the abnormally high temperature as the completion of cooking even before cooking is started in the heating chamber 6. There is
Therefore, before the start of the cooking period (cooking step 1) and before the start of the cooking step 2, if the temperature of the heating chamber 6 is too high, the first specific screen 15M1 will display "Due to high temperature immediately, the second heating means HM2 (microwave heating means) cannot be used" is displayed.

The periods indicated by the thick arrows in FIG. 47 are the reception restricted period for one cooking condition data (recipe data) and the "addition restricted period" for additional cooking condition data (recipe data). The reception restriction period and the "additional restriction period" are hereinafter collectively referred to as the "restriction period".

As shown in FIG. 47, the "starting time" of the "restricted period" is the point of time when a linked cooking menu (for example, "ratatouille") is selected with a specific input key 154M or 155M.

The "start time" of the "restricted period" may be the time when the display of the first specific screen 16M1 is started. In other words, as indicated by the large dashed arrow in FIG. 47, the "start time" may be changed to the time when the cooperative cooking mode KM3 is selected with the input key 153M. In that case, the "restricted period" starts from the earlier point P1A in the first stage (preparation period) P1.

When the input key 151M is touched once and the first specific screen 16M1 is displayed, the limiting operation by the limiting unit 55 is performed as follows.

That is, the restriction unit 55 built in the control device 40 operates as follows.
As shown in FIG. 47, in the "restricted period", changing a specific cooperative cooking menu A acquired from the outside to another cooperative cooking menu B (for example, "hamburger") is prohibited as a result. there is In order to change it, it is necessary to operate the input key 152M to temporarily release the cooperative cooking mode KM3, and return to the scene of the initial standby screen 16MH.

In other words, when entering the "restricted period" indicated by the thick arrow in FIG. 47, by operating the input key 152M, the cooking according to the specific cooperative cooking menu A obtained from the outside can be canceled at any time. When the cancellation operation is once performed in this manner, the screen returns to the standby initial screen 16MH, and in that state, it is necessary to touch the input key 153M again.

Further, when the input key 151M is touch-operated for a specific linked cooking menu A acquired from the outside, that is, after a heating start command is given, the cooking condition data (recipe data) of another linked cooking menu C is It cannot be acquired by the control device 40 .

In other words, when entering the "restricted period" indicated by the thick arrow in FIG. 47, by operating the input key 152M, the cooking condition data (recipe data) of another linked cooking menu A can be acquired after that, and the data can be used. However, the cooking condition data (recipe data) cannot be acquired from the outside until all the cooking processes of this cooking menu A are completed.

As is clear from the above description, the heating cooker 1 of Embodiment 2 has the following configuration. i.e.
a first heating means HM1 comprising a first heating section (right heating section) 4R and a second heating section (left heating section) 4L;
a second heating means HM2 capable of heating an object to be cooked in a heating chamber 6 located away from the first heating means HM1;
a control device 40 for controlling the second heating means HM2 and the first heating means HM1;
a display unit 16M for displaying control information of the second heating means HM2 and the first heating means HM1;
The control device 40 has (a plurality of) as many cooperative cooking menus as the number of types of cooking items (multiple items) for cooking one item using the second heating means HM2 and the first heating means HM1. death,
The control device 40 is configured to perform the following operations when receiving an instruction to display the linked cooking menu by the input key 153M.
(1) Regarding the second heating means HM2 and the first heating means HM1, the relationship between "not being used before" and "permission conditions" such as "the temperature of the heating chamber 6 being low" judge. Then, it determines whether or not the cooperative cooking menu can be executed.

(2) When it is determined that the cooperative cooking menu can be executed, the first specific screen 16M1 is displayed on the central display section 16M.

(3) On the first specific screen 16M1, at least one of the linked cooking menus is displayed so as to be selectable. To do so, enable the input function of the corresponding input keys 154M, 155M.

(4) When one cooperative cooking menu is selected, wait for a command for starting the cooperative cooking mode from the input key 151M.

(5) When a command for starting the cooperative cooking mode is received, microwaves from the second heating means HM2 are supplied to the heating chamber 6, and the cooking process 1 is started.

(6) When the cooking process 1 is finished automatically or by a user's instruction, the heating pause period P3 is entered. Then, it waits for a command for resuming the linked cooking mode (for cooking process 2) from the input key 151M.

(7) When an instruction to start the cooperative cooking mode is received from the input key 151M, microwaves from the second heating means HM2 are supplied to the heating chamber 6, and the cooking process 2 is started.

Then, after the heating rest period P5, the heating cooking period P6 (cooking step 3) is entered. In this cooking process 3, by operating the input keys 154R and 155R, it is possible to set control conditions for induction heating using the right heating port 4R.

As described above, in the second embodiment, when the predetermined permission conditions are satisfied, the first specific screen 16M1 for the cooperative cooking mode is displayed. The transition to the linked cooking mode by the heating port 4R, the left heating port 4L, and the second heating means HM2 can be easily advanced.
Moreover, since the first specific screen 16M1 itself is not displayed when the permission conditions are not satisfied, there is no fear of misuse or misunderstanding by the user. In other words, it is possible to realize a highly convenient composite heating cooker without impairing user operability.

Furthermore, there is a heating pause period P3 between the cooking process 1 and the cooking process 2, and the length of this heating pause period P3 is determined by the timing at which the user commands the restart of cooking with the input key 151M.
That is, in this Embodiment 2, it is necessary to confirm the degree of heating of the food to be cooked in the cooking process 1, to add seasoning, or to perform the cooking process 2 by adding another food to be cooked. period can be secured. Therefore, it is easy to use and can expand the user's cooking repertoire.

Furthermore, since there is the restriction unit 55, after the touch operation of the input key 151M for one specific cooperative cooking menu A, the cooking condition data (recipe data) of another cooperative cooking menu C is transmitted via the communication unit 51. Therefore, the control device 40 does not acquire the information from the outside. Therefore, another cooking menu (including the control menu for the combined cooking mode and the control menu for the single cooking mode) is not inadvertently received during cooperative cooking. Therefore, there is no fear of user confusion or interference with the operation of the heating cooker 1 due to reception.

Note that even after the input key 151M is touch-operated for one specific cooperative cooking menu A, input key 152M is subsequently operated during the cooking process of the cooperative cooking menu A, and cooking in the cooperative cooking mode is performed. is canceled (cancelled), it is possible for the control device 40 to acquire new cooking condition data (recipe data) for the linked cooking menu C via the communication unit 51 .

Next, FIGS. 48 to 59 will be described.
48 to 58 show the display contents of the terminal-side display screen (also used as the input operation screen) 216 of the communication terminal device 200, which will be described in order below. The “terminal side display screen” 216 is hereinafter referred to as the “display screen” 216 .

48A and 48B are enlarged views of the display screen 216 of the communication terminal device 200. FIG.
This display screen 216 is formed by covering the surface of a liquid crystal display screen or an organic EL display screen with a glass plate.
Various icons (input keys) 488, 489, 491L, 491M, 491R, 492 to 496, etc. described later are displayed on the display screen 216, although they do not appear as physical structures on the upper surface (surface) of the glass plate. can be visually recognized by the display of Although a specific part of the glass plate itself does not emit light or generate an image, in the following explanation, it is assumed that the characters, figures, and other information are displayed in this way from the standpoint of the user. Standing on the , use the expression "display on the display screen".

An "icon" can be used for desired input. That is, each icon portion has a capacitive sensing key. By touching the icon, a command signal to the central processing unit 212 is generated in the touch-type operation unit 215 (see FIG. 39).

To indicate the existence and function of an icon, certain functions are represented by text or graphics (at least when input is available). For example, as in the example of FIG. 48A, text information such as "left IH operation unit" is displayed at the position of the icon 491L.

Reference numeral 481 denotes a menu display portion on the initial screen shown in FIG. 48(A). This menu display portion 481 changes to the menu selection display portion 482 of the left heating portion in FIG. 48(B). In addition, in FIG. 49A, the display changes to a heat source selection display portion 483 labeled "heat source selection".

Further, the menu display section 481 is changed to a range grill control menu selection display section 484 labeled "RG control menu selection" in FIG. 50(B).
Further, the menu display portion 481 is changed to a cooperative cooking menu display portion 485 labeled "choice of cooperative cooking menu" in FIG. 55(A).

The menu display section 481 changes to a preparation information display section 486 labeled "next preparation guide" in FIG. 55(B). 56A and 56B, the menu display portion 481 is changed to a cooperative cooking menu name display portion 487 showing "fried chicken" which is one of the cooperative cooking menus.

Returning to FIG. 48A, reference numeral 490 denotes a caution information display portion as an initial screen during standby. Before starting operation, the heating chamber 6 may already be hot due to the heat generated during the previous cooking, and FIG.
It also indicates that the power is already on (the main power switch 20 is closed).

In FIG. 48, 491M is a selection section (icon) of the central operation section 15M. By operating the central operation unit 15M, as described in the first embodiment, cooking can be performed by the heating units other than the left and right heating ports 4L and 4R.

In FIG. 48, 491L is a selection section (icon) of the left operation section 15L. 491R is a selection section (icon) of the right operation section 15R.
492 is an advice display selection section (icon). When this is touched, the voice notification unit 50 notifies the reference information of the operation corresponding to the touched scene.

In FIG. 48, FG indicates the user's fingertip.
Triangular marks (icons) 501 and 502 in FIGS. 48A and 48B and other figures are screen switching marks.

There is also a screen switching mark 503 in the next FIG. 49(B). By touching these marks, the display screen 216 can be switched in a certain order each time the mark is touched. By the way, when the screen switching mark 502 is touched in FIG. 48(B), the display screen 216 moves to the right, and the next display screen 480 appears from the left side.

Note that the screen switching marks 501 to 503 may be omitted by providing a scroll function for switching screens by moving the fingertip FG while touching the display screen 216 and moving the display screen accordingly. .

In FIG. 48A, when the left operation section selection section (icon) 491L is touched, the screen is switched to the display screen 216 shown in FIG. 48B without touching the screen switching marks 501 to 504. FIG.

In FIG. 48B, 493 is a control menu display portion (icon) for the IH single cooking mode.
There are a total of seven control menus for the IH single cooking mode. Four of them are displayed in the right half of the display screen 216 in FIG. 48(B). These control menu display portions (icons) 493 are "boiling water", "boiling", "cooking rice" and "boiling water + keep warm".

Also, the remaining three control menus are displayed on the left half of the display screen 216 . There are three control menu display portions (icon) 488 for “warming”, a control menu display portion (icon) 494 for “fried food”, and a control menu display portion (icon) 489 for “preheating”.

In FIG. 48B, 495 is a menu screen display section (icon) for selecting to return to the initial menu display screen.
Reference numeral 496 denotes a confirmation display portion (icon) displayed when one control menu (for example, "boiling water") in FIG. 48B is selected. When this button is pressed, for example, if it is the above-mentioned "boiling water", the screen automatically switches to the control condition setting screen for boiling water.

Next, FIG. 49A will be described.
497A and 497B are induction heating source selectors (icons) for selecting the left IH coil 9L and the right IH coil 9R. 497C is a heating source selection section (icon) for selecting a microwave heating source (second heating means HM2).

In FIG. 49(A), 498 is a range grill heat source selection portion (icon), and 499 is a selection portion (icon) of the cooperative cooking mode.
In FIG. 49(A), when the range grill heating source selection portion (icon) 498 is touched, the display screen changes to the display screen 216 in FIG. 49(B).

In FIG. 49A, 497A is an induction heating source selection section (icon) for selecting the left IH coil 9L. 497B is a selector (icon) for the right IH coil 9R as well.

497C is a selection section (icon) for selecting the microwave induction heating source 189 .
When the screen switching mark (icon) 503 is touched in FIG. 47(B), the display screen 216 in FIG. 47(B) changes to that shown in FIG. 48(B).

Next, FIGS. 50A and 50B will be described.
500 is an RG control menu selection section (icon) indicating a range grill (RG) control menu. There are a total of 10 menu items for controlling the range grill (RG), including "warm", "manual range", and "thaw meat".

FIG. 50(A) shows five control menus 500, and FIG. 50(B) shows the remaining five control menus 500. FIG.

The large arrows shown in FIGS. 50A and 50B respectively indicate the rearward direction and the forward direction when the display screen 216 is horizontal. The display screen 216 can be operated horizontally, vertically, or obliquely.

Next, FIGS. 51A and 51B will be described.
FIG. 51(A) shows a state in which the "warm" control menu 500 is selected from among the range grill (RG) control menus in the state of FIG. 50(A).

When the fingertip FG touches the RG control menu selection portion (icon) 500, the selection portion 500 senses the touch and changes the display color, for example, reverses to outline characters.
When the input decision key display portion (icon) 496 is touched in the state of FIG. 51(A), the display screen changes to the display screen 216 of FIG. 51(B).

FIG. 51B is the default screen of the range grill (RG) control menu.
504 is a name display portion (icon) of the RG control menu.
The control menu display form and design of FIG. 51(B) are similar to those shown in FIG. 16 of the first embodiment. Such display is possible because there is the heating cooker database 217 and the remote operation information generating section 219 (see FIG. 39).

In FIG. 51B, 505 is a temperature display section (icon) of the RG control menu. In the example of FIG. 51(B), the default value is 80° C., but since there are 75° C. and 85° C. as the next candidates that can be selected, they are also displayed at the same time.

As shown in FIG. 51(B), in the name display section (icon) 504 of the RG control menu, the next display candidates "oven" and "boiled under leafy vegetables" are displayed in slightly smaller sizes adjacent thereto. be done.

If the user wants to change the set temperature of the range to 75° C. in the state shown in FIG.
Similarly, when changing "warm" in the control menu to "oven" or "boiled under leafy vegetables", the candidate switching mark (icon) 519 near "oven" or "boiled under leafy vegetables", Just touch 520.

In FIG. 51B, 506 is a reference image display section. The reference image may be anything other than a photograph, and may be an illustration showing the image of "warm up" in the control menu.

Next, FIGS. 52A and 52B will be described.
When the orientation of the communication terminal device 200 is changed in the vertical direction, the display screen 216 is vertically elongated as shown in FIGS. 52(A) and 52(B). It should be noted that the display screen 216 may be fixed to portrait display as shown in FIGS. 52(A) and (B).

Switching between FIGS. 52A and 52B can be performed only by touching the screen switching mark (icon) 503 .
Next, FIGS. 53A and 53B will be described.
When the fingertip FG touches the control menu selection portion 500 to select the "warm" control menu 500 shown in FIG. 53A, the display color changes as shown in FIG. 53A. For example, reverse to white characters. When the input decision key display portion (icon) 496 is touched in the state of FIG. 53(A), the display screen changes to the display screen 216 of FIG. 53(B).

Next, in the state shown in FIG. 53(B), if you want to change the (heating upper limit) setting temperature of the "heating" range (microwave heating) to 75 ° C., the 75 ° C. display area (RG control A fingertip FG can be placed on the temperature display portion 505) of the menu. Then, the display screen 216 changes to the state shown in FIG. 53(A).

In FIG. 53B, 507A is an auxiliary information display section, which is displayed near the reference image display section 506. In FIG. In FIG. 53(B), the user is encouraged to select the set temperature.

Next, FIG. 54(A) will be described.
As shown in FIG. 54(A), the set temperature is changed to 75.degree. Since it is still before the control conditions are finalized, the other set temperature "85°C" is still displayed.

In the state of FIG. 54A, the transmission key display portion (icon) 521 of the remote control signal is displayed for the first time.
In FIG. 54(A), when the transmission key display section 521 is selected, the setting information (cooking condition data) of the control menu "warm" of the "range-only cooking mode KM1" displayed in FIG. 54(A) is displayed. , is collectively transmitted to the heating cooker 1 as remote control information.

The state of FIG. 54(A) is the stage where all the conditions for executing “warm” in the RG control menu have been selected, so the heating temperature “75° C.” displayed on the temperature display section 505 is the heating condition. It is sent to the cooker 1.

In FIG. 54A, 507B is an auxiliary information display section, which is displayed near the reference image display section 506. In FIG. FIG. 54(A) shows that the input work is completed by pressing the send key display portion 521 .

At the stage of FIG. 54(B) after the remote control signal (including the cooking condition data CD) has been transmitted, the stop key display section (icon) 522 for stopping the heating operation by remote control is displayed for the first time. By pressing this button, the heating operation at the stage of FIG. 54(B) can be stopped. Once the stop key display section 522 is pressed, the process returns to the initial stage, so all the remote operation conditions are input again.

The communication terminal device 200 is provided with a stop key display section (icon) 522 capable of immediately transmitting command information for commanding stop of heating. Thereby, the function for ensuring the safety of the heating cooker 1 is provided.

48 to 54(A), various input operations have been sequentially described. It is not always possible to continue (maintain).
For example, even if the communication terminal 200 is not connected to the heating cooker 1, it is possible to perform the display and input as shown in FIGS. Therefore, as shown in FIG. 54(A), it is sufficient to connect to the heating cooker 1 before pressing the transmission key display section 521 to transmit. For this reason, even if the communication terminal device 200 performs the input work as shown in FIGS. is not a hindrance to

Next, FIG. 55(A) will be described.
FIG. 55(A) is the display screen 216 displayed when the selection portion 499 of the cooperative cooking mode KM3 shown in FIG. 49(A) is touched. Note that the display screen 216 shown in FIG. 53A may be displayed by touching the central operation unit selection portion 491M shown in FIG. 48A. However, when the central operation section selection section 491M is touched, the selection screen for the range grill cooking mode (combined cooking mode KM2) is shared, so the number of touch operations to select the cooperative cooking mode KM3 is slightly increased.

FIG. 55(A) is an example of selecting "fried chicken" in one cooking menu of the cooperative cooking mode KM3.
When the cooperative cooking menu display section (selection section) 500C is touched to cook "fried chicken", the display color changes as shown in FIG.

When the input key display portion (icon) 496 is touched in the state of FIG. 55(A), the display screen 216 (not shown) for cooking "fried chicken" is displayed. The display screen 216 of FIG. 55(A) is a display screen showing the selection stage of "Karaage".

Note that FIG. 55(A) only shows the cooperative cooking menu and omits the subsequent selection of heating units and control conditions. By selecting (touching) the section (icon) 500C, the display screen 216 for setting the selected cooking menu (for example, "fried chicken") is displayed.

Between FIG. 55 and FIG. 56, there is actually a display screen 216 for setting "Karaage". The display screen 216 may display icons (not shown) for selecting the left and right heating units (IH coils 9L, 9R) as shown in the first embodiment (FIG. 17). Alternatively, the heating ports 4L and 4R may be selected on the side of the heating cooker 1 that receives the cooking condition data without specifying the left and right heating portions. Also, as shown in FIG. 54, a transmission key display section (icon) 521 is displayed on the setting display screen 216 . Enables transmission of cooking condition data for “Karaage”.

FIG. 55(B) shows that when “fried chicken” is cooked in the cooking menu of the cooperative cooking mode KM3, the degree of progress of the cooking process (heating control unit 43) is detected in the middle of cooking process 1, and heat cooking is performed. This is an example of notification corresponding to "reference information 1" FA1 automatically notified by the device 1.

In this second embodiment, in the "reference information 1" FA1 notified by the heating cooker 1, as shown in FIG. 55(B), opening the door 7 of the heating chamber 6, then 6 to take out the heated foodstuff is notified.

The remote operation information generation unit 224 of the communication terminal device 200 processes the signal obtained from the heating cooker 1 via the central processing unit 212 and the input signal from the display operation unit 225 as described above, The remote control information for the heating cooker 1 is generated. The "remote operation information" includes the display information of the central display section 16M in the cooperative cooking mode, the combined cooking mode, etc., and the display information regarding the right heating power display section 16R and the left heating power display section 16L.

Therefore, even on the display screen 216 of the communication terminal device 200, as shown in FIG. 509 and a preparation work reference image 510 showing that the food to be cooked is taken out together with the saucer are displayed.
Note that 511 is alert information. Reference numeral 512 denotes auxiliary information describing the user's work.

Next, FIG. 56(A) will be described.
The display screen 216 of FIG. 56(A) displays the stage of the cooking process 1 of "Karaage".
513 is a process information display part. FIG. 56(A) shows that microwave heating is still continuing. 514 is a display section for the next cooking process information. In the example of this figure, induction heating is next performed at the left heating port 4L.

A reference numeral 515 denotes a display section for a recommended menu. This display unit 515 may include a recommended cooking menu (another cooking) retrieved from inventory information obtained in advance from refrigerator 800 (not shown).

The example of FIG. 56(A) suggests that after the heating chamber 6, which is currently being used for fried chicken, is no longer used, there will be another recommended cooking menu that can be cooked in that heating chamber. Heating cooker 1 has a function of acquiring refrigerator inventory information through wireless communication with refrigerator 800 (not shown).

Specifically, the recommended menu is not automatically displayed at the stage of FIG. 56(A). When the user touches the detailed display instruction section (icon) 523 displayed for the first time at this stage, the details are displayed as shown in FIG. 56(B).

Note that the selection section corresponding to the detailed display instruction section (icon) 523 as shown in FIG. After a certain period of time, the screen of FIG. 56(B) automatically returns to the display screen 216 of FIG. 56(A).

Also at the stage of FIG. 56(A), the stop key display section (icon) 522 for stopping the heating operation by remote control is displayed.

In FIG. 56(B), 487 is a name display portion of the linked cooking menu, and in this case, the name of the food to be cooked, "Karaage" is displayed. 516 is a display portion of the recommended menu. Specific contents of the recommended menu are displayed on the recommended menu display unit 515 . We recommend thawing and warming when cooking.

In FIG. 56(B), 517 is supplementary information for the recommended menu, which indicates that cooking is possible with the control menu for "heating" using microwave heating.
518 is a cooking reference image of the recommended menu. Illustrations (image diagrams) are acceptable instead of photographs.
Also at the stage of FIG. 56(B), the stop key display section (icon) 522 for stopping the heating operation by remote control is displayed.

Next, FIG. 57(A) will be described.
The display screen 216 of FIG. 57(A) shows a state in which the cooking step 1 of "fried chicken" is completed and the heating pause period, that is, the transition period TR, is entered before shifting to the cooking process 2. FIG.

The transition period TR does not end unless the user who is actually cooking in front of the heat cooker 1 presses the input key 151M of the heat cooker 1 .
That is, the temporal length of the transition period TR is user dependent.

Therefore, the communication terminal device 200 does not have a function to remotely instruct (by wireless communication) the transition period TR to restart the cooking process from a remote location, regardless of the operation. This is for improving the safety of the heating cooker 1 . As shown in FIGS. 57(A) and 57(B), the input key (icon) for selecting to end the transition period TR and start the cooking process is not displayed at all.

513 is a process information display part. FIG. 57(A) shows that microwave heating has ended. 514 is a display section for the next cooking process information. In the example of this figure, next, induction heating is performed in the right heating port 4R.

A reference numeral 515 denotes a display section for a recommended menu. In this display unit 515, if there is a recommended cooking menu (another cooking) retrieved from the inventory information obtained in advance from the refrigerator 800 (not shown), the menu is displayed as shown in FIG. 57(A). indicates that there is a recommended cooking menu.

When the detailed display instruction portion (icon) 523 displayed on the display screen 216 of FIG. 57(A) is touched, as shown in FIG. Display the details of possible cooking menu candidates.

A selection section corresponding to the detailed display instruction section (icon) 523 as shown in FIG. However, if the display screen of the central display unit 16M is not of the touch input type, it is necessary to display that an appropriate input key is pressed.

When the input confirmation key display portion (icon) 496 of FIG. . In other words, the intention of "agreeing with the recommended menu" is transmitted to the user who is cooking in front of the heating cooker 1 .

When the information of the recommended cooking menu (another cooking) is transmitted to the heating cooker 1, the owner of the communication terminal device 200 is not in the kitchen 601 (not shown), and the recommended cooking menu (Another cooking) may be notified. In other words, another user may be in front of the cooking device 1 at that moment. In any case, the user can know that the heating chamber 6 can be used effectively and cooking can be performed simultaneously.

Next, FIGS. 58A and 58B will be described.
A display screen 216 in FIG. 58(A) shows a modification of FIG. 57(B).
As shown in FIG. 58A, the recommended menu display portion 515 displays information on the recommended frozen food (ingredients) and information on the ingredients of the food. In this case, the data of the food component data obtained by the food component data acquisition unit 233 are used as described with reference to FIG.

That is, at the stage of FIG. 58(A), the data of food components and food nutritional components held in the heating cooker database 217 can be displayed.

Even if there is no data such as food ingredients in the heating cooker database 217, data on food ingredients and food nutritional ingredients can be obtained from the cloud server 300 at any time. In addition, as described with reference to FIG. 57(A), there is a transition period TR during which the cooking operation is paused temporarily, so data may be acquired using this period.

FIG. 58(B) shows a state in which the display contents are switched when the detailed display instruction section (icon) is operated in the state of FIG. 58(A). As shown in FIG. 58B, the recommended menu display portion 515 displays information on the recommended frozen food (ingredient) and information on the standard ingredients and nutritional ingredients of the food.

Next, FIG. 59 will be described.
FIG. 59 is a flowchart showing an operation example when the communication terminal device 200 acquires the cooking condition data CD2 from the cloud server 300. FIG.

When the communication terminal device 200 receives and processes the cooking condition data CD2 (step SL1), in the next step SL2, the food identification information of the cooking condition data CD2 and the food component data and nutritional components stored in the heating cooker database 217 are processed. Check against data.

For example, it is determined whether or not the heating cooker database 217 has food component data and nutritional component data for "ratatouille" in the cooking menu described above.
If there is no corresponding data, the determination result of step SL3 is "No", so the process proceeds to the next step SL4.

At step SL4, cloud server 300 is requested via network 201 to transmit food ingredient data and nutritional ingredient data for "ratatouille" of a specific cooking menu (ingredient data provision request X).

For example, if the inside of the cloud server 300 consists of a first server 321 (not shown) and a second server 322 (not shown) directly connected to the communication terminal device 200 via the network 201, This component data provision request X is transmitted to the second server 321 (not shown), and transmitted from the second server 322 (not shown) to the first server 321 (not shown) as a component data provision request Y. be done.

In this way, when the first server 321 (not shown) receives the ingredient data provision request Y, as described above, the Ministry of Education, Culture, Sports, Science and Technology has released the "Japanese Food Standard Composition Table 2020" to the general public (on the Internet, etc.). Obtain food component data and nutritional component data from databases such as the 1980 edition (8th revision). Then, the acquired data is transmitted to the communication terminal device 200 via the second server 322 (not shown). In this way, at step SL4, food ingredient data and nutritional ingredient data are obtained from the outside.

The food data acquisition unit 233 confirms the contents of the received food component data and nutritional component data (step SL5), and if there is no problem, stores them in the heating cooker database 217 (step SL6). If the food component data and nutritional component data cannot be acquired, the process proceeds to step SL8, and predetermined error processing is performed. The contents of this error are displayed on the display screen 216 .

When the food ingredient data and the nutritional ingredient data are stored in the heating cooker database 217, the determination result of step SL3 is "Yes", so the process proceeds to step SL7. Also, when the food component data and the nutritional component data are successfully obtained from the outside, the process proceeds to step SL7.

At step SL7, a display is displayed on the display screen 216 to wait for the user to decide whether to transmit the food component data and the nutritional component data, and a transmission standby state to the heating cooker 1 is entered. When the user performs a predetermined transmission operation, the already acquired cooking condition data CD2 (for example, for cooking "ratatouille"), food component data and nutritional components are transmitted to the heating cooker 1. Send data.

In the above description, the user touches the touch operation unit 215 to acquire and transmit food component data and nutrient component data, but this can also be performed by voice input.

As described with reference to FIG. 39, since the display operation unit 225 has the voice input unit 222, the user can utter, for example, "Data acquisition ratatouille" to the voice input unit 222 to obtain the corresponding data from the outside. You can get the data you want.

On the other hand, in this communication terminal device 200, apart from the operation of acquiring specific cooking condition data CD2 (for example, "ratatouille") from the cloud server 300, various cooking condition data stored in the heating cooker database 217 are stored. For CD2, for example, it has a function for users to search using keywords such as food ingredients and food nutrients.

For this reason, for example, by speaking to the voice input unit 222, such as "search for cooking menus in order of lowest calorie", the amount of energy ( calorie conversion value) can be preferentially selected. For example, cooking menus can be arranged and displayed on the display screen 216 in descending order of calorie value.

In the above description, the communication terminal device 200 such as a smart phone is a method of performing wireless communication 400 with Bluetooth (registered trademark) with the heating cooker 1 . As another method, since the NFC input/output unit 221 (see FIG. 39) for short-range wireless communication is provided, the communication terminal device 200 can be connected to the NFC input/output unit (not shown) on the heating cooker 1 side. may be input by directly approaching or touching.

Summary of Embodiment 2.
As is clear from the above description, in the second embodiment, the heat cooking system 1 according to the fourth disclosure is realized with the following configuration. i.e.
a heating cooker 1 for heating an object to be heated;
A communication terminal device 200 that can communicate with the heating cooker 1 and has a terminal-side operation unit (display operation unit) 225 that accepts user input and a terminal-side display unit 216 that displays information;
a cloud server 300 connected to the communication terminal device 200 via a network 201 by wireless communication;
and
The cloud server 300 has a function of transmitting the cooking condition data CD2 for the heating cooker 1 and the display information to be displayed on the terminal-side display unit 216 in response to a request from the communication terminal device 200. , and
The communication terminal device 200 has a function of transmitting command information input to the terminal-side operation unit 225 to the cloud server 300, and displaying information of the cooking condition data CD received from the cloud server on the terminal-side display unit 216. and the ability to
The communication terminal device 200 has a function of narrowing down the food components or nutritional components of the cooking menu that is the target of the cooking condition data CD to be transmitted to the heat cooker 1 from the database (heat cooker database 217) held. have
The communication terminal device 200 transmits the executable cooking condition data CD2 and information indicating the amount of food ingredients or nutritional ingredients for the cooking subject to the cooking condition data CD2 to the heating cooker 1. This configuration is characterized by having a function to

With such a configuration, when a specific cooking menu (for example, “ratatouille”) is selected, information on the ingredients and nutritional components of the food related to the cooking menu can be easily learned. Therefore, it is possible to improve the convenience of the selection operation of the cooking menu by the user. For example, the user can select an appropriate cooking menu based on information on the amount of food ingredients and nutritional ingredients according to the health management of the family, dietary restrictions, etc., and can contribute to the improvement of eating habits. .

Furthermore, within the range of various cooking condition data CD2 stored in the heating cooker database 217, for example, those with a small amount of energy (calorie conversion value) or specific nutritional components (for example, those with a large amount of "iron") are selected. can be selected preferentially.
Therefore, the range of useful information that can be provided when the user selects a cooking menu is expanded, and the user's operability can be improved.

With this system, for example, users can easily check information on food ingredients and nutritional ingredients in advance in response to family health management, dietary restrictions, etc., and can select an appropriate cooking menu. , can contribute to the improvement of eating habits.

Also in this second embodiment, as with the cooking device 1 relating to the first disclosure, the cooking device 1 provides specific notification (common information 60N during standby) on the standby initial screen 16MH during the initial standby period TP. is displayed), when the voice input combination mode selection unit VMC (input key 180) is selected and operated, the acquisition of the cooking condition data 2 by the data acquisition unit 53 (step SS11; see FIG. 27) is enabled. had different functions.

Therefore, after turning on the main power switch 20, during the initial standby period TP,
(1) Provide the user with standby common information.
(2) Cooking condition data (including control menu data for the combined cooking mode KM2 and the single cooking mode KM1) relating to the cooperative cooking mode KM3 can be received after the voice input combination mode is selected.
By controlling the timing of data acquisition from the outside in this way, the cooking condition data of another cooking menu will not be inadvertently received during the selection of the cooking mode or the setting of the control conditions.

Furthermore, since the input key 180 serving as the voice input combined mode selection unit VMC is also used for acquiring the cooking condition data, it is possible to avoid increasing the number of operation keys (operation units) of the input operation unit 15. It is possible to prevent the deterioration of operability by the user.

In the second embodiment, similarly to the heat cooker 1 of the first embodiment, the limiting unit 55 sets the acquired cooking condition data 2 until the cooking process of the cooking menu is completed. The configuration was characterized by restricting acquisition of cooking condition data.

Therefore, it is possible to prevent inadvertent reception of another cooking menu (including the control menu of the combined cooking mode and the control menu of the single cooking mode) during the cooperative cooking, and stably received the cooking condition data 2. cooking menu can be executed.

Furthermore, it is possible to prevent the operation of the control device 40 from being hindered and the user from being misunderstood and confused due to the careless reception of cooking condition data of another cooking menu during the cooking process. can. Therefore, the usability for the user is improved.

Furthermore, in the second embodiment, when the operation for acquiring the cooking condition data is started while the standby initial screen 16MH is being displayed, the reception operation display screen is displayed as described with reference to FIG. The display automatically switches to 16MM.

Moreover, since a plurality of progress marks 16F are displayed in the receiving operation display screen 16MM according to the progress of the receiving operation, the user can easily understand that the cooking condition data is being acquired. This has the effect of preventing unnecessary misunderstandings, erroneous operations, and the like.

In addition to or instead of displaying the progress mark 16F, the audio notification unit 51 may give voice notification. Also, the progress marks are not limited to those whose shape and number change with the passage of time as shown in FIG.

Embodiment 3.
60 to 62 show a cooking device according to Embodiment 3. FIG. FIG. 60 is an explanatory diagram 1 showing the display operation of the central display portion immediately after the heating cooker 1 is started. FIG. 61 is an explanatory diagram 2 showing the display operation of the central display section after the heating cooker 1 is started. FIG. 62 is an explanatory diagram 3 showing the display operation of the central display section after the heating cooker 1 is started. The same reference numerals are given to the same or corresponding parts as those of the first and second embodiments described in FIGS. 1 to 59. FIG.

In this Embodiment 3, the configuration of the heating cooker 1 shown in Embodiment 2 is changed, and the contents displayed on the central display section 16M and the selection procedure of the heating cooking mode are partially changed.

FIG. 60 will be described. When the main power switch 20 is "OFF", the central display section 16M is not activated, so no information is displayed.
When the main power switch 20 is turned "ON", the control device 40 performs self-diagnosis as described above, and then displays the display screen 1A (standby initial screen 16MH) shown in FIG. .

In the display screen (initial screen during standby) 16MH in FIG. 60, 60A is a display text notifying that the power is on. 60B is two-dimensional information (two-dimensional code) for guiding to a dedicated recipe posting site (cloud server 300) via a wide area network such as the Internet. 60C is a text (two-dimensional information description) explaining the meaning of the two-dimensional code.

By activating the communication terminal 200 and optically reading the two-dimensional code 60B, it is possible to connect to an external recipe information providing server 301 (not shown) holding information on various cooking recipes. . It should be noted that the recipe information providing server 301 is provided with a recipe DB (database) 302 (not shown) that holds various cooking recipe data (cooking condition data), which will be explained in the first embodiment. As I said.

After the display screen 1A is displayed, the display screen B is automatically displayed. After the display screen B is displayed as shown in FIG. 61, the display screens B1 to B3 are displayed at fixed time intervals (for example, 3 seconds or 5 seconds) at fixed time intervals (for example, 3 seconds or 5 seconds). It may be in the form of displaying. Then, the display screen B is displayed again.

On the other hand, in the voice notification unit 50, when the display screen B shown in FIG. 60 is displayed or when the display screens B1 to B3 are displayed as shown in FIG. information) may be announced by voice to guide the input key to be operated to the user.

For example, at the time of the display screen B1, it is preferable to provide guidance such as "If you want to use both the heating chamber and the IH for cooperative cooking, select the number 1 key." The "number 1 key" in this case is the input key 153M. "Number 2 key" refers to the input keys 154M and 155M.

It is preferable to display the number "1" on the operation surface of the input key 153M by printing or engraving on the upper surface of the central operation unit 15M. Alternatively, the operation surface itself of the input key 153M may be illuminated so that the number can be easily identified by the user. A similar configuration can be adopted for the other number 2 and 3 keys.

As shown in the display screen B1 in FIG. 61, when the "number 1 key", that is, the input key 153M is displayed as a specific input key on the standby initial screen 16MH, the input key 153M is displayed. Input function is enabled. That is, during the initial standby period TP, the input keys shown on the display screens B1 to B3 are displayed with their input functions enabled.

After the above process, when the input key 153M is pressed for the first time, the central display section 16M switches from the display screen B to the first specific screen 16M1 as shown in FIG. However, as described in Embodiment 1, if "permission condition 1" and "permission condition 2" are not satisfied, a display or voice notification is given to the effect that the cooperative cooking mode KM3 cannot be selected, and a display screen is displayed. Return to A.

When the "voice input combined mode" VM is to be used from the voice notification unit 51 at the stage where the standby initial screen (display screen A in FIG. 60) 16MH is displayed, the voice input combined mode selection unit VMC The user is guided to press (input key 180).

The control device 40 operates the input keys 153MC, 154M, and 155M from the time the standby initial screen 16MH (display screen A) is displayed or from the time the voice notification unit 50 notifies the contents of the display screen B by voice. When the time that has passed without any operation exceeds a certain time limit (hereinafter referred to as "second time limit" RT2, for example, 30 minutes), the main power switch 20 is automatically opened. is configured to turn off the main power supply.

As shown in FIG. 61 , the heating cooker 1 cannot freely acquire cooking condition data from the communication terminal device 200 during the initial standby period TP after activation.

On the other hand, when the input key 153M is pressed, the obtainable period TB is entered. However, at this time, the input key 180 must be pressed first. If it is not pressed, immediately after the input key 153M is pressed, the voice notification unit 51 issues guidance such as "Please press the voice input key for confirmation" to prompt the user to operate.

As shown in FIGS. 60 and 61, display portions 525, 526 and 527 of cooking mode names are displayed in the central display portion 16M.
The display section 525 is a display corresponding to the cooperative cooking mode KM3. The display section 526 is a display corresponding to the combined cooking mode KM2. The display section 527 is a display corresponding to the single cooking mode KM1 of the induction heating source 9 .

As shown in FIG. 60, on the display screen B, display sections 525 to 527 are displayed in a list state, and guidance is provided to specify the input key to be operated first so as to correspond to each display section on a one-to-one basis. Sentences (character information) 530, 531, and 532 are displayed.

Therefore, the user can display information common to the first heating means HM1, the second heating means HM2, and the third heating means HM3, for example, caution information (common during standby) on the standby initial screen 16MH (display screen A). information 60N) can be confirmed.

Further, since the guidance texts 530, 531, 532 can be seen on the guidance screen B (16MA), the user can eliminate the hesitation in the operation before starting the heat cooking, and the heat cooker with high operability and convenience. 1 can be realized.

As can be seen from the above description, in the third embodiment, explanations 533, 534, 535 indicating the content of each heat cooking mode are displayed simultaneously with the display of the display portions 525-527.

Further, at the timing when the display screen B is displayed on the guide screen 16MA, the input key to be operated is notified by the voice notification unit 50 respectively.

When the standby initial screen 16MH is displayed, the guidance to press the voice input combined mode selection unit VMC (input key 180) may not be provided, and the same guidance may be provided at the stage of this display screen B.

With the configuration as described above, the user can obtain the information of the input key to be operated not only by visual information but also by voice, so that further improvement in operability can be expected.

In the third embodiment as well, the control device 40 controls the heating control unit 43 and the cooking condition data CD2 through the communication unit 51 in order to perform heat cooking in the cooperative cooking mode on a specific object to be cooked. and during the “initial standby period” TP (before the “cooking step 1”) before starting cooking in the cooperative cooking mode KM3, the data acquiring unit 53 transmits the communication unit 51 and a restriction unit 55 that restricts the acquisition of the cooking condition data CD2 via.

That is, during the initial waiting period TP shown in FIG. 61, the restriction unit 55 restricts acquisition of the cooking condition data 2 from the outside.

Further, the restriction unit 55 does not restrict acquisition of the cooking condition data 2 after the input key 153M is operated, that is, during the acquisition possible period TB shown in FIG. However, the term “restriction” here does not include the meaning of judging whether or not the permission conditions are satisfied. become.

Further, the restriction unit 55 "restricts" acquisition of new cooking condition data CD2 from the communication unit 51 until the cooking process of the cooking menu to which the once acquired cooking condition data 2 is applied is completed. function.

Therefore, it is possible to prevent inadvertent reception of another cooking menu (including the control menu of the combined cooking mode and the control menu of the single cooking mode) in the middle of the cooperative cooking, and stably received the cooking condition data CD2. cooking menu can be executed.
Furthermore, it is possible to prevent the operation of the control device 40 from being hindered and the user from being misunderstood and confused due to the careless reception of cooking condition data of another cooking menu during the cooking process. can.

It should be noted that the above "function to be restricted" may be relaxed a little.
For example, when the cooking condition data is acquired in the cooperative cooking mode KM3, the reception of the cooking condition data is restricted only to the cooperative cooking mode of the same cooking mode, and is restricted in other cooking modes such as the independent cooking mode. You can choose not to.

Summary of Embodiment 3.
As described above, in the third embodiment, the heating cooker 1 according to the first disclosure is disclosed in the following form.
That is, the heating cooker 1 related to the first disclosure is
a first heating means HM1 for heating an object to be heated placed on the top plate 3;
a second heating means HM2 for heating the food to be cooked in the heating chamber 6;
an input operation unit 15;
a notification unit 90 having a central display unit 16M;
and a control device 40,
The control device 40 has a cooperative cooking mode KM3 in which one cooking is performed by driving the first heating means HM1 and the second heating means HM2 with a time difference,
After activating the display unit 16, the control device 40 displays the standby initial screen 16MH on the display unit 16,
In the standby initial screen 16MH, reference information 1 common to the first heating means HM1 and the second heating means HM2 (common information 60N during standby) and a plurality of heat cooking modes KM1 to KM3) are displayed. Or display at least one of the reference information 2 (descriptions 525 to 527, 533 to 535) indicating the operation of the input operation unit 15 for selecting the cooking mode,
When the control device 40 receives the instruction 1 to select the cooking menu of the linked cooking mode KM3 from the input operation unit 15, and the permission condition is satisfied, the control device 40 executes the linked cooking mode KM3. displaying the first specific screen 16M1 on the central display portion 16M;
When the control device 40 receives the command 2 from the input operation unit 15 while the first specific screen 16M1 is being displayed, the control device 40 determines the food component or nutritional component related to the specific cooking item that can be executed in the linked cooking mode KM3. , at least one of which is displayed on the central display section 16M.

That is, as described with reference to FIGS. 61 and 62, the guide screen 16MA is temporarily and automatically displayed. Therefore, the user can easily select one of the cooking modes KM1 to KM3) and operate the input operation unit 15 for selecting the cooking mode.

Furthermore, when selecting a specific cooking menu (for example, "hamburger" or "ratatouille") in the linked cooking mode KM3, it is possible to easily obtain information on the ingredients and nutrients of the food related to the cooking menu. . Therefore, it is possible to improve the convenience of the selection operation of the cooking menu by the user. For example, the user can select an appropriate cooking menu from information on food ingredients and nutritional ingredients according to family health management, dietary restrictions, etc., and can contribute to improving eating habits.

Furthermore, as in Embodiment 1, the identification information 167 of one cooking menu, the dedicated food ingredient display screen 16M1A showing the food ingredient, the identification information 167, and the dedicated nutritional ingredient display screen showing the nutritional ingredient. 16M1B and 16M1B are displayed by switching, so that the user can easily and clearly identify each piece of information.

Also in the third embodiment, as with the cooking device 1 relating to the first disclosure, the cooking device 1 provides specific notification (common information 60N during standby) on the standby initial screen 16MH during the initial standby period TP. is displayed), and the data acquisition unit 53 can acquire the cooking condition data 2 when the voice input combined mode selection unit VMC (input key 180) is selected and operated.

Therefore, after turning on the main power switch 20, during the initial standby period TP,
(1) Provide the user with standby common information.
(2) Cooking condition data (including control menu data for the combined cooking mode KM2 and the single cooking mode KM1) relating to the cooperative cooking mode KM3 can be received after the voice input combination mode is selected.
By controlling the timing of data acquisition from the outside in this way, the cooking condition data of another cooking menu will not be inadvertently received during the selection of the cooking mode or the setting of the control conditions.

Furthermore, since the input key 180 serving as the voice input combined mode selection unit VMC is also used for acquiring the cooking condition data, it is possible to avoid increasing the number of operation keys (operation units) of the input operation unit 15. It is possible to prevent the deterioration of operability by the user.

Also in the third embodiment, similarly to the heat cooker 1 of the first embodiment, the limiting unit 55 sets the acquired cooking condition data 2 until the cooking process of the cooking menu is completed. The configuration was characterized by restricting acquisition of cooking condition data.

Therefore, it is possible to prevent inadvertent reception of another cooking menu (including the control menu of the combined cooking mode and the control menu of the single cooking mode) during the cooperative cooking, and stably received the cooking condition data 2. cooking menu can be executed.

Furthermore, it is possible to prevent the operation of the control device 40 from being hindered and the user from being misunderstood and confused due to the careless reception of cooking condition data of another cooking menu during the cooking process. can. Therefore, the usability for the user is improved.

Embodiment 4.
FIG. 63 shows a heating cooker according to Embodiment 4, and describes the operation steps of the control device 40 of the heating cooker 1 from the activation of the heating cooker 1 to immediately before the start of cooking. It is a thing. 64 is a flow chart 1 for explaining the control operation of the heating cooker of FIG. 63. FIG. 65 is a flow chart 2 for explaining the control operation of the heating cooker of FIG. 63. FIG. FIG. 66 is a flow chart for explaining the control operation of the communication terminal. Parts that are the same as or correspond to the configurations of the embodiments described in FIGS. 1 to 62 are denoted by the same reference numerals.

In this Embodiment 4, the structure of the control device 40 of the heating cooker 1 shown in Embodiment 1 is changed. Also, the functions of the central processing unit 212 of the communication terminal 200 described in the second embodiment (especially, see FIG. 59) are changed.

FIG. 63 will be described. In FIG. 63, steps SU1 to SU4 are the same as those described with reference to FIG. 30, so redundant description will be omitted.

As shown in FIG. 63, after a step (step SU1) in which the standby initial screen 16MH is displayed on the central display unit 16M, in step SU1A, communication with the external device (the information terminal device 200 or the cloud server 300) is performed. If the automatic connection operation is performed and the communication connection is successful, the process proceeds to step SU1B.

At step SU1B, it is determined whether or not both the input key 153M and the input key 180 of the input operation section 15 have been operated. If they have been operated, the process proceeds to the next step SU2. Regardless of which of the input key 153M and the input key 180 is operated first, these two input keys must be operated within a certain period of time (for example, within 20 minutes. However, within 30 minutes from the time of step SU1). ) should be operated.

At the stage of step SU2, when it is confirmed that the recipe information (cooking condition data) has been acquired from the outside, the "input prohibition period" TC starts from the stage of step SU2.

When the "input prohibited period" TC starts, the input functions of various input keys in the input operation unit 15 are disabled by the control device 40 . For example, the input function of the input key 153M is invalidated by the control device 40, so that the cooperative cooking mode KM3 cannot be selected. Exceptionally, however, the operation button (input key) 20A of the main power switch 20 is kept valid, so that the power can be cut off at any time.

During the "input prohibition period" TC, the control device 40 compares each component of the heating cooker 1 with the latest state and determines whether or not the conditions 1 and 2 are satisfied.

When it is determined that the permission conditions 1 and 2 are satisfied at the same time (SU6), the identification information included in the recipe information (cooking condition data) acquired from the external device (the communication terminal 200 or the cloud server 300) is It is displayed on the central display section 16M. In this case, identification information (for example, "name: hamburger") is displayed in the first specific screen 16M1 (step SU7).

In FIG. 63, description of the step (SU7A) for displaying the food component display screen 16M1A and the food component display screen 16M1B as described in FIG. 30 is omitted.

The “cooking condition changeable period” TD starts when the identification information (for example, “name: hamburger”) is displayed in the first specific screen 16M1. This cooking condition changeable period TD ends when the cooking start input key 151M is pressed.

When the "cooking condition changeable period" TD begins, the input functions of various input keys disabled during the "input prohibited period" TC are canceled by the controller 40.

Therefore, in the "cooking condition changeable period" TD, the input keys 154M, 155M, etc. are used to control the cooking menu (e.g., "hamburger") targeted by the acquired cooking condition data. (Conditions such as target temperature, heating time, etc.) can be adjusted by the user.However, depending on the cooking menu, there are control conditions that cannot be changed.

On the other hand, the case where the control device 40 compares the state of the heating cooker 1 with the latest state at the stage of step SU3 and determines that the permission conditions 1 and 2 are not satisfied (step SU4) will be described.

The contents of the standby initial screen 16HM in the central display part 16M are partially changed, and the fact that the recipe information (cooking condition data) acquired from the external device cannot be executed by the current heating cooker 1 is displayed in characters. In addition, the voice notification unit 50 also gives voice notification of the same purpose (step SU5A).

Further, in this step SU5A, the communication unit 51 informs the communication terminal device 200 and the cloud server 300 that have transmitted the recipe information (cooking condition data) that the recipe information (cooking condition data) is currently unavailable. Send from Then, the transmission side of the recipe information (cooking condition data) notifies the latest status of the heating cooker 1 so that it can be understood.

The restriction unit 55 does not restrict acquisition of the cooking condition data 2 from the outside from the time when both the input key 180 and the input key 153M are operated (step SU1B).

From the time of step SU1B shown in FIG. 63 to immediately before step SU2, the restriction unit 55 does not restrict external acquisition of the cooking condition data CD. The restriction unit 55 permits acquisition of the cooking condition data CD from the outside under "certain conditions".

For example, when the cooking condition data CD is acquired from the outside once, the "constant condition" means that after that, the cooking condition data CD is acquired (until the cooking process based on the previously acquired cooking condition data CD is completed). It is not possible.

In the input prohibition period TC (shown in FIG. 63) after step SU2, the restriction unit 55 allows the user to input control conditions such as heating power and heating temperature with the input operation unit 15 with respect to the once acquired cooking condition data CD. Prohibited to change. In order to achieve this prohibition effect, the first specific screen 16M1 is not displayed and neither the identification information of the cooking menu nor the control conditions are displayed before it is determined that the permission condition is satisfied (step SU7).

During the input prohibition period TC, even if the cooking condition data 2 is transmitted from the communication terminal device 200 or the cloud server 300, the cooking condition data received by the communication unit 51 (hereinafter referred to as "unauthorized recipe data") is It is controlled by the control device 40 so that it is only stored in a temporary storage area (or buffer memory) inside the heating cooker 1 and is not stored in a predetermined area (not stored in the storage unit 42). The temporary storage area is automatically erased when the cooking process is finished and the main power switch 20 is turned off.

Even if non-permitted recipe data is obtained during the input prohibited period TC, this non-permitted recipe data is not used as a basis for executing the cooking menu in the next "cooking condition changeable period" TB3. Therefore, the user cannot arbitrarily change the control data such as the heating power included in the unauthorized recipe data and use it for cooking.

When the input prohibition period TC ends and the next "cooking condition changeable period" TD begins, the cooking conditions (control conditions) such as heat power can be changed by the input operation unit 15. FIG. However, even in this case, new cooking condition data 2 cannot be acquired from the communication unit 51 until the cooking process of one linked cooking menu that is scheduled to be cooked at this stage is completed. If it is desired to acquire another cooking condition data 3 and execute another cooking menu, it is necessary to once cancel the linked cooking mode KM3 with the input key 152M.

Furthermore, after the "cooking condition changeable period" TD has started, the "unauthorized recipe data" transmitted from the outside cannot be used in place of the cooking menu to be started from now on.

Therefore, it is possible to prevent inadvertent reception of another cooking menu (including the control menu of the combined cooking mode and the control menu of the single cooking mode) during the cooperative cooking, and stably received the cooking condition data 2. cooking menu can be executed.
Furthermore, it is possible to prevent the operation of the control device 40 from being hindered and the user from being misunderstood and confused due to the careless reception of cooking condition data of another cooking menu during the cooking process. can.

Next, FIG. 64 will be described.
A basic operation program from turning on the main power source to starting preparation for cooking is stored in the storage device 41 inside the control device 40 .
Since the heating cooker 1 of FIG. 64 is of the built-in type, the power plug (not shown) is always connected to the commercial (AC) power source when the kitchen furniture 600 is installed.
Therefore, the user presses the operation button 20A of the main power switch 20 to turn on the power (step SW1 in FIG. 64).

Then, as described in the first embodiment, a predetermined low power supply voltage is supplied to control device 40 via the DC power conversion section (not shown) of power supply circuit 67, and control device 40 is activated.
The control program of the control device 40 itself starts diagnosing whether there is an abnormality in itself (SW2).

Relevant circuits of the first heating means HM1, the second heating means HM2 and the third heating means HM3 check their own abnormalities. The control device 40 centrally collects the data of these check results and determines whether or not there is an abnormality.

In step SW2, "transmit start-up information to the outside" is transmitted from the communication unit 51 to the "integrated information management device" or "integrated power control device" (HEMS controller) in the living space such as the kitchen 601 (not shown). ) or the like (not shown), the operating state data OS for notifying the start of operation of the heating cooker 1 is transmitted. Alternatively, the driving information data OS may be transmitted to the cloud server 300 by connecting to the networks 203 , 204 and 205 via an access point such as a wireless router 340 (not shown).

In step SW2, "obtain information (power consumption regulation command, etc.) from the outside" means that the control device (not shown), the communication terminal device 200, the cloud server 300, or the like is received via the communication unit 51. Acquisition of command signals and information from

In step SW2, the communication unit 51 accesses the home control device and acquires information such as cooking menus and recipe information useful for health management within the range previously set by the user. For example, information previously transmitted to the cloud server 300 via the Internet line by the user of the cooker 1 using the communication terminal 200 or the like can be obtained immediately after the control device 40 is activated. When some information is acquired, the information may be displayed on the common screen (initial screen during standby) 16MH.

The control device 40 activates the display section 16 when no abnormality of the heating cooker 1 is found. Then, a message to the effect that "there is no abnormality, so cooking can be started" is displayed (SW3). The display screen at this initial time is the common screen 16MH described in FIG. 28 and the like of the first embodiment.
Therefore, standby common information 60N such as information indicating that the power is on is displayed. Simultaneously with these displays, the voice notification unit 50 notifies similar contents by voice.

After completing the abnormality determination as described above, the control device 40 activates the display unit 16 and the voice notification unit 50 . At this point, an initial waiting period TP is started.

Then, the display unit 16 and the voice notification unit 50 perform notification for prompting selection of the heating means and voice guidance (SW4).
The next step SW4P determines whether or not the input key 180 has been turned ON. When the input key 180 is pressed once, it turns ON, and when it is pressed twice, it turns OFF. When it is turned ON, it becomes the voice input combined mode VM.

In the next step SW5, it is determined whether or not the door 7 of the heating chamber 6 is open. If the door 7 remains closed, the process proceeds to step SW7.

A step SW7 determines whether or not the input key 153L or 153R has been operated as third selection means for selecting the "single cooking mode" KM1 using the first heating means (induction heating means) HM1.

In order for the user to select the "single cooking mode" of the first heating means HM1, it is necessary to operate either the input key 153L of the left operating section 15L or the input key 153R of the right operating section 15R. There is

Therefore, in this step SW7, when either one of the input keys 153L or 153R is operated, it is determined as "Yes", and the process proceeds to the next step SW8. When neither of the input keys 153L or 153R has been operated, the process returns to step SW4.

At step SW8, the display of the common screen 16MH is stopped, and instead the third specific screen 16M3 is displayed. The third specific screen 16M3 is the same as that shown in FIG. 29 of the first embodiment.

When it is determined in step SW5 that the door 7 of the heating chamber 6 is open, the process proceeds to step SW6.
Step SW6 is a process for starting acceptance of the cooperative cooking mode KM3 and the combined cooking mode KM2.

At the moment of proceeding to step SW6, the cooking device 1 can acquire external cooking condition data from the communication unit 51 to the "domestic control device" (not shown) and the cloud server 300. and transmits a specific signal indicating that the vehicle can operate in response to the remote control signal. The specific signal is transmitted to the cloud server 300 as one type of the operating state data OS.

The "remote operation command" here is the same as the "remote operation command (information)" RS described in the second embodiment.
The "remote operation command" in the fourth embodiment refers to a command related to the input operation corresponding to all cooking modes including the linked cooking mode KM3 and the combined cooking mode KM2 of the heating cooker 1, and the linked cooking mode and the combined cooking mode. It includes a display command for the central display section 16M in the cooking mode, etc., and a display command for the right heating power display section 16R and the left heating power display section 16L.

The "remote operation command" in the fourth embodiment includes commands for changing control conditions such as heating power and heating time. However, as for the thermal power (heating capacity), it does not include a change command to increase the thermal power (increase the heating capacity), and is only information to lower the thermal power.

Furthermore, in all of the cooking modes including the linked cooking mode KM3, information that serves as a command to start the heating operation is not included. Therefore, the remote control signal does not receive a command to start the heating operation of the heating cooker 1 .

At step SW9, it is determined whether or not the input key 153M as the first selection means for selecting the cooperative cooking mode KM3 has been operated. When the input key 153M is operated, reception of the cooking condition data (recipe data) of the linked cooking mode KM3 is permitted, and the cooking condition data is received from the outside via the communication unit 51. In this case, the “permission condition” is determined as described in the first embodiment, and if the condition is satisfied, the cooking condition data storage unit 42 stores the data.

When the input key 153M is operated and the acquisition of the cooking condition data is completed, the determination is "Yes" and the process proceeds to the next step SW10.
At step SW10, the display of the common screen 16MH is stopped, and instead the first specific screen 16M1 is displayed.

On the other hand, if the input key 153M is not operated, the process proceeds to the next step SW11.
At step SW11, it is determined whether or not the input key 154M or 155M as the second selection means for selecting the composite cooking mode KM2 has been operated.

When the input key 154M or 155M is operated, reception of the cooking condition data (recipe data) of the combined cooking mode KM2 is permitted, and the cooking condition data is received from the outside via the communication unit 51. The cooking condition data is stored in the cooking condition data storage unit 42 . Then, the process proceeds to the next step SW12.

It should be noted that, in step SW11, it is determined whether or not the specific permission condition 3 is satisfied even in the combined cooking mode KM2. For example, if the heat from the high-temperature cooking used immediately before remains and the temperature in the heating chamber 6 is high (for example, 90° C. or higher), the control menu automatically controls the microwave cooking based on the temperature detected by the temperature sensor. ("Warm up" described in FIG. 13) cannot be executed, so the determination is "No".

At step SW12, the display of the common screen 16MH is stopped, and instead the second specific screen 16M2 is displayed.
If neither of the input keys 154M and 155M is operated in step SW11, the process returns to the previous step SW9.

As can be seen from FIG. 64, the period from the next step (step SW6) when the door 6 is opened to step SW10 or step SW12 is the "remote operation instruction response period", that is, the acquisition of cooking condition data. , the operation that receives the remote control command RS becomes possible.

Next, FIG. 65 will be described.
FIG. 65 shows the continuation of the operational steps of FIG.
At step SW10, the first specific screen 16M1 is displayed. In addition, voice guidance is performed so that input is performed by the input operation unit 15 in order to perform the cooperative cooking mode KM3.

Then, in the next step SW13, it is determined whether or not the input key 151M has been operated. If the determination here is "Yes", the process proceeds to the next step SW14, and the cooking process is started with the heat source corresponding to the linked cooking menu. The cooking process referred to here may be either the case of the cooking process 1 and the cooking process 2 or the case of including the cooking process 3 and subsequent steps.

At step SW15, it is determined whether or not all the cooking processes (including the preheating process and the extension process) have been completed. When the cooking process is finished, the process proceeds to step SW22.

Step SW22 is almost the same as step SW4. However, it is highly likely that the heating chamber 6 and the top plate 3 are at a high temperature because it is just after one heat cooking. Therefore, in step SW22, information about the presence of the high temperature portion is displayed on the common screen (initial screen during standby) 16MH.

On the other hand, in step SW12, the second specific screen 16M2 is displayed. In addition, voice guidance is performed so that input is performed by the input operation unit 15 in order to perform the composite cooking mode KM2.

Then, in the next step SW16, it is determined whether or not the input key 151M has been operated. If the determination here is "Yes", the process proceeds to the next step SW17, and the cooking process is started with the heating source corresponding to the composite cooking menu. The cooking process referred to here may be either the case of the cooking process 1 and the cooking process 2 or the case of including the cooking process 3 and above.

At step SW18, it is determined whether or not all the cooking processes (including the preheating process and the extension process) have been completed. When the cooking process is finished, the process proceeds to step SW22 described above.

Next, steps after step SW8 will be described.
At step SW8, the third specific screen 16M3 is displayed. In addition, voice guidance is performed so that input is performed through the input operation unit 15 in order to perform the single cooking mode KM1.

Then, in the next step SW19, it is determined whether or not the input key 153R in the right operation portion 15R of the right heating port 4R has been operated. Alternatively, it is determined whether or not the input key 153L of the left heating port 4L has been operated. If the determination here is "Yes", the process proceeds to the next step SW20, and the cooking process of the single cooking menu by the first heating means HM1 is started. The cooking process referred to here is the cooking process 1 (including the preheating process).

At step SW21, it is determined whether or not all the cooking processes (including the preheating process and the extension process) have been completed. When the cooking process is finished, the process proceeds to step SW22 described above.

As can be seen from FIG. 65, the period of steps SW10 to SW15, the period of steps SW12 to SW18, and the period of steps SW8 to SW21 are all "remote operation unsupported periods". In other words, these "remote operation unsupported periods" continue until the end of the cooking process (steps SW15, SW18, SW21). That is, the control device 40 performs an operation that prohibits remote operation from the outside.

At the stages of steps SW15, SW18 and SW21, the control device 40 cancels the processing of the "remote operation unsupported period".

In the above description, the "remote control unsupported period" is from step SW8, step 10, or step 10 to the end of the cooking process.
However, this may be changed.
For example, when the cooking process 1 (including the preheating process) is performed by the right heating port 4R, if the object of the remote control command from the outside is specified for the right heating port 4R, the cooking At the end of step 1, the processing of "remote operation not supported" may be cancelled. This also applies to the left heating port 4L.

However, in the second heating means HM2 and the third heating means HM3 that use the common heating chamber 6, when the processing of the "remote operation unsupported period" is canceled for only one of the heating means, the other heating means It can adversely affect the heating effect of the means.

Next, FIG. 66 will be described. This FIG. 66 is a flow chart showing one additional function of the operation of acquiring the cooking condition data CD from the cloud server 300 in the communication terminal device 200 .

The flowchart shown in FIG. 66 shows the steps executed by the control program of the central processing unit (CPU) 212 of the communication terminal 200. FIG.
When the cooking condition data CD is acquired from the cloud server 300 (step SL11), the operations after step SL12 are started.

It is determined whether or not a predetermined optional function has been set in advance by the touch operation unit 215 (step SL12). If this option has not been set, the process ends.

If option settings have been made, the process proceeds to step SL13. At step SL<b>13 , the data of the total amount of food components and the total amount of nutritional components in the “target period 1 ” previously set by the user using touch operation unit 215 are extracted from the data of heating cooker database 217 .

For example, if the user has set a "target period 1" of one day or one week in the past, the communication terminal device 200 acquires from the cloud server 300 and transmits to the cooking device 1 during the target period Condition data CD is searched.

The communication terminal device 200 acquires the cooking condition data CD from the cloud server 300 and transmits the cooking condition data CD to the heating cooker 1, which is stored in the heating cooker database 217 each time. "Food ingredient/nutrient ingredient data" 226 of the individual cooking condition data CD is also stored.

Therefore, the central processing unit 212 reads out the "food ingredient/nutrient ingredient data" 226 corresponding to the cooking condition data CD transmitted to the heat cooker 1, and aggregates the accumulated value only during the "target period 1". do.

Next, it is determined whether or not the result of data aggregation exceeds a set value preset by the user (step SL14). For example, in the food component/nutrition component data 226, when the cumulative amount of “energy (calorie conversion value)” and “fat” exceeds the set value, the loudspeaker 214 notifies. Alternatively, it is displayed on the terminal-side display unit (display screen) 216 to alert the user (step SL15).

66 is executed each time the cooking condition data CD is acquired from the cloud server 300, and is notified to the user before the cooking condition data CD is transmitted to the heating cooker 1. desirable. Note that the operation shown in FIG. 66 does not need to be individually input by the user each time, and if set in advance, is automatically executed at the stage of obtaining the cooking condition data CD. Do not force the operation.

Summary of Embodiment 4.
As is clear from the above description, in the fourth embodiment, the heat cooking system according to the fourth disclosure is realized with the following configuration. i.e.
a heating cooker 1 for heating an object to be heated;
A communication terminal device 200 that can communicate with the heating cooker 1 and has a terminal-side operation unit (display operation unit) 225 that accepts user input and a terminal-side display unit 216 that displays information;
a cloud server 300 connected to the communication terminal device 200 via a network 201 by wireless communication;
and
The cloud server 300 has a function of transmitting the cooking condition data CD2 for the heating cooker 1 and the display information to be displayed on the terminal-side display unit 216 in response to the request A from the communication terminal 2. and
The communication terminal device 200 has a function of transmitting command information input to the terminal-side operation unit 225 to the cloud server 300, and displaying information of the cooking condition data CD received from the cloud server on the terminal-side display unit 216. and the ability to
The communication terminal device 200 has a function of narrowing down the food components or nutritional components of the cooking menu that is the target of the cooking condition data CD to be transmitted to the heat cooker 1 from the database (heat cooker database 217) held. have
The communication terminal device 200 has a function of transmitting to the heating cooker 1 the executable cooking condition data CD2 and information indicating the food ingredients or nutritional ingredients of the cooking subject to the cooking condition data CD2. It is a configuration characterized by having

With such a configuration, when a specific cooking menu (for example, “ratatouille”) is selected, information on the ingredients and nutritional components of the food related to the cooking menu can be easily learned. Therefore, it is possible to improve the convenience of the selection operation of the cooking menu by the user. For example, the user can select an appropriate cooking menu from information on food ingredients and nutritional ingredients according to family health management, dietary restrictions, etc., and can contribute to improving eating habits.

Furthermore, within the range of various cooking condition data CD2 stored in the heating cooker database 217, for example, those with a small amount of energy (calorie conversion value) or specific nutritional components (for example, those with a large amount of "iron") are selected. can be selected preferentially.
Therefore, the range of useful information that can be provided when the user selects a cooking menu is expanded, and the user's operability can be improved.

With this system, for example, users can easily check information on food ingredients and nutritional ingredients in advance in response to family health management, dietary restrictions, etc., and can select an appropriate cooking menu. , can contribute to the improvement of eating habits.

Further, the communication terminal device 200 stores data in a database (cooker database 217) that holds food ingredients or nutritional ingredients of the cooking menu that is the object of the cooking condition data CD to be transmitted to the cooker 1. is used to determine whether or not there is a food ingredient or nutritional ingredient that exceeds a preset value set by the user (see step SL14 in FIG. 66).

Therefore, when the cumulative amount of energy (calorie conversion value), fat, etc. exceeds the set value, the loudspeaker 214 notifies it by voice. Alternatively, it is displayed on the terminal-side display unit (display screen) 216 to alert the user, thereby contributing to the user's dietary restrictions and health management.

Furthermore, in this Embodiment 4, the heating cooker 1 having the following configuration is disclosed.
i.e.
a first heating means HM1 (induction heating source) for heating an object to be heated with a plurality of heating ports 4L and 4R separated in the horizontal direction;
a second heating means HM2 for cooking in a heating chamber 6 located apart from the heating port;
a third heating means HM3 for heating the heating chamber 6 by a heating principle different from that of the second heating means HM2;
an input operation unit 15 that receives user commands;
A control device 40 that receives a command from the input operation unit 15,
The input operation unit 15 has a voice input combination mode selection unit VMC and a touch input mode selection unit TMC,
The input operation unit 15 includes a first mode selection unit (input key 153M for selecting the linked cooking mode KM3) and a second mode selection unit (input keys 154M and 155M for selecting the combined cooking mode KM2),
The first mode selection unit 153M selects a cooperative cooking mode KM3 in which the first heating means HM1 and the second heating means HM2 are driven in a specified order,
The second mode selection units 154M and 155 are
(1) a plurality of control menus (eg, microwave grill cooking) belonging to a combined cooking mode in which the second heating means and the third heating means are automatically combined and used together;
(2) a plurality of control menus belonging to the single cooking mode KM1 using any one of the second heating means and the third heating means (eg: range manual);
It is also used as a means to select only one from
The control device 40 has a function of executing the cooking in the linked cooking mode KM3 based on the cooking condition data 1 and a function of executing the cooking condition data CD acquired from the outside,
The control device 40 selects the voice input combined mode during the initial standby period TP waiting for a command to start the heating operation after the standby initial screen 16MH is displayed (see step SW4 in FIG. 64). When the selection operation by the part VMC (input key 180) and the selection operation of the cooking mode such as the cooperative cooking mode KM3 or the combined cooking mode KM2 are performed (steps SW4P and SW9 in FIG. 64), the data acquisition part 53 The configuration was characterized in that acquisition of the cooking condition data 2 was made possible.

Therefore, since the cooking condition data relating to the cooperative cooking mode KM3 is received by the user's special operation, the timing of data acquisition from the outside is controlled.
Therefore, the cooking condition data of another cooking menu is not inadvertently received during the selection of the cooking mode (including the control menu data of the combined cooking mode KM2 and the single cooking mode KM1) and the setting of the control conditions.

Furthermore, since the input key 180 serving as the voice input combined mode selection unit VMC is also used for acquiring the cooking condition data, it is possible to avoid increasing the number of operation keys (operation units) of the input operation unit 15. It is possible to prevent the deterioration of operability by the user.

Further, the first specific screen 16M1 is not displayed unless the prerequisites (permission condition 1 and permission condition 2) for starting the cooperative cooking mode KM3 are satisfied. For this reason, after the user sets (selects) various conditions (for example, thermal power level, target temperature, heating time, etc.) of the cooperative cooking mode KM3, it is determined that permission condition 1 or permission condition 2 is not satisfied. , the step is not forcibly returned to the stage of the initial standby screen 16MH (step SU1 in FIG. 63). Therefore, the user is not forced to perform useless input operations.

Further, the second specific screen 16M2 is not displayed unless the premise (permission condition 3) for starting the combined cooking mode KM2 is satisfied (see steps SW11 and SW12). For this reason, after the user sets (selects) various conditions (for example, microwave output value, target temperature, heating time, etc.) of the combined cooking mode KM2, it is determined that the permission condition 3 is not satisfied. The step is not forcibly returned to the standby initial screen 16MH (step SU1 in FIG. 63). Therefore, the user is not forced to perform useless input operations.

Embodiment 5.
FIG. 67 is a flow chart showing the operation of acquiring cooking condition data for the combined cooking mode in the heating cooker 1 according to Embodiment 5. FIG. FIG. 68 is a diagram for explaining the content of the standby initial screen of the central display unit at startup in the heating cooker shown in FIG. 67 . FIG. 69 is a configuration diagram of a heat cooking system using the heat cooker shown in FIG. 67. FIG. FIG. 70 is a flow chart showing the operation of acquiring cooking condition data in the heating cooker 1 shown in FIG. FIG. 71 is a flow chart showing the operation of displaying food components and nutritional components in the heating cooker 1 shown in FIG. 67 before shifting to the linked cooking mode. Parts that are the same as or correspond to the configurations of the embodiments described with reference to FIGS. 1 to 66 are denoted by the same reference numerals.

In this fifth embodiment, the configuration of the control device 40 of the heating cooker 1 shown in the first embodiment is changed, and is configured to limit acquisition of cooking condition data from the outside even in the case of the combined cooking mode KM2. there is

FIG. 67 will be described.
The permission condition determination unit 54 of the heating cooker 1 of FIG. 67 performs determination processing of whether or not to permit cooking in the cooperative cooking mode KM3, as described in the first embodiment.

Furthermore, in this Embodiment 5, the permission condition determination section 54 also performs a determination process as to whether or not cooking in the combined cooking mode KM2 using the heating chamber 6 is permitted. This point is different from the first embodiment.

The permission condition determination unit 54 checks the latest temperature of the heating chamber 6 with the temperature sensor group 30 after the standby initial screen 16MH is displayed. If the temperature exceeds 80° C., it is determined that “permission condition 3 is not satisfied”.

Next, in FIG. 67, steps ST1 to ST3 are the same as those described with reference to FIG. 24, so redundant description will be omitted.

From the time when the main power switch 20 is turned "ON" to the stage of step ST2 or step 3, the controller 40 operates the relevant input keys (for example, 153M, 153M, 154M) from 'disabled' to 'enabled'.

In step ST4, the standby initial screen 16MH is displayed on the central display section 16M, and usage caution information is also displayed to the user. A specific display screen is shown in FIG. At the stage of step ST4, the fact that the cooking condition data (recipe data) can be obtained from the outside is not displayed (even the voice notification unit 50 does not notify).

In the next step ST15, it is determined whether or not the input key (voice input combined mode selection section VMC) 180 has been operated. If the input key 180 is turned ON, the determination result will be "Yes". If the input key 180 is not operated, the main power switch 20 is automatically turned off after 20 minutes.

In the next step ST16, it is determined whether or not a mode other than the combined cooking mode KM2 has been selected. That is, it is determined whether or not the user has operated any key other than the input key 154M or 155M.

If step ST16 is "No", in the next step ST17, the initial standby screen 16M1 remains and the fact that the cooking condition data can be acquired from the outside is displayed for the first time (see display screen 2D in FIG. 68). At the same time, the voice notification unit 50 notifies the same purpose by voice.

In the next step ST17, for one cooking belonging to the composite cooking mode KM2, it is repeatedly checked whether or not the cooking condition data CD5 and CD6 have been received within a fixed period of time.

When one piece of cooking condition data CD5, CD6 is received (step ST18), the permission condition judging section 54 checks whether it satisfies "permission condition 3" (step ST19). When it is found from the measurement data from the temperature sensor group 30 that the heating chamber 6 remains hot from the previous use, for example exceeding 100° C., it is determined that 'permission condition 3 is not satisfied'.

When the permission condition 3 is satisfied, in the next step ST20, the display of the standby initial screen 16MH is stopped and the second specific screen 16M2 is displayed. The corresponding cooking condition data CD5 and CD6 are stored in a predetermined area in the cooking condition data storage section 42 in preparation for the start of cooking.

Also, the corresponding cooking condition data CD5 and CD6 displays the control menu identification information 160 and its (microwave heating output, heating time, target temperature, etc.) in the second specific screen 16M2.

In the next step ST21, the user may correct the displayed control conditions as appropriate, and after that, the user waits for a heating start command.

On the other hand, if it is determined in step ST19 that permission condition 3 is not satisfied, the process proceeds to step ST22. In step ST22, it is displayed that the combined cooking mode KM2 using the heating chamber 6 cannot be used at present, and the process returns to step ST4.

When step ST16 is "Yes", in the next step ST23, it is determined whether or not either the cooperative cooking mode KM3 or the single cooking mode KM1 has been selected.

Next, FIG. 68 will be described.
FIG. 68 shows the display contents of the central display section 16M corresponding to each operation step explained in FIG.

As shown in FIG. 68, when the main power switch 20 is turned off, the central display section 16M is not activated, so no information is displayed.
When the main power switch 20 is turned on, the control device 40 performs self-diagnosis to check whether there is an abnormality or the like as described above, and then causes the display screen 1 of FIG. 68 to be displayed on the central display section 16M.

In the display screen 1 of FIG. 68, 60A is a display text notifying that the power is on.
After display screen 1 is displayed, display screen 2A or 2B may be displayed automatically.
Furthermore, after the display screen 2A or 2B is displayed, the display screen 2C may be displayed automatically.

While the display screen 1 to the display screen 2C are displayed, the permission condition determination unit 54 determines whether or not the "acquisition permission condition" of the cooking condition data is satisfied.
In the fifth embodiment, the "acquisition permitting conditions" are two operations, ie, turning on the input key 180 and operating the means for selecting the composite cooking mode KM2 (input keys 154M, 155M).
Acquisition of cooking condition data is permitted (restrictions are lifted) at the stage of step ST17.

When proceeding to step ST17, the display screen 1 changes to the display screen 2D of FIG. That is, the two-dimensional information (two-dimensional code) 60B is displayed for guiding to the recipe information providing server 301 (not shown), which is a dedicated recipe posting site, via the external network 201 . 60C is a two-dimensional information description.

The display screen 2D continues to be displayed until the user selects the combined cooking mode KM2 (by operating the input key 154M or 155M). It automatically turns "OFF".

The five display screens of display screen 1 and display screens 2A to 2D shown in FIG. 68 are referred to as "common screen" or "standby initial screen" 16MH.

In the display screen 2B, 60E is a caution display warning that the inside of the heating chamber 6 is at a high temperature and that it should not be touched carelessly. When the control device 40 detects that the heating chamber 6 is not sufficiently cooled after the oven cooking is performed in the heating chamber 6, the state is automatically switched to the display screen 2.例文帳に追加This detection may utilize the determination result of the permission condition determination unit 54 described above.

When the two-dimensional code 60B is optically read by the communication terminal device 200, it is possible to connect to the recipe information providing server 301 holding information on various cooking recipes. These two-dimensional code 60B, two-dimensional information description text 60C and display text 60A are one type of "standby common information" 60N.

The display screen 2C of FIG. 68 is displayed at the stage of step ST14, and obtainment operation support information 60P appears. In other words, in order for the heating cooker 1 to acquire the cooking condition data and store the acquired data in the cooking condition data storage unit 42 (see FIG. 12), the user should press the input key 180. It can be recognized (according to this display, the voice notification unit 50 may give voice notification).

As is clear from the above description, when the user presses either the input key 154M or 155M at the standby initial screen 16MH, the combined cooking mode KM2 is selected.

At this stage (step ST16), the restriction unit 55 of the heat cooker 1 does not restrict the acquisition of the cooking condition data of the combined cooking mode KM2 by the data acquisition unit 53 via the communication unit 51. Therefore, the cooking condition data from the outside can be acquired by the heating cooker 1 from the time when either the input key 154M or 155M is pressed.

It should be noted that the specific control menu for the combined cooking mode KM2 obtained from the outside cannot be changed to another control menu. However, if it is desired not to erase the cooking condition data once acquired, the data may be temporarily stored in the cooking condition data storage unit 42 by pressing the input key 152M. In that case, if a display screen different from the standby initial screen 16MH is displayed before the save command and saved with some additional information, it will be easier to retrieve for later use.

Such temporary storage is possible not only for the cooking menu for the specific combined cooking mode KM2 acquired from the outside, but also for the cooking condition data for the cooperative cooking mode KM3 acquired via the communication unit 51 in the same way. This is one of the features of the fifth embodiment.

Next, FIG. 69 will be described. FIG. 69 is a configuration diagram of a heating cooking system using the heating cooker 1. As shown in FIG. The configuration of FIG. 69 is partially different from the configuration shown in FIGS. 1 to 3 of the first embodiment.

In FIG. 69, 200A is a communication terminal device (portable terminal device) such as a smart phone, which is used by a family member living together with the user, unlike the communication terminal device 200 carried by the user of the heating cooker 1. is.

800 is a refrigerator with a freezer. A plurality of freezer compartments (not shown) can be set at -18°C ± 2°C, -10°C, -2°C, etc. depending on the type of frozen food (including processed food) and perishable food (meat, fish, etc.). , a freezer compartment with an appropriate freezing temperature (temperature range) can be selected.

The refrigerator 800 has a function of bi-directional wireless communication 401 with the communication terminal device 200 . The communication terminal device 200 can acquire inventory information acquired from refrigerators. The type (range) of this inventory information is, for example, limited to only frozen foods, or limited to foods that can be heated by a microwave heating source (second heating means HM2). The user can freely set such an acquisition range of inventory information using function setting key 151KP described in the first embodiment.

Various methods such as a method of manually inputting data such as the name of food and its attributes when putting food into the refrigerator 800, or a method of optically or magnetically automatically reading information such as food and accumulating inventory information. is proposed.
In Embodiment 5, there is no restriction on the method of specifying food when food is placed in refrigerator 800 or after food is stored, so any method may be used.

Refrigerator 800 transmits collected inventory data SD1 to communication terminal 200 in response to a request from communication terminal 200 . Also, if there is a request for provision of the inventory information from the heating cooker 1 via the cloud server 300, the latest inventory data (stock data of ingredients) SD1 is transmitted in response to the request.

The stock data SD1 may be information that can specify the type of food (for example, meat, vegetables, etc.) and the quantity. In the case of frozen food, it is preferable that the information can specify the name of the food (for example, “rice” or “gyoza”) and the amount (one serving, weight of 200 g, etc.).

The refrigerator 800 is depicted as performing wireless communication 401 only with the communication terminal device 200 in FIG. (not shown) or an access point such as an information processing device (home gateway, etc.) (not shown) may be connected to the cloud server 300 via a network 201 capable of two-way communication.

If the refrigerator 800 has built a wireless communication network 206 with the cloud server 300, the inventory data SD1 can be provided to the cloud server 300 without going through the communication terminals 200 and 200A. Also in this case, a relay device such as a wireless router 340 (not shown) may intervene.

In this fifth embodiment, when the heating cooker 1 finishes cooking, the cooking performance data CD9 is automatically transmitted via the network 205 immediately after that.

Here, "cooking implementation data" refers to at least one of the following information.
(1) Identification information 167 that can identify the food to be cooked. For example, the name of the food to be cooked (including abbreviations) such as "fried chicken" and "stir-fried vegetables".
(2) Information about the weight or volume of the food to be cooked (3) Information indicating the control conditions of the cooking process 1 and the cooking process 2 (for example, microwave output 500 W, thermal power 1500 W during induction heating, or "medium heat") (4) Information indicating the time required from the cooking process 1 to the end of the cooking process 2 (5) Information indicating the end time of the cooking process 2 (or the final cooking process) (6) All the time from the start of the preheating process Information indicating the time required until the end of the cooking process 2 (7) Information specifying the heating source (for example, the left IH coil 9L) that performed the heat cooking operation (8) Information regarding restrictions imposed on the user during the next heat cooking ( Example: Heating chamber 6 is at a high temperature, so range (automatic) heating cannot be performed)
(9) Information related to the user's safety such as the current temperature of the heating chamber 6 (10) Information on food ingredients and nutritional ingredients related to the cooking menu executed in the cooperative cooking mode KM3 (cooking condition data CD5 obtained from the outside , including cooking menus based on CD6)

The "(2) information on the weight or volume of the food to be cooked" is, for example, information such as "fried chicken: 300 g". This can be estimated by the controller 40 from the temperature rise rate of the food (fried chicken) in the cooking process 1 .

The "cooking execution data" CD9 can be useful information for the refrigerator 800. FIG.
For example, in the "cooking execution data" CD9, "(4) information indicating the time required until the end of the cooking process 2", "(5) information indicating the end time", "(6) all the cooking process 2 "Information indicating required time until completion" can be utilized by a "schedule management section" (not shown) prepared in the cloud server 300. FIG. By accumulating such data, it becomes possible to estimate the time zone during which cooking is concentrated in each household.

The "cooking execution data" CD9 can be useful information for the refrigerator 800. FIG. For example, since the "cooking implementation data" can be used by the schedule management unit (not shown) to estimate the time period during which cooking is concentrated, the food (part of the heated food, etc.) stored in the refrigerator 800 can be estimated based on the time period. It becomes possible to predict the timing when the will be accommodated. In other words, it can be used to control the timing of changing the freezing/refrigerating capacity of the refrigerator 800 and change the set conditions.

The "cooking execution data" CD9 including the cooking condition data CD7 is automatically transmitted to the "family shared information section" (not shown) prepared in the cloud server 300.
On the other hand, the family shared information unit (not shown) automatically completes the cooking with heat and outlines it (at least, specifies the cooking) without individual requests (inquiries) from the communication terminals 200 and 200A. The information of the identification information 167) is transmitted at any time.

Since it is a cooking system as described above, it can be expected that the cooking device 1 can be effectively used by users, their families, and the like, and convenience can be improved.

Next, FIG. 69 will be described.
The flowchart shown in FIG. 69 shows steps executed by the control program of the control device 40 of the heating cooker 1 .
When the heating cooker 1 acquires the cooking condition data CD5 (CD6) from the cloud server 300 or the like via the communication terminal device 200 or the like (step ST30), the operations after step ST31 are started.

It is determined whether or not a predetermined optional function has been set in advance by the input operation section 15 (step ST31). If this option has not been set, the process ends.

As described in the first embodiment, this option function setting is set in advance by the user using the function setting key 151KP (see FIG. 7) on the central operation unit 15M.
In Embodiment 1, a total of 18 items of function settings could be performed.
In this fifth embodiment, the user can set the 19th function.

Although not shown in the fifth embodiment, when the function setting key 151KP is pressed, optional functions (operations) shown in FIG. 70 can be added. That is, when displaying the cooking condition data CD of the individual cooking menus in the linked cooking mode KM3 on the central display unit 16M, the components of the target cooking item (food) and the amount (cumulative value) of the nutritional components are set in advance. A determination is automatically made as to whether or not the set value has been exceeded in the set “target period 2”, and the user can be alerted each time.

If the option has been set using the function setting key 151KP, the process proceeds to step ST32. In step ST32, the data of the total amount of food ingredients and the total amount of nutritional ingredients in the "target period 2" preset by the user are extracted from the "external data" stored in the temporary memory (or buffer memory) of the storage device 41. be done. As for the "external data", the "food ingredient/nutrient ingredient data" 226 transmitted from the communication terminal device 200 (see FIG. 39 in particular in the second embodiment) is used.

For example, if the user has set the "target period 2" of one day or one week in the past, during the target period, the "food ingredient・Nutritional component data” 226 is the target of aggregation.

The cooking condition data CD acquired by the heating cooker 1 from the communication terminal device 200 is temporarily stored in the heating cooker 1 each time. Then, the "food component/nutrient component data" 226 of the individual cooking condition data CD is also stored.

Therefore, the control device of the heat cooker 1 reads out the "food component/nutrient component data" 226, and totalizes the cumulative values only for those during the "target period 2" (ST32).

Next, it is determined whether or not the result of data collection exceeds a set value preset by the user (step ST33). For example, in the food component/nutrition component data 226, if the cumulative amount of "energy (calorie conversion value)" and "fat" exceeds the set value, the central display unit 16M (first specific screen 16M1 ) or by voice from the voice notification unit 50 each time. Then, the user is alerted (step ST34).

Note that the option function shown in FIG. 70 is executed each time the cooking condition data CD is acquired. It is desirable that the user be informed of this before the cooker 1 starts cooking based on the cooking condition data CD. Note that the operation shown in FIG. 70 does not need to be individually input by the user each time, but is automatically executed at the stage of obtaining the cooking condition data CD if set in advance, so that the user does not have to worry. Do not force the operation.

Next, FIG. 71 will be described.
FIG. 71 shows improvements in the operation described in FIG. 38 of the first embodiment.

FIG. 71 shows main processing of the control device 40 up to the start of heat cooking according to the externally acquired cooking condition data CD. In particular, it shows the process of displaying food composition and nutritional data.

In FIG. 71, steps SS20 to SS27 are the same as those explained with reference to FIG. 38, so overlapping explanations will be omitted.
One of the features of this fifth embodiment is step SS28.

Step SS28 is processing for optional functions as described with reference to FIG. That is, the feature is that step ST34 in FIG. 70 is performed before step SS24.

As is clear from the above description, in the fifth embodiment, the input key 151KP for function setting is operated in advance, and the amount of ingredients of the food and the cumulative value of the amount of nutrients are set to start cooking (command). In the previous step, there is a function to notify individually each time.

Therefore, whether or not the amounts of nutritional components and food components (for example, calorie conversion values) set in advance by the user exceed the set values are notified each time from the central display unit 16M and the voice notification unit 50, so that the user can Even if the contents of past cooking are forgotten, it is possible to call attention before the start of cooking when the set value is exceeded automatically.

Summary of Embodiment 5.
As is clear from the above description, in the fifth embodiment, the heating cooker 1 relating to the third disclosure is disclosed in the form below.
That is, the heating cooker 1 related to the third disclosure is
a first heating means HM1 for heating an object to be heated;
a second heating means HM2 for heating the food to be cooked in the heating chamber 6;
an input operation unit 15;
a notification unit 90 having a central display unit 16M;
a communication unit 51 that receives from the outside the cooking condition data CD for performing heat cooking;
and a control device 40,
The control device 40 has a cooperative cooking menu KM3 in which one cooking is performed by driving the first heating means HM1 and the second heating means HM2 with a time difference,
The input operation unit has an audio signal receiving unit 56 as an audio input means, and various input keys 151M to 159M, 151R to 155R, and 151L to 155L as a touch input means,
The control device 40 includes a heating control unit 43 that controls the heating operation corresponding to the linked cooking mode KM3, and the communication unit 51 that transmits the cooking condition data CD (CD5, CD6) for a specific food to be cooked. and a data acquisition unit 53 for acquiring,
The control device 40 enables the data acquisition unit 53 to acquire the cooking condition data CD when the acquisition conditions are satisfied during the initial standby period TP,
When the data acquisition unit 53 acquires the cooking condition data CD for executing the linked cooking menu KM3, the control device 40 selects a specific cooking menu that can be executed by the cooking condition data CD (for example, " hamburger”) is displayed on the central display unit 16M,
When the control device 40 receives a command 2 (see steps SS22 and SS26 in FIG. 71) from either the voice input means or the touch input means while the identification information 167 is displayed, the Display at least one information of food ingredients or nutrients related to the cooking menu (food ingredient display screen 16M1A or nutritional ingredient display screen 16M1B; see FIG. 19),
The control device 40 is characterized in that the acquisition condition is satisfied when the voice input means and the touch input means are operated within the first restricted period RT1.

With such a configuration, when a specific cooking menu (for example, "hamburger") is selected in the cooperative cooking mode KM3, it is possible to easily obtain information on the ingredients and nutrients of each food to be cooked. . Therefore, it is possible to improve the convenience of the selection operation of the cooking menu by the user. For example, the user can select an appropriate cooking menu from information on food ingredients and nutritional ingredients according to family health management, dietary restrictions, etc., and can contribute to improving eating habits.

Furthermore, since the cooking condition data relating to the cooperative cooking mode KM3 is received by a user's special operation, the timing of data acquisition from the outside is controlled.
In other words, the control condition data can be acquired when the voice input means and the touch input means are operated within the first restricted period RT1, so that the cooking condition data can be acquired inadvertently. No data is received. Therefore, the user's sense of security can be improved.

Furthermore, in the fifth embodiment of the heat cooker 1 of the third disclosure, the amount of food components to be cooked and the cumulative value of the amount of nutrient components are individually set each time before the start of heat cooking (command). There is an automatic notification function (see FIGS. 70 and 71).

Therefore, the notification unit 90 notifies each time whether or not the amounts of nutritional components and food components (for example, calorie conversion values) set in advance by the user exceed the set values, thereby allowing the user to forget the contents of the past cooking. Even if the set value is exceeded automatically, it is possible to call attention before the start of cooking.

Furthermore, in this Embodiment 5, the heat cooking system 1 regarding the 4th disclosure was implement|achieved by the following structures. i.e.
a heating cooker 1 for heating an object to be heated;
A communication terminal device 200 that can communicate with the heating cooker 1 and has a terminal-side operation unit (display operation unit) 225 that accepts user input and a terminal-side display unit 216 that displays information;
a cloud server 300 connected to the communication terminal device 200 via a network 201 by wireless communication;
and
The cloud server 300 has a function of transmitting cooking condition data CD for the heating cooker 1 and display information to be displayed on the terminal-side display unit 216 in response to a request from the communication terminal 2. and
The communication terminal device 200 has a function of transmitting command information input to the terminal-side operation unit 225 to the cloud server 300, and displaying information of the cooking condition data CD received from the cloud server on the terminal-side display unit 216. and the ability to
The communication terminal device 200 has a function of narrowing down the food components or nutritional components of the cooking menu that is the object of the cooking condition data CD to be transmitted to the heat cooker 1 from the database (heat cooker database 217) held. have
The communication terminal device 200 transmits to the heating cooker 1 the executable cooking condition data CD (CD5) and information indicating the food ingredients or nutritional ingredients of the cooking subject to the cooking condition data CD, This configuration is characterized by having a transmission function.

With such a configuration, when a specific cooking menu (for example, “ratatouille”) is selected, information on the ingredients and nutritional components of the food related to the cooking menu can be easily learned. Therefore, it is possible to improve the convenience of the selection operation of the cooking menu by the user. For example, the user can select an appropriate cooking menu from information on food ingredients and nutritional ingredients according to family health management, dietary restrictions, etc., and can contribute to improving eating habits.

Furthermore, within the range of various cooking condition data CD2 stored in the heating cooker database 217, for example, those with a low energy amount (calorie conversion value) or specific nutritional components (for example, those with a high iron content) are selected. can be selected preferentially.
Therefore, the range of useful information that can be provided when the user selects a cooking menu is expanded, and the user's operability can be improved.

With this system, for example, users can easily check information on food ingredients and nutritional ingredients in advance in response to family health management, dietary restrictions, etc., and can select an appropriate cooking menu. , can contribute to the improvement of eating habits.

Also in this fifth embodiment, similarly to the heating cooker 1 relating to the first disclosure, the heating cooker 1 provides specific notification (standby common information 60N) on the standby initial screen 16MH during the initial standby period TP. is displayed), when the voice input combination mode selection unit VMC (input key 180) is selected and operated, the acquisition of the cooking condition data 2 by the data acquisition unit 53 (step SS11; see FIG. 27) is enabled. had different functions.

Therefore, after turning on the main power switch 20, during the initial standby period TP,
(1) Provide the user with standby common information.
(2) Cooking condition data (including control menu data for the combined cooking mode KM2 and the single cooking mode KM1) relating to the cooperative cooking mode KM3 can be received after the voice input combination mode is selected.
By controlling the timing of data acquisition from the outside in this way, it is possible to avoid inadvertently receiving cooking condition data of another cooking menu during selection of a cooking mode or setting of control conditions.

Furthermore, since the input key 180 serving as the voice input combined mode selection unit VMC is also used for acquiring the cooking condition data, it is possible to avoid increasing the number of operation keys (operation units) of the input operation unit 15. It is possible to prevent the deterioration of operability by the user.

In addition, according to the fifth embodiment, the user and other family members can immediately know the cooking implementation data (cooking data) CD9 via the communication terminals 200 and 200A. ) and the convenience of cooking can be improved, such as being able to know the state of cooking even at a remote location. Furthermore, the refrigerator 800 also utilizes the cooking execution data CD9 to manage efficient operation, etc., thereby improving the convenience of electric appliances (refrigerator 800, heating cooker 1, etc.) in the kitchen 601 (not shown). .

Embodiment 6.
72 is a configuration diagram of a cooking system according to Embodiment 6. FIG. FIG. 73 is an explanatory diagram 1 showing, in chronological order, the exchange of information between the heating cooker and the outside (first server). FIG. 74 is an explanatory diagram 2 showing, in chronological order, the exchange of information between the heating cooker and the outside (first server). FIG. 75 is an explanatory diagram 3 showing, in chronological order, the exchange of information between the heating cooker and the outside (first server). FIG. 76 is an explanatory diagram 4 showing, in chronological order, information exchange between the heating cooker and the outside (first server). FIG. 77 is a flow chart for explaining the entire control operation of the heating cooker before starting the cooking operation. FIG. 78 is a time chart showing an operation example of the heating cooker. FIG. 72 is a flow chart explaining the first server operation used in the cooking system shown in FIG. Parts that are the same as or correspond to the configurations of the embodiments described with reference to FIGS. 1 to 71 are denoted by the same reference numerals.

In this sixth embodiment, the configuration of the cloud server 300 shown in the first embodiment is changed. Also, the configurations of the input operation unit 15 and the control device 40 of the heating cooker 1 are changed.

In FIG. 72, a refrigerator 800 and a heat cooker 1 are installed inside a kitchen 601, and the refrigerator 800 and the heat cooker 1 can exchange information with the wireless router 340 by wireless communication. be.

Wireless router 340 is also an access point for network 201 such as the Internet. The wireless router 340 can access the first server 321 in the external space.
The cloud server 300 described in Embodiment 1 includes, in this Embodiment 6, a first server 321, a second server 322, a recipe information providing server 301, and a food ingredient information server 326, which will be described later. .

The heating cooker 1 can acquire at least the cooking condition data CD through wireless communication 400 with an information processing terminal (smartphone) 200 . The cooking condition data CD includes not only the cooking control data for executing the cooking menu of the cooperative cooking mode KM3, but also the cooking control data of the composite cooking mode KM2.

In the sixth embodiment, the information processing terminal 200 is called a "communication terminal" because it can directly communicate with the wireless router 340 for the heating cooker 1. FIG. This communication terminal device 200 has the same basic configuration as the communication terminal device 200 described in the second embodiment.

In the second embodiment, the communication terminal device 200 has the cooking appliance database 217 and the notification data 223 from the beginning. Alternatively, the information may be obtained by connecting to the first server 321, which is information providing means, via the network 201 (202) and downloading from the first server 321. FIG.

The heating cooker database 217 stores food component/nutrition component data 226. This food component/nutrition component data 226 is sent from a food component information server 326 that provides various types of food component information to a second It is acquired via the server 322 . In FIG. 72, code DD is food ingredient information including both food ingredients and nutritional ingredient data.

The food ingredient information server 326 may use the data of the "Standard Tables of Food Composition in Japan 2020 Edition (8th Edition)" disclosed to the public by the Ministry of Education, Culture, Sports, Science and Technology described in the second embodiment.

The communication terminal device 200 can transmit the cooking condition data CD and the remote control information RS such as commanding the cooking operation to the cooking device 1 .

The communication terminal device 200 has a voice input section 222 (see FIG. 39) that converts voice into a predetermined voice input signal VS, as described in the second embodiment.
Therefore, when the user speaks to the communication terminal device 200 , a voice input signal (voice data) VS can be transmitted to the second server 322 . In other words, necessary input operations can be performed without touching the touch operation unit 215 (see FIG. 39).

When the heating cooker 1 is activated, the user gives speech information to the communication terminal device 200 by voice, for example, extracts the desired cooking condition data from the recipe information providing server 301, and sends it to the heating cooker 1 can provide.

For example, as the utterance information, since the other party that receives the voice input signal VS is the second server 322, for example, "000 (a name that identifies the second server 322, an example of a nickname), a recipe for cooperative cooking Looking for ".
The utterance information “000, look for a recipe” is one of the external command information that can be applied to the heating cooker 1 .

In addition, the utterance information “000, look for a recipe for cooperative cooking” is information specifying the cooking mode for the heating cooker 1 .

Furthermore, the utterance information "000, look for recipes that can be made with a microwave and IH" is utterance information for extracting possible cooking menus in the cooperative cooking mode KM3.

These speech information are speech information that can be converted into standard commands prepared in advance in the second server 322 .

The utterance information uttered by the user to the communication terminal 200 is converted into text data in the communication terminal 200 and transmitted to the second server 322 in the text data (voice input signal VS) format of the utterance information.

The control unit 322C of the second server 322 receives the text data (voice input signal VS) via the input/output unit 322A and determines whether or not it can be converted into the standard command stored in the storage unit 322R.

The control unit 322C converts text data of speech information (voice input signal VS) into various commands prepared as standard commands. The "command" here is an instruction to extract recipe data (cooking condition data CD) for executing one cooking from the recipe database (cooking condition database) stored in the recipe information providing server 301. include. The input/output unit 322A is, for example, an API gateway.

The first server 321 and the second server 322 are connected by a network 201 such as the Internet.
An inquiry signal (inquiry data) SN is transmitted from the input/output unit 322 A of the second server 322 to the first server 321 . This inquiry signal SN is a command requesting extraction of the cooking condition data CD from the recipe information providing server 301, for example. Also, it is a command signal generated by an input operation of the communication terminal device 200 when it is desired to know various data on the operating state of the heating cooker 1 (for example, the contents of the cooking process and the degree of progress). In other words, these data are the operation support data GS for the user.

In addition, since the second server 322 does not require special control or processing specific to the heating cooker 1, it is possible to use existing servers such as AI assistants, intelligent assistants, servers of various systems such as smart speakers. can.

The first server 321 shown in FIG. 72 is operated by the company (manufacturer) that manufactured the heating cooker 1, and has a good understanding of the special control and processing specific to the heating cooker 1. Therefore, it is possible to accurately grasp the operating state of the heating cooker 1 (including both during the heating operation and during the non-heating operation).

The first server 321 receives various "operating state data" OS from the heating cooker 1 as will be described later.
is obtained at any time via the wireless router 340.

The operating state data OS includes, as shown in FIGS. 73 to 76, data indicating ON/OFF of the main power switch 20, selection data of the linked cooking mode KM3, control condition data such as heating temperature and heating time, and the like. Furthermore, it includes the latest temperature measurement data of the top plate 3 and the heating chamber 6, and the like.

The recipe information providing server 301 can exchange information with the first server 321 by wireless communication. A "system control server", which is a control means for interlinking the recipe information providing server 301, the first server 321, the recipe information providing server 301, etc., is not shown.

The recipe information providing server 301 may be integrated into the first server 321 . The food ingredient information server 326 is connected to the first server 321 via a wired or wireless communication network.

In the first server 321, each heating cooker 1 is registered in advance, and the operating state data OS transmitted from each heating cooker 1 is acquired in association with the user of the heating cooker 1. It is configured.

The first server 321 has an input/output unit 321A for wireless communication with the wireless router 340 and the second server 322 individually. This input/output unit 321A is, for example, an API gateway. This input/output unit 321 receives recipe data from the recipe information providing server 301 .

The first server 321 has a control unit 321C. The control unit 321C decodes the inquiry signal (command) SN from the second server 321, generates necessary control information in response to the inquiry signal SN, and transmits it to the second server 322. FIG.
In addition, the operation state data OS transmitted from a large number of heating cookers 1 and the user ID (specific information) that identifies the user of each heating cooker 1 are analyzed, and the heating cooker 1 of each user is analyzed. is specified from the information in the user identification database held in the storage unit 321R.

Furthermore, the first server 321 also has a function of controlling the timing of providing the second server 322 with the recipe data of the specific cooking menu acquired from the recipe information providing server 301 . More on this later.

In the sixth embodiment, as in the first embodiment, the central operation unit 15M of the input operation unit 15 is provided with an input key 180 for selecting voice input. The input key 180 may be a mechanical switch, or may be an input key of a touch type input switch like the input keys 153M to 159M.

When the input key 180 is pressed, the "voice input combination mode" is activated from that moment, and when there is a voice signal from the voice signal receiving unit 56, the voice signal analysis unit 58 analyzes the contents of the voice one by one. Then, the analysis result is output to the heating control unit 43 .

Next, the form of communication between the heating cooker 1 of Embodiment 6 and the outside will be described.
FIG. 73 is an explanatory diagram showing the exchange of information between the heating cooker 1 and the external cloud server 300 (the first server 321 and the second server 322) in chronological order.

The heating cooker 1 of Embodiment 6 has a configuration described below.
That is, a first heating means HM1 for induction-heating an object to be heated on the top plate 3, a heating chamber 6, a second heating means HM2 for supplying microwaves to the heating chamber 6, and the heating chamber 6 is provided with a third heating means HM3 for heating with radiant heat, an audio notification unit 50, a communication unit 51, a display unit 16, and a control device 40.

,
The control device 40 is
After displaying the standby initial screen 16MH,
(1) IH single mode in which the first heating means HM1 is operated alone (2) Range single cooking mode in which the second heating means HM2 is operated alone (3) The third heating means HM3 is alone Oven independent cooking mode to be operated (4) Both the second heating means HM2 and the third heating means HM3 are heated at the same time, or are automatically operated at different times, and cooking is performed in the heating chamber 6. Combined cooking mode KM2 for performing
(5) both or one of the second heating means HM2 and the third heating means HM3, and the first heating means HM1, after a transition period TR whose length is determined by an instruction from a user, linked cooking mode KM3 that operates sequentially,
has an operating program of
The cooperative cooking mode KM3 includes a cooking step 1 performed using the heating chamber 6 before the transition period TR, a cooking step 2 performed above the top plate 3 after the transition period TR, including
The control device 40 receives the cooking condition data CD for executing heat cooking from the first server 321, and transmits a plurality of operating state information SK1 to SK16 (which are the operating state data OS) to the first server 321 by radio. (network 205), and
The control device 40 uses the first heating means HM1 and the second heating means HM2 to perform heating operations corresponding to a plurality of cooking modes (linked cooking mode KM3, combined cooking mode, single cooking mode, etc.). , a data acquisition unit 53 for acquiring the cooking condition data CD via the communication unit 51 for a specific food to be cooked, and the data acquisition unit 53 acquiring the cooking condition data CD and a restriction unit 55 that restricts the operation,
When the data acquisition unit 53 acquires the cooking condition data CD and the execution of the cooking menu to which the cooking condition data is applied is confirmed, the control device 40 can receive the data CD as one of the operating state information OS. This configuration is characterized by transmitting a period end signal SK1B.

Details of the configuration will be described below.
First, FIG. 73 will be described.
In this Embodiment 6, the heating cooker 1 is connected to the Internet (network) 205 via the wireless router 340 . The first server 321, the second server 322, etc. are connected to the network 205 as described with reference to FIG.

In FIG. 73, steps SK1 to SK11 show main operations of the control device 40 of the heating cooker 1. FIG. These steps SK1 to SK11 may also be used when indicating data transmitted from the heating cooker 1 to the first server 321 in the following description.

FIG. 73 shows, in chronological order, the operation during the period from when the execution of cooking in the cooperative control mode KM3 is determined until the cooking process 2 is finished.

When the cooperative cooking mode KM3 is selected by the input key 153M, the first specific screen 16M1 is displayed, and the selected content (for example, including information that the food to be cooked is "hamburger") is displayed on the first specific screen. 16M1 is displayed, and the voice notification unit 50 also notifies. Further, it is transmitted to the outside from the communication section 51 (step SK1). In the following description, the destination of the information transmitted from the heating cooker 1 is limited to the first server 321 . In other words, the destination of data provided beyond the first server 321 is not specified.

Next, the start of the heat cooking operation in the cooperative cooking mode KM3 is notified, and the information is transmitted from the communication unit 51 to the outside (step SK2).
If the cooking requires a preheating process, the start of the preheating process is notified and transmitted from the communication unit 51 to the outside (step SK3).

Next, it notifies that the cooking process 1 in the cooperative cooking mode has actually started, and transmits it to the outside from the communication section 51 (step SK4).

Next, in the cooking process 1, when a predetermined time (first time TN1) has passed since induction heating was started, reference information 1 (FA1) is notified. Further, the contents of this notification are transmitted to the outside from the communication section 51 (step SK5). Alternatively, it is detected that the temperature of the object to be heated has risen to a predetermined temperature, and reference information 1 is notified (step SK5).

Next, external information is received for step SK5 (step SK6). This information may include, for example, remote control command data such as reducing thermal power.
In other words, the "remote operation command" described in the second embodiment may be included. Depending on the content of the received information, the voice notification unit 50 or the display unit 16 notifies the user of the received information. In particular, in the case of a remote operation command signal, since the signal is invisible to the user, the notification is necessary so as not to cause unnecessary confusion for the user.

Next, when the cooking process 1 is automatically finished, the content thereof is notified by the voice notification section 50 and the display section 16 . Alternatively, when the user manually stops the cooking process 1 at an arbitrary timing, the same notification is made. Then, the information is transmitted to the outside (step SK7).

At the stage of step SK7, the heating operation is suspended, and a transition period (heating suspension period) TR is entered.
Then, when the user prepares for the cooking process 2 and commands the start of the cooking process 2, the transition period TR ends and the start of the cooking process 2 is notified by the voice notification unit 50 and the display unit 16. .

Also, information is transmitted to the outside from the communication section 51 (step SK8). In this case, the information to be transmitted includes information on the heat source for the cooking process 2 . When the cooking is started with the timer set, the set time information of the timer is also included.

Next, in the cooking process 2, for example, when a predetermined time (second time TN1) has passed since the microwave heating was started, the content of the reference information 2 (FA2) is displayed in the voice notification unit 50 or displayed. Notification is performed by the unit 16 . Further, the content of this notification is transmitted to the outside from the communication section 51 (step SK9). Alternatively, it is detected that the temperature of the object to be heated has risen to a predetermined temperature, and reference information 2 is notified (step SK9).

Next, external information is received in response to the information transmitted in step SK9 (step SK10). This received information may include, for example, a remote control command such as reducing thermal power. Depending on the content of the received information, the voice notification unit 50 or the display unit 16 notifies the user of the received information.

Next, when the cooking process 2 is automatically finished, the contents thereof are notified by the voice notification section 50 and the display section 16.例文帳に追加Alternatively, when the user manually stops the cooking process 2 at an arbitrary timing, the same notification is made. Then, the information is transmitted to the outside (step SK11).

As is clear from the above description, the contents of the operation of the heating cooker 1 are transmitted to the outside in real time. The progress of heating and cooking can be grasped even at a place.

Therefore, especially in the cooperative cooking mode KM3, there are cases where the cooking takes a relatively long time of one hour or more.
Therefore, it is also possible to monitor cooking with the communication terminal device 200 in another room in the house.

If the remote control command from the first server 321 or the communication terminal device 200 to the heat cooker 1 is limited to two, that is, to lower the heating power and to stop the heat cooking operation, it is possible to There is no fear that the heating cooker 1 will operate differently or erroneously than intended by the user due to an erroneous operation.

By the way, as in the first embodiment, also in this sixth embodiment, the "reference information 1" FA1 notified by the heating cooker 1 is to open the door 7 of the heating chamber 6, and then open the heating chamber 6. removing the heated food from the

For example, in the cooking process 1, the reference information 1 (FA1) is notified when a predetermined time (first time TN1) has passed since induction heating was started. Further, the contents of this notification are transmitted to the outside from the communication section 51 (step SK5). Alternatively, it is detected that the temperature of the object to be heated has risen to a predetermined temperature, and reference information 1 is notified (step SK5).

The first server 321 receives the reference information 1 , determines the degree of progress of the cooking process by the control unit 321</b>C, generates cooking progress information, and transmits the information to the second server 322 .

Therefore, in the communication terminal device 200 that can acquire the progress information from the second server 322 at any time, as shown in FIG. , a preparation work reference image 509 showing that the door 7 is to be opened and a preparation work reference image 510 showing that the food to be cooked is taken out together with the saucer are displayed. Such information provision is also performed in the cooking process 2 of FIG. That is, the reference information 2 (FA2) is provided to the communication terminal 200 through the first server 321 and the second server 322 even at steps SK9 and SK10.

Next, FIG. 74 will be described.
FIG. 74 describes in more detail the operation of the control device 40 in the preparation period P1 described in FIG. 73 in chronological order.

During the period from transmission SK1 to SK4 shown in FIG. 73, the following control operations are performed.
SA1 to SA9 in FIG. 74 indicate the operation of the control device 40. FIG.
First, the control device 40 detects that the main power switch 20 has been turned on (step SA1), transmits that it has been started (SKS), starts the self-diagnostic mode (SA2), and detects that each part is abnormal. Check if it is not

Next, the display unit 16 is activated to display the standby initial screen 16MH (SA3).
A receivable period start signal (SK1A) is automatically transmitted from the communication unit 51 to the first server 321 after a predetermined preparation time from step SA3. This receivable period start signal (SK1A) may be referred to as a "first receivable period start signal". The ``first signal to start the receivable period'' is the ``receiving permission data'' transmitted by the cooking device 1 to the outside. situation can be determined.

Further, when it is detected that the cooperative cooking mode KM3 has been selected with the input key 153M at the stage after step SA3, the controller 40 transmits a selection signal (SK1) for the cooperative cooking mode KM3.

As is clear from the above description, the "receivable period" is a period during which the cooking condition data CD from the outside (first server 321) can be acquired by the cooking device 1. Therefore, after transmission SK1A of the start signal, the heating cooker 1 can receive the cooking condition data CD from the outside.
The "receivable period" is a period during which the acquisition of the cooking condition data CD from the first server 321 is permitted, and reception of other data such as the remote control command is refused. It's not like I'm there.

Transmission SK1A of the start signal (or transmission SK1 of the selection signal for the cooperative cooking mode KM3) corresponds to transmission of “receiving permission data” to the first server 321 .

Next, when the user operates the input key 153M to select the cooperative cooking mode KM3, the selected content (for example, including information that the food to be cooked is hamburger) is transmitted (SK1B). This transmission data SK1B complements the transmission SK1A of the start signal, and corresponds to transmission of “receiving permission data” to the first server 321 .

As is clear from the above description, in the control shown in FIG. 66, the stage in which the standby initial screen 16MH is displayed and the stage in which the user operates the input key 153M to select the linked cooking mode KM3 (however, This means that the fact that the cooking condition data CD can be obtained is transmitted in two stages (the stage at which the first specific screen 16M1 is not yet displayed). Since it is not necessary to transmit the "receiving permission data" more than once as in this example, only one of them may be transmitted.

Next, in step SA4, both input key 180 and input key 153M are operated, and cooperative cooking mode KM3 is selected by input key 153M.

The next step SA6 is a step in which, as described in the first embodiment, the permission condition determination unit 54 determines whether or not cooking in the cooperative cooking mode KM3 is permitted.
Here, when it is determined that the permission condition is satisfied, the standby initial screen 16MH is changed to the first specific screen 16M1 and displayed.

SA7 is a step in which a command to start the heating operation is received by operating the input key 151M. At this stage, the initial waiting period TP ends. At this point, information (reception restriction data SK1B) for restricting the acquisition operation of the cooking condition data CD is transmitted from the outside.

After that, the start of the heat cooking operation in the cooperative cooking mode KM3 is notified, and the information is transmitted from the communication unit 51 to the outside (step SK2).
If the cooking requires a preheating step, the start of the preheating step is notified and transmitted from the communication unit 51 to the outside (SA8). Then, it notifies that the cooking process 1 has started and transmits it to the outside (SA9).

Next, FIG. 75 will be described.
Similar to FIG. 74, FIG. 75 describes in detail the operation of the control device 40 during the preparatory period P1 in chronological order.

FIG. 75 shows a case where the cooperative cooking mode KM3 is not selected by the input key 153M of the central operation unit 15M during the preparation period P1. Instead, it shows a case where the cooking condition data CD is obtained from the first server 321 during the receivable period.

In FIG. 75, the selection of the cooperative cooking mode (step SA4) is indicated by a dashed frame. At step SA4, the input key 180 for selection of the voice input combined mode VMC is operated, and then the cooking condition data is read from the communication terminal device 200 into the heating cooker 1. FIG.
Unlike FIG. 74, step SA4 is indicated by a dashed frame.

The next step SA5 indicates that the cooking condition data CD has been obtained from the first server 321. FIG. It also shows that the acquisition fact of such data has been sent to the first server 321 as a (reception) response signal.

As is clear from FIG. 75, after the receivable period start signal is transmitted (SK1A), even if the cooperative cooking mode KM3 is not selected by the input key 153M, the voice input combined mode VMC is activated. When the selection input key 180 is operated, a receivable period start signal may be transmitted (SK1A), and then the cooking condition data CD may be acquired from the first server 321 (step SA5).

Next, FIG. 76 will be described. FIG. 76 shows, in chronological order, the operations from the cooking process 2 in the cooperative control mode KM3 to the end of the cooking process 2 and the time when the main power switch 20 is turned off.

In the cooperative cooking mode KM3, the transition period TR (idle period P3) ends and the cooking process 2 is started (step SA10). 'CD9 is sent to the first server 321 .

The cooking implementation data CD9 is data as described in the second and fifth embodiments.
After that, the heating operation is stopped (SA11), and a heating end signal is transmitted from the communication section 51 (SK12). Up to this point, the cooking process 2 is completely completed.

Next, the display unit 16 automatically returns from the first specific screen 16M1 to the standby initial screen 16MH.
Then, at this stage, information (receiving permission data SK13A) for ending the period for restricting the acquisition operation of the cooking condition data CD is transmitted. This reception permission data (SK13A) may be called a "second receivable period start signal".

Therefore, from this stage, the communication terminal device 200 can acquire the cooking condition data CD from the first server 321 that has received the permission data SK13A.

Therefore, after this time point, if the communication terminal device 200 transmits the cooking condition data CD to the heat cooker 1, the heat cooker 1 can acquire the data. It is also possible to read the cooking condition data CD directly from the first server 321 to the heating cooker 1 . That is, the communication terminal device 200 can designate the heating cooker 1 as the destination and transmit. Therefore, after the transmission of the reception permission data SK13A, the heating cooker 1 can acquire the cooking condition data CD from the outside.

At step SA13, measurement of elapsed time is started. Steps SA13 to SA14 are set to 30 minutes, for example. If there is no input from the input operation unit 16 during the 30 minutes, and if there is no voice input input from the audio signal receiving unit 56 during the 30 minutes, it is judged as "time exceeded" in step SA14, and forced power is cut off.

When the power supply is cut off, first, the voice notification unit 50 notifies the end of the operation, transmits a signal (reception limit data) indicating the end of the receivable period (SK14), Cooking implementation data CD9 of heat cooking is transmitted from the communication unit 51 (SK15).

After that, the control device 40 itself opens the main power switch 20 to cut off the power.
Cooking performance data CD9 is also transmitted from the communication unit 51 when the user manually turns off the main power supply at any timing. Then, an operation end signal is transmitted (SK16).

Next, FIG. 77 will be described.
FIG. 77 is a flow chart for explaining the entire control operation of the heating cooker 1 before starting cooking. A basic operation program from power-on to the start of preparation for cooking is stored in the storage device 41 inside the control device 40 .

Steps SV1 to SV4 are the same as steps SW1 to SW4 shown in FIG. 64 of the fourth embodiment, so steps up to step SV4 will be briefly described.
When the main power switch 20 is closed (step SV1) (same as SW1 in FIG. 64), the controller 40 is activated. The control program of the control device 40 itself starts diagnosing whether there is an abnormality in itself (SV1) (same as SW2 in FIG. 64).

In step SV2, the communication section 51 notifies the wireless router 340 in the living space such as the kitchen 601 of the start of operation of the heating cooker 1 . The transmission of this notice signal corresponds to the activation signal transmission SKS described with reference to FIGS. 74 and 75 .
Also, the cooker 1 transmits an inventory inquiry command signal (request for provision of inventory data SD1) of the refrigerator 800 to the wireless router 340 .

When the first server 321 receives the activation signal transmission SKS, the communication terminal device 200 can also know the activation of the heating cooker 1 via the second server 322 .

If no abnormality is found in the control device 40, the display unit 16 and the input operation unit 16 are activated, and the voice notification unit 50 provides voice guidance to start driving (SV3) (same as SW3 in FIG. 64).

In addition, in order to prompt the user to select the heat source to be used, the standby initial screen 16MH is displayed on the display unit 15, and the voice notification unit 50 also provides voice guidance for prompting the user to select the heat source ( SV4) (SW4). At this stage, instead of selecting the heating source, a cooking mode such as the cooperative cooking mode KM3 or the combined cooking mode KM2 may be selected.

Although not shown in FIG. 77, when the input key 180 is pressed to set the "voice input combined mode" (step SV9), at this stage, the display section 16 and the voice notification section 50 are set to the combined voice input mode. We will inform you that there is.

On the other hand, when the input key 151KP is pressed to switch to the "function mode" and the setting operation is performed according to the display on the display unit 16, the specific communication terminal device 200 owned by the user can be registered as one notification destination. can. Note that this function mode setting cannot be performed during the heating operation.

Even when the heating cooker 1 of Embodiment 6 is set to the "voice input combined mode" as described above, or when it is set to a state in which mutual wireless communication with the communication terminal device 200 is possible in another state, The "function setting menu" that becomes available when the input key 151KP is pressed cannot be selected by voice input. Moreover, it cannot be changed even by input from the communication terminal device 200 . In other words, the function mode restricts the user to directly operate the input operation unit 15 of the heating cooker 1, thereby enhancing safety.

In the next step SV5 (SW5), it is determined whether or not the input operation section 15 has completed the input. When the input keys 153M, 154M, etc. are operated as described in Embodiment 1, and the desired cooperative cooking menu (eg, "fried chicken") or control menu (eg, "manual range") is selected, , this step SV5 becomes "Yes".

In the next step SV6, if the input key 151M on the input operation unit 15 is pressed, the answer is "Yes", and the heating source actually starts to be driven (SV7). In addition, in the case of the left heating port 4L, it is necessary to press the input key 153L. Moreover, in the case of the right heating port 4R, it is necessary to press the input key 153R.

On the other hand, if the input from the input operation unit 15 has not been completed in step SV5, the input is waited for 30 minutes. During this 30 minutes, measurement is started at the stage of step SV4. In other words, measurement of the elapsed time is started at the same time as the display of the standby initial screen 16MH.

At step SV8, it is determined whether or not 30 minutes have passed. If 30 minutes have passed, the controller 40 automatically turns off the main power switch 20 (SV16).

Unless the communication section 51 receives the cooking condition data CD from the outside during the 30 minutes which is the input grace period, the completion of the input of the input operation section 15 and the presence or absence of input data from the outside (steps SV9 and SV10). is checked repeatedly.

Step SV9 is a process of determining whether or not there is an input of the cooking mode. If the input key 153M or 154M has been pressed, or if the input key 180 has been operated and then an input has been made to the voice signal receiving section 56, the result of step SV9 is "Yes".

When the communication unit 51 receives the cooking condition data CD from the outside, in step SV11, it is determined whether the data designates the cooperative cooking mode KM3 or other data.

If the command specifies the cooperative cooking mode KM3, the process proceeds to step SV12.
SV12 is a step of displaying the receiving operation display screen 16MM as described with reference to FIGS. 44A and 44B of the second embodiment.

Then, in the next step SV13, it is determined whether or not the permission condition is satisfied.
In the case of the cooperative cooking mode KM3, the content and determination of "permission condition 1" and "permission condition 2" have been described in the first embodiment (particularly, FIGS. 24 and 25), but the sixth embodiment also A similar determination is made.

If it is determined in step SV13 that the permission condition is satisfied, the process advances to step SV14, where the "external recipe priority mode" is processed.
This "external recipe priority mode" means that it is not possible to select new cooking condition data (linked cooking mode KM3) depending on the input operation unit 15 unless the cooking process targeted by the recipe data is completed. is. In other words, it means that the selection of the cooking menu and the cooking conditions for the other linked cooking mode KM3 cannot be set using the input operation unit 15 (including the audio signal receiving unit 56).

On the other hand, if the cooperative cooking mode is not set, step SV11 is determined to be "No", and the process proceeds to step SV15. A step of determining whether the cooking condition data is for the composite cooking mode KM2 may be provided between steps SV11 and SV15. In that case, it is determined whether or not "permission condition 3" is satisfied.

In step SV14, the determination result of step SV13 is displayed.
In the next step SV15, the cooking mode designated from the outside is determined to be the linked cooking mode KM3 as determined in step SV11, so the display unit 16 displays the first specific screen 16M1.

When the cooking mode designated from the outside is the combined cooking mode KM2, the display unit 16 displays the second specific screen 16M2 in step SV15. On the other hand, in the case of the single cooking mode KM1 of the first heating means HM1, the display section 16 displays the third specific screen 16M3. In this step SV15, information to the effect that the cooking condition data CD has been received is returned to the first server 321. FIG.

If it is determined at step SV13 that the permission information is not satisfied, the cooking menu of the transmitted cooking condition data cannot be permitted for the first server 321 that has transmitted the cooking condition data CD. Information to that effect is returned (step SV17).

At the stage of step SV6, the control conditions (thermal power, microwave output, heating time, control temperature, etc.) set by the first server 321 can be changed. That is, since the basic structure of the cooking condition data acquired by the heat cooker 1 is known by the heat cooker 1 after the data is acquired, the data is analyzed and the control conditions are extracted. Then, this is displayed on the display unit 16 (for example, the first specific screen 16M1).

The user may check the control conditions displayed on the display unit 16 and manually change the control conditions using the input operation unit 15 . At the stage of step SV6, since the first to third specific screens 16M1 to 16M3 are displayed respectively, the user can directly input using the normal input operation section 15, and the user is not forced to perform difficult input operations. .

Next, FIG. 78 will be described.
FIG. 78 is a time chart showing an operation example of the heating cooker 1 after the main power switch 20 is turned on. In particular, the operations of the human detection sensor 59 and the audio signal receiving section 56 are mainly described. TL1 to TL13 indicate the timing of the operation of the heating cooker 1 or the user's operation, and are from TL1 to TL13 in order of occurrence.

First, the main power switch 20 is closed (TL1).
Then, the human detection sensor 59 senses the presence of a person. A sensing signal when a person is sensed is sent to the control device 40 (TL2).

The input functions of various input keys of the input operation unit 15 are enabled (TL3). For example, input from the input keys 153M, 154M, 153R, 153L, etc. becomes possible. Since the input function of the operation button (key) 20A of the main power switch 20 is enabled before these input keys, the main power can be turned on as described above.

In the sixth embodiment, an input key 180 for selecting voice input is arranged. When the input key 180 is pressed, the voice input combined mode is entered, but the user is allowed to directly touch the input key 153M of the input operation unit 15 (TL4). That is, it is possible for the user to perform both finger operation and voice input.

When the user selects, for example, the cooperative cooking mode KM3 by voice input or touch operation after TL4 when the voice input combined mode is set, it is determined whether or not the permission conditions are satisfied at the stage of TL5. . The “permission condition” mentioned here has been explained in detail in the first embodiment, so the explanation will be omitted.

If the input key 153M is pressed before cooking is performed and the permission condition is satisfied, the heating chamber 6 is occupied in the cooperative cooking mode KM3 (TL6).

As described in step SV9 of FIG. 77, when the input key 153M for selecting the cooperative cooking mode KM3 is pressed or the input key 180 is operated, the voice signal receiving section 56 selects "cooperative cooking". If there is a voice input to do so, then the control rule is such that the external data (cooking condition data CD) can be acquired (see step SV10 in FIG. 77).

In other words, in this sixth embodiment, as shown in FIG. 78, after step TL4 when the function of the audio signal receiving unit 56 becomes effective, the cooking conditions for cooking in the cooperative cooking mode KM3 are set externally. The heating cooker 1 can acquire the data CD (step SA5).

Then, if the cooking condition data CD satisfies the permission conditions, the user can decide to cook with the cooking condition data CD (TL7).

After that, when the input key 151M is selected, the cooking process 1 of the linked cooking mode KM3 is started (TL8), followed by the pause period (TL9), the cooking process 2 (TL10), and then the cooking ends (TL11). . Then, the input function of the audio signal receiver 56 is disabled (TL12). Therefore, the voice input combined mode is canceled at this point. Also, the occupied state of the heating chamber 6 is canceled (TL13).

It should be noted that the start of cooking cannot be commanded by voice. Even if a voice such as "heating start" is input to the voice signal receiving section 56, the heating control section 43 does not issue a drive command to the heating means. This is for safety reasons so that even if there is a sound input (for example, sound from a nearby radio or television) that could be confused with the user's voice, the heating operation will not start unintentionally by the user. The function of the combined input mode is restricted.

Note that the audio signal receiving unit 56 is still in a state of accepting input until the cooking process 1 to the cooking process 2 are finished. That is, the voice input combined mode is maintained.

Therefore, the user can set other cooking while the cooking process 1 is being executed. For example, a new heating operation can be started with the unused left heating port 4L.

As described above, the audio signal receiver 56 is disabled (TL12) when all the cooking processes in the cooperative cooking mode KM3 are completed. In other words, once one piece of cooking is finished, voice input is disabled unless the user operates the input key 180 again. This prevents unintentional cooking settings from being made by the user.

In addition, in a situation where it is difficult to perform a touch operation on the input operation unit 15 while performing one cooking operation or preparing for another cooking operation, a command for heat cooking is given by voice without touch operation. be able to.

With this configuration, another cooking can be started quickly, so the total cooking time can be shortened, which contributes to reducing the load on the user.

On the other hand, although it was explained in the first embodiment that the function setting mode can be changed with the input key 151KP, in the sixth embodiment, the function setting mode can be set so that the heating operation can be started by voice input. It is one of the characteristics.

After step TL2, when the input key 151KP is operated in the stage (during standby) before acquiring the cooking condition data CD from the outside, the voice input combined mode is set and the heating operation is started and completed by voice. can be changed to do so.

Such changes are made only while the human presence is being detected by the human sensor 59 . For example, when the user has gone away from the vicinity of the heating cooker 1, the function setting mode cannot be changed (in particular, the start of the heating operation and the change to increase the heating power). We guarantee safety.

When the human detection sensor 59 detects that the user has left the vicinity of the heating cooker 1, the voice notification unit 50 may issue an alarm at that point. Also, when the presence of a person cannot be detected by the human detection sensor 59, the combined voice input mode is not disabled, but is limited to only two commands to stop heating and to lower the heating power of the heating means. You may make it valid only the input which carried out.

Furthermore, when the human detection sensor 59 detects that the user has left the vicinity of the heating cooker 1, the program of the control device 40 is changed so as to immediately notify the first server 321 of the state. can be In this way, it is possible to implement measures such as activating another monitoring system using the first server 321 and immediately transmitting information as warning information to the communication terminal device 200 .

Next, FIG. 79 will be described.
FIG. 79 shows the operation steps of the first server 321 . FIG. 72 is a time chart showing main operations after the first server 321 receives the operating state data OS (receivable period start signal SK1A).

In FIG. 79, SV20 indicates a step in which the first server 321 receives the receivable period end signal SK1B.
SV21 is a step of "restrict transmission of cooking condition data CD".

One of the processes of the "restriction of transmission of the cooking condition data CD" is to access the recipe information providing server 301 and stop acquiring the cooking condition data CD (reading operation).

Another of the above-mentioned "restrict transmission of cooking condition data CD" is to stop providing the second server 322 with the cooking condition data CD acquired from the recipe information providing server 301 (transmitting operation). That is.

As a result, the communication terminal device 200 cannot acquire the cooking condition data CD from the recipe information providing server 301 after step SV20.

The next step SV22 is a step of judging whether or not the receivable period start signal (SK1A) has been received from the heating cooker 1 .

If the determination in step SV22 is "Yes", in the next step SV24, the restriction in step SV21 is lifted.

If the determination in step SV22 is "No", in the next step SV23, it is determined whether or not the receivable period start signal (second reception permission data SK13A) has been received from the heating cooker 1.

If the determination in step SV23 is "Yes", in the next step SV24, the restriction in step SV21 is lifted.

Summary of Embodiment 6.
As is clear from the above description, in the sixth embodiment, the heat cooking system according to the fourth disclosure is realized with the following configuration. i.e.
a heating cooker 1 for heating an object to be heated;
A communication terminal device 200 that can communicate with the heating cooker 1 and has a terminal-side operation unit (display operation unit) 225 that accepts user input and a terminal-side display unit 216 that displays information;
a cloud server 300 connected to the communication terminal device 200 via a network 201 by wireless communication;
and
The cloud server 300, in response to the request A from the communication terminal 2, provides cooking condition data CD2 for the heating cooker 1, display information to be displayed on the terminal-side display unit 216, and food component information. DD and has a function to transmit respectively,
The communication terminal device 200 has a function of transmitting command information input to the terminal-side operation unit 225 to the cloud server 300, and transmitting the information of the cooking condition data CD and the food ingredient information DD received from the cloud server to the terminal device. and a function of displaying on the side display unit 216,
The communication terminal device 200 has a function of narrowing down the food components or nutritional components of the cooking menu that is the object of the cooking condition data CD to be transmitted to the heat cooker 1 from the database (heat cooker database 217) held. have
The communication terminal device 200 has a function of transmitting to the heating cooker 1 the executable cooking condition data CD2 and information indicating the food ingredients or nutritional ingredients of the cooking subject to the cooking condition data CD2. It is a configuration characterized by having

With such a configuration, when a specific cooking menu (for example, “ratatouille”) is selected, information on the ingredients and nutritional components of the food related to the cooking menu can be easily learned. Therefore, it is possible to improve the convenience of the selection operation of the cooking menu by the user. For example, the user can select an appropriate cooking menu from information on food ingredients and nutritional ingredients according to family health management, dietary restrictions, etc., and can contribute to improving eating habits.

Furthermore, within the range of various cooking condition data CD2 stored in the heating cooker database 217, for example, those with a low energy amount (calorie conversion value) or specific nutritional components (for example, those with a high iron content) are selected. can be selected preferentially.
Therefore, the range of useful information that can be provided when the user selects a cooking menu is expanded, and the user's operability can be improved.

With this system, for example, users can easily check information on food ingredients and nutritional ingredients in advance in response to family health management, dietary restrictions, etc., and can select an appropriate cooking menu. , can contribute to the improvement of eating habits.

Furthermore, in this Embodiment 6, the heating cooker 1 of the following forms was disclosed.
i.e.
a first heating means HM1 for heating the object to be heated at a first location (above the top plate 3);
a second heating means HM2 for heating the food to be cooked at a second location (heating chamber 6) separated from the first location;
an input operation unit 15 that receives user commands;
a display unit 15;
a communication unit 51 that receives the cooking condition data CD from the outside;
a control device 40 that controls the first heating means HM1, the second heating means HM2, the display unit 15, and the communication unit 51;
The input operation unit 15 has a voice input combination mode selection unit VMC and a touch input mode selection unit TMC,
The control device 40 has a heating control section 43 for executing a linked cooking mode KM3 in which the first heating means HM1 and the second heating means HM2 are driven with a time lag based on the cooking condition data CD. Then, a data acquisition unit 53 that acquires the cooking condition data CD via the communication unit 51 and starts cooking in the cooperative cooking mode KM3 in order to execute heat cooking in the cooperative cooking mode for a specific object to be cooked. a restriction unit 55 that restricts acquisition of the cooking condition data CD by the data acquisition unit 53 via the communication unit 51 during the initial standby period TP before the
The control device 40 has a function of transmitting the operating state data OS to the outside (first server 321) during the initial standby period TP after the main power is supplied,
When a cooking mode such as the cooperative cooking mode KM3 or the combined cooking mode KM2 is selected and the voice input combined mode selection unit VMC (input key 180) is selected and operated, the data acquisition unit 53 acquires the cooking condition data CD. (See step SA5 in FIG. 75).

For this reason, the user's special operation will receive the cooking condition data related to the cooperative cooking mode KM3 (including the control menu data for the combined cooking mode KM2 and the single cooking mode KM1). controlled.
Therefore, the cooking condition data of another cooking menu will not be inadvertently received while selecting the cooking mode or setting the control conditions.

Furthermore, since the input key 180 serving as the voice input combined mode selection unit VMC is also used for acquiring the cooking condition data, it is possible to avoid increasing the number of operation keys (operation units) of the input operation unit 15. It is possible to prevent the deterioration of operability by the user.

In addition, since the operating state data OS is automatically provided to the outside in real time from the heating cooker 1 at least during the initial standby period TP, cooperation with external network devices such as the cloud server 300 can be easily realized. can.

Furthermore, in this Embodiment 6, the heating cooking system of the following forms was disclosed.
i.e.
a heating cooker 1 for heating an object to be heated;
a first server 321 capable of communicating with the heating cooker 1;
a second server 322 capable of communicating with the first server 321;
An information terminal device capable of communicating with the second server 322 and having a voice input unit 222 that receives voice input from the user of the heating cooker and a terminal-side display unit 216 that displays information that can be visually recognized by the user. (communication terminal device) 200;
and
The first server 321 has a function of receiving the operating state data OS of the heating cooker 1 from the heating cooker 1, and in response to a request A (inquiry signal SN) received from the second server 322, the heating a function of transmitting the cooking condition data CD for the cooker 1 to the second server 322;
The information terminal device (communication terminal device) 200 has a function of transmitting voice information input to the voice input unit to the second server 322, and information of the cooking condition data CD received from the second server 322. Having a function of displaying on the terminal side display unit 216 and a function of transmitting food component information DD of the object to be cooked related to the cooking condition data CD to the heating cooker 1,
The second server 322 recognizes the contents of the voice information received from the information terminal (communication terminal) 200, and receives the request A (inquiry signal SN) for providing the cooking condition data specified from the contents of the voice information. ) to the first server 321, and the cooking condition data CD received from the first server 321 in response to the transmission of the request A is transmitted to the information terminal (communication terminal) 200 and has the ability to
The first server 321 is characterized by transmitting the cooking condition data CD in response to the request A from the second server 322 after receiving the reception permission data SK1A from the cooker 1. was the configuration.

Therefore, according to this cooking system, the first server 321 and the second server 322 on the data transmission side can grasp the timing suitable for receiving the cooking condition data CD on the cooking device 1 side. That is, since the timing when the cooking condition data CD can be provided from the outside can be grasped, the cooking condition data CD can be transmitted at a timing convenient for receiving the data on the heating cooker 1 side. In addition, it is possible to prevent the operation of the heating cooker 1 from being hindered and the user from being misunderstood and confused.

Furthermore, when selecting a specific cooking menu (for example, "hamburger" or "ratatouille") that is the target of the cooking control data CD provided to the heating cooker 1, the ingredients and nutrition of the food related to the cooking menu are selected. The amount of ingredients can be easily obtained from the food ingredient information DD provided from the communication terminal 200 . Therefore, it is possible to improve the convenience of the selection operation of the cooking menu by the user. For example, the user can select an appropriate cooking menu from information on food ingredients and nutritional ingredients according to family health management, dietary restrictions, etc., and can contribute to improving eating habits.

Embodiment 7.
80 is a configuration diagram of a cooking system according to Embodiment 7. FIG. 81 is a block diagram showing the functional configuration of a portable information display used in the system of FIG. 80. FIG. FIG. 82 is an explanatory diagram 1 in which the communication terminal device and the portable information display device in the cooking system of FIG. 80 are displayed side by side. 83 is an explanatory diagram 2 in which the communication terminal device and the portable information display device are displayed side by side in the cooking system of FIG. 80. FIG. 84 is a time chart showing an operation example of the cooking system shown in FIG. 80. FIG. It should be noted that the same reference numerals are given to the same or corresponding parts as the configurations of the respective embodiments described in FIGS. 1 to 79. FIG.

In this Embodiment 7, the configuration of the information processing terminal connected to the configuration of the cloud server 300 shown in Embodiment 6 is changed, and a small portable information display device with a display screen size of less than 10 inches ( It is characterized by the use of 900, a type of information processing terminal.

In the seventh embodiment, the information processing terminal 900 is, for example, a tablet terminal or a small personal computer, and has a wireless communication function, unlike the smart phone 200 of the sixth embodiment.

Further, the portable information display device 900 acquires voice information of the user and transmits this voice data (text data) VS to the second server 322, like the communication terminal device 200 of the sixth embodiment.

A first server 321 connected to the heating cooker 1 via a network such as an Internet line has a food component database 321P storing food component information DD. It is a general term for information on ingredients (energy, lipids, proteins, etc.) of food) and nutritional ingredients (potassium, calcium, etc.).

The control unit 322C of the second server 322 receives the voice input signal VS and determines whether it can be converted into the standard command stored in the storage unit 322R.

The control unit 322C converts text data of speech information (voice input signal VS) into various commands (remote operation signal RS) prepared as standard commands.
Also, as described in the sixth embodiment, a command to extract target recipe data (cooking condition data CD) from the cooking condition database of recipe information server 301 is also generated.

However, the portable information display device 900 transmits target recipe data (cooking condition data CD) to the heating cooker 1 (via the wireless router 340) like the communication terminal device 200 of the sixth embodiment. There is a function to

Next, the portable information display device 900 shown in FIG. 81 will be described.
A portable information display device 900 such as a tablet terminal device or a small personal computer includes a transmission unit and reception unit 910, a communication control unit 911, a central processing unit (CPU) 912, a ROM and RAM 913, and a speaker 914. , a touch-type operation unit 915, a terminal-side display unit 916 having a display screen 900D with a size of about 10 inches, a heating cooker database (storage unit) 917, a remote operation information generation unit 919, and a storage unit 920. ,have.

A reference numeral 922 denotes a voice input unit that converts the voice of the user or the like into an input signal.
The touch-type operation unit 915 , the terminal-side display unit 916 and the voice input unit 922 are integrated on the hardware to form a display operation unit 925 . Note that a search unit for analyzing the voice signal from the voice input unit 922 and performing term search, information search, etc. is not shown. The search function is handled by the second information server 322 . However, it may be provided inside the portable information display device 900 .

The central processing unit 912 inputs the operation support data GS received from the input/output unit 322A of the second server 322 to the remote operation information generation unit 919 .

The central processing unit 912 has a cooking condition data acquisition unit 930, a cooking condition data transmission unit 931, and a terminal side recipe selection unit 932, respectively. The cooking condition data acquisition unit 930, the cooking condition data transmission unit 931, and the terminal-side recipe selection unit 932 may all be functionally implemented by one computer program, or may be configured by separate control circuits. It's okay to be there.

The heating cooker database 917 stores the "notification data" 923 of the heating cooker 1 in order to generate notification information (including image information) for the central display unit 16M and the voice notification unit 50 of the heating cooker 1. I have.
Further, the heating cooker database 917 also holds data of a “remote operation command (signal)” RS for the controller 40 of the heating cooker 1 .

Further, the heating cooker database 917 has food ingredient information DD. This food ingredient information is obtained by downloading from the first server 321 . That is, when the voice data VS requesting the provision of the cooking condition data CD is transmitted from the communication terminal 200 to the second server 322, the second server 322 sends the cooking condition data CD to the first server 321 in response to the request. A request for the provision of the data CD (query data SS) is sent.
In response to this request, the first server 321 collectively transmits the cooking condition data CD and the food component information DD to the second server 322 .

The notification data 923 and the remote control data 924 may be stored in the portable information display device 900 from the beginning. It may be obtained by connecting and downloading from the first server 321 . In other words, the heating cooker database 917 does not have to be fixedly stored and constructed, and may be in a form in which information is acquired as necessary and temporarily stored in a volatile memory.

The heating cooker database 917 stores, via the first server 321, cooking condition data CDs of cooking menus (e.g., "ratatouille") that can be used in various types of cooking performed in the heating cooker 1, particularly in the cooperative cooking mode KM3. may be acquired from the recipe information providing server 301 by .

The remote operation information generation unit 924 processes the signal obtained from the heating cooker 1 via the central processing unit 912 and the input signal from the display operation unit 925, respectively, and processes the remote operation information for the heating cooker 1. Generate a command (information) RS.

The "remote operation command" referred to here is a command related to input operations corresponding to all cooking modes including the linked cooking mode KM3 and the combined cooking mode KM2 of the heating cooker 1, and the linked cooking mode, the combined cooking mode, etc. , a display command for the central display section 16M, and a display command for the right heating power display section 16R and the left heating power display section 16L. However, in all the cooking modes including the cooperative cooking mode KM3, the information serving as a command to start the heating operation is not included. Therefore, neither the first server 321 nor the cooker 1 receives the instruction to start the heating operation from the portable information display 900 by this remote operation instruction.

Command information for various functions that can be set with the function setting keys 151KP of the heating cooker 1 cannot be transmitted from the portable information display device 900 and cannot be generated by the display device 900 .

The central processing unit 912 executes the processing of the entire portable information display device 900 according to the control program stored in the ROM/RAM. Alternatively, data generated in the process of executing processing is stored in the ROM/RAM.

The storage unit 920 is a semiconductor non-volatile memory, and can store the operation information data OS of the heating cooker 1 read from the transmission unit and the reception unit 910 and provided from the first server 321 at any time. can.
The storage unit 920 is also used to temporarily store the cooking condition data CD of a specific cooking menu downloaded (read) from the first server 321 .

When the user touches a specific portion of the terminal-side display section 916 of the portable information display device 900, the remote control information generating section 919 generates a remote control command based on this touch signal. The second server 322 also converts voice data VS input by voice into a remote operation command RS.

The remote operation command RS is transmitted from the transmitter/receiver 910 to the first server 321 . The first server 321 receives the remote control command RS from the second server 322 , generates necessary information (signal) of the remote control command, and transmits the information (signal) to the heating cooker 1 .

If the heating cooker 1 has already been supplied with electric power and started, the controller 40 of the heating cooker 1 treats the received remote control command RS as various input operation commands such as a cooking mode selection command. . For example, when a remote operation command relating to the cooperative cooking mode KM3 is received, the standby initial screen 16MH of the central display unit 16M is thereby changed to a selection screen (first The screen transitions to the specific screen 16M1).

The heating cooker 1 does not unconditionally operate according to the remote control command of the portable information display device 900 . This has already been explained.

Further, the first server 321 itself also stores "receiving permission data" as described in Embodiment 6, particularly in FIGS. and if there is no "reception restriction data", the cooking condition data CD is transmitted. That is, the first server 321 temporarily prohibits transmission of the cooking condition data CD to the heating cooker 1 after receiving the "receivable period start signal" (SK1A) described with reference to FIG.

In the seventh embodiment, the portable information display device 900 is not a small display screen like the display screen of the communication terminal device 200 of the sixth embodiment, but a terminal-side display unit having a display area several times larger than that of the display screen of the communication terminal device 200 of the sixth embodiment. Utilizing the advantage of having 900D, it is mainly used for checking (browsing) the cooking condition data CD and changing its control conditions.

Therefore, in the seventh embodiment, the portable information display device 900 stores appropriate cooking condition data CD in a predetermined area of the first server 321 connected via the network via the second server 322, and heats the food. There is a function that can be provided via the first server 321 upon request from the cooker 1 . In that case, the first server 321 can collectively transmit the cooking condition data CD and the food ingredient information DD to the heating cooker 1 .

For example, if you use the portable information display 900 to store your favorite recipe data at any time in the "family meal" data record field built in the first server 321, you can heat and cook it as needed. It can be acquired when the container 1 is used, and can be used for cooking many times. In this case, not only the method of cooking, but also the energy (converted to calorie value) and nutritional components of the food can be known from the food component information DD, further improving convenience.

On the other hand, in the seventh embodiment, if the destination of transmission is set on the portable information display device 900 side, the cooking condition data CD acquired via the second server 322 can be provided to the heating cooker 1. There is

Even if the cooking condition data CD is transmitted from the portable information display device 900 to the heating cooker 1, since the heating cooker 1 has a function to limit the timing of acquiring the cooking condition data CD, the heating cooking is performed. There is no concern of destabilizing or otherwise disturbing the operation of the vessel 1, especially the stages before the cooking process begins.

Next, FIG. 82 will be described.
FIG. 82 is an explanatory diagram showing the display contents of the communication terminal device 200 and the portable information display device 900 side by side so that they can be compared. , the portable information display 900 is more than twice as large.

FIG. 82 is an example of "remote push notification" using the first server 321 or the second server 322. FIG. The "remote push notification" referred to here is sent to users connected to the Internet via the network 201 (204) via the first server 321 or second server 322 functioning as an application distribution platform. means notice.

In the example of FIG. 82, the first server 321 that has received the driving information data OS performs the "linkage control mode selection signal transmission" SK1 as described in Embodiment 6, particularly in FIGS. When (SK1B) is received, the notification information of "remote push notification A" is generated and notified to the notification destination registered in advance. In the following example, the notification is performed using character information within a certain range, but image information such as graphics may also be used. Generally, it is called message notification, chat notification, or the like.

82(A) shows a communication terminal device 200, and FIG. 82(B) shows a portable information display device 900. FIG.
In FIG. 82A, 540 is a notification screen (display section).
The second server 322 , which receives the notification information of “remote push notification A” from the first server 321 , generates “remote push notification B” and transmits it to the communication terminal device 200 . Note that the "remote push notification A" and the "remote push notification B" may contain the same information, or may differ in expression, format, etc. as long as they have the same purpose.

When receiving the "remote push notification B", the communication terminal device 200 generates an appropriate pop-up screen image, and displays the notification information 541 on the terminal side display section (terminal side display screen) in a format that calls the user's attention. ) 216 .

As shown in FIG. 82(A), according to the notification information 541, it can be seen that the heating cooker 1 is currently unable to receive recipe data (cooking condition data).
If the user touches the input keys 542 and 543, the recommended information can also be switched to another display screen to provide useful information to the user.

Next, the portable information display device 900 of FIG. 82(B) will be described.
In FIG. 82B, 901 is a notification screen (display section). This is displayed temporarily on display screen 900 .

The second server 322 , which receives the notification information of “remote push notification A” from the first server 321 , generates “remote push notification B” and transmits it to the portable information display device 900 . Note that the "remote push notification A" and the "remote push notification B" may contain the same information, or may differ in expression, format, etc. as long as they have the same purpose.

When the portable information display device 900 receives the "remote push notification B", it generates an appropriate pop-up screen image and displays the notification information 902 on the display screen 900D in a form that calls the user's attention. 903 is an input key (icon) for closing a pop-up screen as shown in FIG. 82(B).

As shown in FIG. 82(B), according to the notification information 902, it can be seen that the heating cooker 1 is currently unable to receive recipe data (cooking condition data).

Although FIG. 82B does not show input keys 542 and 543 for confirming recommended information as shown in FIG. 82A, similar input keys (icons) are displayed. A difference occurs between the latest information (real-time information by remote push notification) that can be displayed and confirmed on the communication terminal device 200 and the latest information that can be confirmed by the portable information display device 900 (real-time information by remote push notification). You can leave it out.
As shown in FIG. 82, this seventh embodiment is not based on the premise that the communication terminal device 200 and the portable information display device 900 are used at the same time, so only one of them is used. You can

Next, an example of remote push notification of the communication terminal device 200 of FIG. 83(A) and the portable information display device 900 of FIG. 83(B) will be described.
In FIG. 83A, 540 is a notification screen (display section).
In FIG. 83B, 901 is a notification screen (display section). This is displayed temporarily on display screen 900 .

As described in the operation of the communication terminal 200 of Embodiment 4 (especially FIG. 66), in the control program of the central processing unit (CPU) 212 of the communication terminal 200, the user sets in advance with the touch operation unit 215 The data of the total amount of food components and the total amount of nutritional components in the “target period 1” is extracted from the data of the heating cooker database 217 .

Therefore, for example, if the "target period 1" of one day or one week in the past is set, the cooking condition data CD obtained by the communication terminal 200 from the first server 322 via the second server during the target period becomes a search target, and the cumulative value analysis result of the food component data DD is reported.

In the communication terminal device 200, the central processing unit 212 analyzes the "food ingredient/nutrition ingredient data" 226 corresponding to the cooking condition data CD acquired via the second server 322 before transmission to the heat cooker 1. Then, the cumulative value of only those during the "target period 1" is aggregated.

Then, as a result of the data aggregation, it is determined whether or not the set value preset by the user is exceeded. When the set value is exceeded, the speaker 214 notifies the user by voice, and the terminal-side display unit (display screen) 216 alerts the user as shown in FIG. 83(A).

Note that the option function shown in 83 (A) can also be set for the first server 321 by the communication terminal device 200 . In this case, the portable information display device 900, which has been set in advance as a notification destination, also receives similar alert information from the first server 321, and can confirm the contents.

Next, FIG. 84 will be described.
FIG. 84 is a time chart showing an operation example of the heating cooker 1 after the main power switch 20 is turned on, and operations of the portable information display (information processing terminal) 900 and the first server 321, respectively.
T1 to T22 indicate the operation timing (step) of the operation of the heating cooker 1, the portable information display device 900, or the like, or the timing (step) of the user's operation. They may be in a different order.

First, the user activates the heating cooker 1 (step T1). Close the main power switch 20 (step T2).
It should be noted that the detection signal of the human detection sensor 59, the transmission to the control device 40, and the like are not shown in FIG.
Cooking device 1 transmits a start signal (SKS) to first server 321 (step T4).

Although the portable information display device 900 having the voice input section 922 can be used in this Embodiment 7, the communication terminal device 200 having the voice input section 222 can be used in FIG. can be done.

Therefore, in FIG. 84, the user activates the portable information display 900 (step T3). In the portable information display 900, in order to use the recipe acquisition function, an application for accessing the first server 321 and selecting a recipe (recipe selection application) is installed in advance. An application is started (T5).

The user operates the portable information display 900 by touch operation (touch operation unit 915) or voice input (voice input unit 922) (T6), and the content of the desired recipe (cooking condition data) is displayed on the portable information display. It can be displayed on the display unit 916 of the display device 900 to confirm or change the conditions (T8).

On the other hand, in the heating cooker 1, the standby initial screen 16MH is displayed to request the user to select the cooking mode and cooking menu (T7). Then, the receivable period start signal (SK1A) is automatically transmitted to the first server 321 (T9).

In the sixth embodiment (FIG. 75), in the selection of the cooperative cooking mode (step SA4), on condition that the input key 180 for selection of the voice input combined mode VMC is operated, a receivable period start signal ( SK1A) was automatically sent to the first server 321 .
However, the seventh embodiment differs from the sixth embodiment in that the receivable period start signal (SK1A) is transmitted immediately after the standby initial screen 16MH is displayed.

When the user causes the cooking device 1 to read the recipe (cooking condition data) acquired by the portable information display 900 (T10), the portable information display 900 starts automatic connection operation ( T12).

On the other hand, the first server 321 that has received the receivable period start signal (SK1A) transmits the “operating state data” OS indicating the latest state of the heating cooker 1 to the portable information display 900 . In this case, it is not always required to display the pop-up screen on the display unit 916 of the portable information display device 900 . However, on the portable information display device 900 side, it is known in advance that the heating cooker 1 is adapted to receive the cooking condition data.

Mutual authentication has been performed between the portable information display device 900 and the cooking device 1. Therefore, when a signal for automatic connection (also referred to as a “scan signal”) is transmitted from the portable information display device 900, Mutual communication for automatic connection is performed with the heating cooker 1 . Note that the scan signal may be transmitted from the cooking device 1 side (T13).

When the connection between the cooking device 1 and the portable information display device 900 is established, the state of direct wireless communication between the cooking device 1 and the portable information display device 900 continues.
In other words, when the portable information display device 900 moves with the movement of the user and the distance from the heating cooker 1 increases, communication may be temporarily disabled. When you return, the connection status is automatically restored. Such connection is made (T14).

Thereafter, the cooking condition data is transmitted from the portable information display device 900 to the cooking device 1 (note that immediately before the transmission, the portable information display device 900 may provide a step of asking the user for reconfirmation. ) (T15).

When the cooking condition data is completely transmitted to the heat cooker 1, the heat cooker 1 notifies of completion of reception (T16).
In the heating cooker 1 , the acquired cooking condition data is temporarily stored in the cooking condition data storage unit 42 . The control device 40 analyzes the cooking condition data transmitted in a fixed format and determines whether or not the permission conditions are satisfied (T17).

When the permission condition is satisfied, the control device 40 treats the cooking condition data temporarily stored in the cooking condition data storage unit 42 as normal cooking condition data.
Also, the display of the standby initial screen 16MH on the central display unit 15 is stopped, and instead, any one of the first specific screen 16M1 to the third specific screen 16M3 is displayed (T17).

Heating cooker 1 transmits a receivable period end signal (SK1B) to portable information display 900 (T18). Similarly, a receivable period end signal (SK1B) is transmitted to the first server 321 (T20). As a result, transmission of cooking condition data from communication terminal 200 and first server 321 is automatically prohibited on portable information display 900 and first server 321 .

The portable information display 900 may operate to automatically cut off the connection after the transfer of the cooking condition data to the heating cooker 1 is completed (T19).

When the user operates the input operation unit 15 of the heat cooker 1 (T21), the heat cooker 1, according to the cooking condition data acquired from the portable information display 900, for example, selects a specific cooking menu in the cooperative cooking mode KM3. Execution is confirmed (T22).

As is clear from FIG. 84, the period from when the standby initial screen 16MH is displayed to when execution of a specific cooking menu (or control menu) in a specific cooking mode is confirmed is the initial standby. period TP.

Also in this seventh embodiment, the start of cooking cannot be commanded by voice input to the portable information display 900 . Even if a voice such as “heating start” is input to the voice input unit 922 , the central processing unit 912 does not generate a command to start the heating operation for the heating cooker 1 . As described above, in the seventh embodiment, even if there is a sound input that may be confused with the user's utterance, the function of the voice input combination mode is provided from the viewpoint of safety so that the heating operation is not started unintentionally by the user. is restricted.

Incidentally, instead of the portable information display device 900, the communication terminal device 200 as described in the first to sixth embodiments may be used.

Summary of Embodiment 7.
As described above, in this Embodiment 7, the heat cooking system relating to the fifth disclosure is disclosed with the following configuration.
That is, in Embodiment 7,
a heating cooker 1 for heating an object to be heated;
a first server 321 capable of communicating with the heating cooker 1;
a second server 322 capable of communicating with the first server 321;
an input operation unit 15 that can communicate with the second server 322 and receives user input;
an information processing terminal (portable information display) 900 having a terminal-side display section 900D that displays information that can be visually recognized by the user;
and
The first server 321 has a function of receiving the operating state data OS of the cooking device 1 from the cooking device 1, and a request A (inquiry data SS) for providing cooking condition data received from the second server 322. Accordingly, it has a function of transmitting display information to be displayed on the terminal side display unit 900D regarding the operation of the heating cooker 1 to the second server 322,
The information processing terminal device (portable information display device) 900 has a function of transmitting command information input to the input operation unit to the second server 322, and a function of transmitting the cooking condition data CD received from the second server 322. and a function of displaying information on the terminal-side display unit 900D,
The second server 322 recognizes the content of the command information received from the information processing terminal (portable information display device) 900, and requests A for providing the cooking condition data CD specified from the content of the command information ( A function of transmitting inquiry data SS) to the first server 321, and a function of transmitting cooking condition data CD received from the first server 321 in response to transmission of the request A to the heating cooker 1 has
The first server 321 indicates from the operating state data OS received from the heating cooker 1 not to transmit the cooking condition data CD to the heating cooker 1 when the heating cooker 1 is not in the receivable period. This is a characteristic configuration.

Therefore, according to this heat cooking system, the first server 321 on the data transmission side can grasp the timing suitable for receiving the cooking condition data CD on the heat cooker 1 side. That is, since the timing when the cooking condition data CD can be provided from the outside can be grasped, the cooking condition data CD can be transmitted at a timing convenient for receiving the data on the heating cooker 1 side. In addition, it is possible to prevent the operation of the heating cooker 1 from being hindered and the user from being misunderstood and confused due to the transmission of the cooking condition data CD at inappropriate timing.

Furthermore, in the information processing terminal device (portable information display device) 900, the information of the cooking condition data CD can be acquired and the content thereof can be confirmed according to the command issued by the input operation such as voice or touch operation. , the convenience of the information processing terminal (portable information display) 900 is improved.

Furthermore, in this Embodiment 7, the heat cooking system regarding 7th disclosure was disclosed by the following structures.
That is, the cooking system according to the seventh disclosure is
a heating cooker 1 for heating an object to be heated;
a first server 321 capable of communicating with the heating cooker 1;
a second server 322 communicable with the first server;
a portable information display device 900 (information processing terminal device 200) that is capable of communicating with the second server and has a display operation unit 225 that accepts input;
and
The first server 321 should inform the information processing terminal device 200 about the operation of the heating cooker 1 in response to the request A (remote operation signal RS, inquiry data SS) received from the second server 322. has a function of transmitting the operation support data GS to the second server 322;
The information processing terminal device 200 has a first function of transmitting command contents input by voice to the second server 322 as voice data VS, and information of the operation support data GS received from the second server 322. A second function of notifying, a third function of designating the cooking condition data to be acquired by the display operation unit 225, food component data of the food subject to the cooking condition data and the cooking condition data (food a fourth function of requesting the provision of component data DD) and a fifth function of requesting the transmission of the cooking condition data to the cooking device 1,
The second server 322 has a function of recognizing the contents of the voice data VS received from the portable information display device 900 and transmitting the request A specified from the contents of the voice data to the first server 321; a function of transmitting the operation support data GS received from the first server 321 in response to the transmission of the request A to the portable information display device 900;
The portable information display device 900 displays the contents of the cooking condition data transmitted from the first server to the heating cooker and the food ingredient data DD on the display unit 900D, and after the display, these data are This configuration is characterized by issuing a command to be provided to the heating cooker 1 in response to a user's command (by the fifth function).

Due to such a configuration, from the outside of the heat cooker 1, the specific cooking condition data, the ingredients of the food to which the cooking conditions are applied, and the nutritional information are provided to the heat cooker 1. be able to.
Therefore, it is possible to improve the convenience of the selection operation of the cooking menu by the user. For example, the user can select an appropriate cooking menu from information on food ingredients and nutritional ingredients according to family health management, dietary restrictions, etc., thereby contributing to improvement of eating habits.

With this system, for example, users can easily check information on food ingredients and nutritional ingredients in advance in response to family health management, dietary restrictions, etc., and can select an appropriate cooking menu. , can contribute to the improvement of eating habits.

Furthermore, in this Embodiment 7, the heat cooking system regarding 8th disclosure was disclosed by the following structures.
That is, the cooking system according to the eighth disclosure is
a heating cooker 1 for heating an object to be heated;
a first server 321 capable of communicating with the heating cooker 1;
a second server 322 capable of communicating with the first server 321;
The information processing terminal device 200 is capable of communicating with the second server 322 and has a display operation unit 225 that accepts input, and an information processing terminal device 200 that has a function of inputting command contents by voice.
The first server 321 has a function of receiving the operating state data OS of the heating cooker 1 from the heating cooker 1, and a request B (remote operation signal RS, inquiry data SS) received from the second server 322. Accordingly, a function of transmitting operation support data GS to be notified by the information processing terminal device 200 regarding the operation of the heating cooker 1 to the second server 322,
In response to the request A received from the second server 322, the first server 321 transmits the operation support data GS to be notified by the information processing terminal device 200 regarding the operation of the heating cooker 1 to the second server 322. 322, and
The information processing terminal device 200 has a first function of transmitting command contents input by voice to the second server 322 as voice data VS, and information of the operation support data GS received from the second server 322. a second function of notifying, a third function of designating cooking condition data to be acquired, and a fourth function of requesting provision of the food component data of the food subject to the cooking condition data and the cooking condition data. and a fifth function of requesting transmission of the cooking condition data to the heating cooker 1,
The first server 321 determines from the operating state data OS received from the cooking device 1 whether or not the cooking condition data CD can be acquired by the cooking device 1. is.

Therefore, according to this heat cooking system, the first server 321 on the data transmission side can grasp the timing suitable for receiving the cooking condition data CD on the heat cooker 1 side. That is, since the timing when the cooking condition data CD can be provided from the outside can be grasped, the cooking condition data CD can be transmitted at a timing convenient for receiving the data on the heating cooker 1 side. In addition, it is possible to prevent the normal operation of the heating cooker 1 from being disturbed, such as reception interference, and from causing misunderstandings and confusion among users.

Furthermore, in the information processing terminal device 200, the information of the operation support data GS can be acquired in response to a command input by voice, and the desired cooking condition data can be obtained, and the food to be cooked for which the cooking condition data is applied. Since food ingredient data can also be acquired, the convenience of the information processing terminal 200 is improved.

Embodiment 8.
85 is a configuration diagram of a cooking system according to Embodiment 8. FIG. FIG. 86 is an explanatory diagram showing, in chronological order, information transfer between the heat cooker constituting the heat cooking system of FIG. 85 and the outside (first server). FIG. 87 is an explanatory diagram showing the transition of the standby initial screen 16MH of the central display section 16M at startup in the heating cooker 1 shown in FIG. 88 is a flow chart showing the operation of the third server used in the cooking system of FIG. 85. FIG. Parts that are the same as or correspond to the configurations of the embodiments described in FIGS. 1 to 76 are denoted by the same reference numerals.

In this eighth embodiment, the configuration of the portable information display device (information processing terminal) 900 shown in the seventh embodiment is changed, and a compact portable voice input/output device (a kind of information processing terminal) 1000 It is characterized by using

The provision of the third server 323 is also different from the first to seventh embodiments.
The third server 323 is connected to the first server 321 via a wired or wireless communication (network) 205 .

The third server 323 has an inventory information storage unit 324 and a food consumption determination unit 325 . The inventory information storage unit 324 stores the "inventory data" SD1 transmitted from the refrigerator 800 via the first server 321 and the network 205, and receives commands from the first server 321 to update the inventory information at any time. Updated. The input/output unit 324A of the third server 323 is omitted from the drawing.

As described in Embodiment 6 (especially FIG. 72), a "integrated information management device" or "integrated power control device" (HEMS controller) or the like in a living space such as a kitchen 601 (not shown) It is also possible to receive a signal from a domestic control device (not shown), check the inventory status at any time, and update the inventory data SD1.

The food consumption determining unit 325 acquires food information (inventory data SD1) from the inventory information storage unit 324 and estimates the amount of food consumed from changes in inventory.
The food consumption determination unit 325 makes a determination each time cooking is performed. The determination is made by inputting the cooking execution data CD9 from the heating cooker 1, and inputting the input data and the variation of the inventory data SD1 acquired from the inventory information storage unit 324, that is, the information representing the change in the amount of ingredients (variation information), and analyze the types and amounts of ingredients actually consumed by machine learning methods. The machine learning method is not particularly limited, and for example, a known machine learning method such as neural network is applied.

For example, when the food ingredient consumption determination unit 325 acquires the data of cooking "hamburger" in the linked cooking mode KM3 from the heating cooker 1, the cooking execution data CD9 on the heating cooker 1 side and the stock in the refrigerator 800 A comparison is made with the change in the amount of ingredients by type from the inventory data SD1. The ingredients that were in the refrigerator 800 before cooking (for example, 300 grams of beef) are confirmed by the inventory management system of the refrigerator 800 (for example, camera video data for inventory confirmation, sensors of the corresponding freezer of the refrigerator 800, etc.) after cooking. If not, it is presumed that the beef was used. In addition, in this judgment, data comparing the general cooking menu and the type of ingredients used is also used.

Further, the heating cooker 1 of the eighth embodiment does not include the audio signal receiving section 56 and the input key 180 for selecting the voice input combined mode as shown in the first embodiment. In other words, the heating cooker 1 itself does not have a function of selecting cooking conditions and menus by voice input.

The voice input/output device 1000, which is one of the features of the eighth embodiment, is slightly different from the smart phone and the portable information display device 900 of the sixth embodiment. For example, it is an input terminal device called a smart speaker or an AI speaker, which is a device that notifies a user of information.

When the user gives a command to the cooking device 1 near the cooking device 1, the voice input/output device 1000 acquires the voice (natural language) uttered by the user near the cooking device 1 as a voice signal. do.

The voice input/output device 1000 has a microphone (not shown) for collecting user's voice and a speaker 1001 for emitting voice.
When the user turns on the voice input/output device 1000, it connects to the second server 322 connected via a network (wireless communication network). The second server 322 has a speech translation function and a search function.

When the voice signal (voice data) VS is transmitted from the voice input/output device 1000, the second server 322 acquires the voice (natural language) uttered by the user as a voice signal, and converts it into a command signal (request B) from the user. , and transmitted to the first server 321 .

Based on the request B from the second server 322 , the first server 321 can finally generate the remote control signal RS for the heat cooker 1 . Also, the cooking requirement data CD acquired from the recipe information providing server 301 can be provided to the heating cooker 1 .

That is, in the eighth embodiment, the recipe data CD is not provided to the heating cooker 1 from the information processing terminal device 200 such as the communication terminal device such as a smartphone or the portable display device 900 (see the seventh embodiment). .

Since the first server 321 stores various remote operation data for the heating cooker 1 in the storage unit 321R, in response to the request B from the second server 322, the necessary operation support data GS1 is sent to the second server 321 as needed. Send to server 322 . Therefore, the second server 322 transmits to the voice input/output device 1000 the operation support data GS2 that can be converted into voice data in correspondence with the operation support data GS1. A user who gives a command by voice can confirm the result of his or her own input by the voice emitted from the voice input/output device 1000, and can receive appropriate guidance for the next input.

Since it is the above basic configuration, even if the user is near the heating cooker 1, the input operation unit 15 of the heating cooker 1 can be used even if the user's hands are occupied during preparation for cooking, processing of ingredients, etc. Even when the frequency of direct touching is limited, the heating cooker 1 can be operated remotely by natural vocalization (voice), which is convenient.

The rest of the configuration of the second server 322 is the same as the configuration of the second server 322 described in Embodiment 7, so redundant description will be omitted.
Also, as described in the sixth embodiment, a command to extract the desired recipe data (cooking condition data CD) from the cooking condition database of the recipe information server 301 is also generated as one of the requests B. It has a function.

As described above, one of the features of the eighth embodiment is that the voice input/output device 1000, like the portable information display device 900 of the seventh embodiment, can transmit the desired recipe data (cooking condition data CD). It is that there is no function to transmit to the heating cooker 1 .

Further, the voice input/output device 1000 can issue commands regarding input operations corresponding to all cooking modes including the cooperative cooking mode KM3 and the combined cooking mode KM2 to the second server 322 . However, in all the cooking modes including the linked cooking mode KM3, the command to start the heating operation is not included. Therefore, the start of the heating operation of the heating cooker 1 cannot be commanded from the voice input/output device 1000 via the first server 321 .

Moreover, command information for various functions that can be set using the function setting keys 151KP of the heating cooker 1 cannot be transmitted from the voice input/output device 1000, nor can the first server 321 generate it.

When the first server 321 receives the "receivable period end signal" (SK1B) as described in Embodiment 6, especially in FIG. , the second server 322 does not transmit the cooking condition data CD to the heating cooker 1 even if there is the request B to transmit the cooking condition data CD.

Next, FIG. 86 will be described.
FIG. 86 illustrates the operation of the control device 40 of the heating cooker 1 in chronological order. FIG. 86 shows the operational steps in both the cooperative cooking mode KM3 and the combined cooking mode KM2.

SA1 to SA9 in FIG. 86 indicate the operation of the control device 40. FIG. Since this FIG. 86 is a diagram corresponding to FIG. 74 of the sixth embodiment, the same parts are given the same reference numerals, and redundant descriptions are omitted.

The control device 40 activates the display unit 16 to display the standby initial screen 16MH (SA3). After a certain preparation time from this point, the control device 40 transmits the “speech input mode” start signal SKSP from the communication section 51 to the first server 321 .

In the eighth embodiment, there is no input key 180 (speech input combined mode selection unit VMC) described in the first embodiment, but the fact that the "speech input mode" start signal SKSP has been transmitted is " first condition”, and then the user operates the input key 153M to select one of the cooking modes (or the “control menu” of the combined cooking mode), as in the case of selecting the cooperative cooking mode KM3. This is defined as a "second condition", and when the first condition and the second condition are met, the receivable period start signal is transmitted (SK1A).

The receivable period start signal (SK1A) is "receiving permission data" that the heat cooker 1 transmits to the outside (first server 321). It can be determined that the device 1 is in a state where it can be acquired.

As is clear from the above description, the “receivable period” is a period during which the cooking condition data CD from the outside (first server 321) can be acquired by the heating cooker 1. Therefore, after transmission SK1A of the start signal, the heating cooker 1 can receive the cooking condition data CD from the outside.
The "receivable period" is a period during which the acquisition of the cooking condition data CD from the first server 321 is permitted. I am not refusing.

Next, FIG. 87 will be described.
The display screen 1 when the main power switch 20 is not turned on and immediately after the main power switch 20 is turned on are the same as those described with reference to FIG.

After the display screen 1 is displayed, it automatically switches to the display screen 2E. At the stage of this display screen 2E, the "initial standby period" TP begins. Reference numeral 175 denotes guidance information in characters regarding acquisition of cooking condition data from the outside.

After switching to the display screen 2E, the display screen is automatically switched to the display screen 2F when several seconds have passed.
In the display screen 2F, 177 is guidance information regarding acquisition of cooking condition data from the outside, similar to the guidance information 175 described above. In the display screen 2E, it is possible to know from the obtainment operation support information 60P that it is necessary to press the cooking mode selection key in order to obtain the cooking condition data.

After switching to the display screen 2E, the screen automatically returns to the display screen 2E when several seconds have passed. After that, the display screen 2E and the display screen 2F are alternately displayed every several seconds.

When the user operates the input key 153M during the period during which the display screens 2E and 2F are being displayed, that is, during the "initial standby period" TP, the cooperative cooking mode KM3 is selected. This corresponds to the stage of step SA4 in FIG.

Also, if the user does not operate the input key 153M but operates the input 154M or 155M, the composite cooking mode KM2 is selected. This corresponds to the stage of step SA4 in FIG.

From the time of step SA4, as described above, the "receivable period" starts, so the cooking condition data CD from the outside (first server 321) can be acquired by the heating cooker 1. FIG.
Accordingly, when the transmission of the cooking condition data CD is received during this receivable period, the display content is changed from the display screen 2F to the display screen 2G.

In the display screen 2G, 176 is a reception operation display section displaying that the cooking condition data CD is being received from the outside, like the reception operation display section 174 (see FIG. 44).

The waiting initial screen 16MH shown in FIG. At that stage, the display screen 2G is automatically switched to the first specific screen 16M1. In addition, in the case of the combined cooking mode KM2, it switches to the second specific screen 16M2.

Next, FIG. 88 will be described. FIG. 88 shows the operation in the third server 323. FIG.
The following description assumes that the cooking in the cooperative cooking mode KM3 has ended in the heating cooker 1 .

After the cooker 1 completes all the cooking processes and before the main power switch 20 is turned off, it automatically transmits the cooking condition data CD9 to the first server 321 ("Cooking data transmission SK15" in FIG. 76). "reference).

Then, this cooking execution data CD9 is transmitted from the first server 321 to the third server 323. FIG. Then, the cooking implementation data is stored in a memory (not shown) as a temporary storage area (step SV30).

In the next step SV31, data analysis, food information analysis, and consumption amount analysis are performed in the following three stages by the operations of the food consumption determination unit 325 and the stock information storage unit 324. FIG.
(1) Analysis of cooking execution data CD9 (2) "Refrigerator inventory status (inventory data SD1)" at the time of receiving start signal (SKS) (see FIG. 86) from heating cooker 1 and current inventory status (3) Estimation of ingredients that are estimated to be used from the comparison with the cooking information included in the cooking implementation data CD9

In the next step SV32, it is determined whether or not there is a change in the stock amount of foodstuffs in refrigerator 800. FIG.
In many cases, the ingredients that were in the refrigerator 800 are usually used after cooking with the control menu such as "microwave" or "thaw meat" in the combined cooking mode KM2 other than the cooperative cooking mode KM3. , it can be seen that the inventory situation has changed (the amount of inventory has decreased).

If the inventory amount has changed (decreased) in step SV32, the determination is "Yes", and the process proceeds to step SV33.
In step SV33, if the decreased amount of food is lower than the preset "minimum standard value", the determination is "Yes", and the process proceeds to step SV34.
For example, if a "minimum standard value" is determined in advance for the amount of meat and frozen food (including frozen rice), it can be seen that the amount has fallen below the "minimum standard value" at the stage of step SV33. .

As for the next SV34, the result of the step SV34 is stored in the inventory information storage unit 324 of the third server 323. FIG.
Then, when it is determined in step SV33 that there is food whose inventory amount has decreased below the "minimum standard value", the name of the food and information on the decreased amount (weight) are transmitted to the first server 321. be.

If "No" is determined in steps SV32 and SV33, the process proceeds to step SV35. At this step SV35, the result of the data analysis at step SV31 is stored in the stock information storage section 324 as the latest data.

The “shopping list” described in step SV34 of FIG. 88 means the “shopping database” set in the cloud server 300 such as the first server 321 or the third server 323 . This shopping list can be freely browsed by the user on the information processing terminal device 900 such as the communication terminal device 200 .

Therefore, when the user goes shopping, the shopping list can be confirmed by the communication terminal device 200 at that time, which is convenient. In the shopping list, the history information of the cooking menus performed in the past may also be displayed in correspondence, and the information from the third server 323 may be used so that the user can view it at any time.

Note that an input key for "shopping candidate" is provided among the input keys 542 and 543 for confirming recommended information as described in the seventh embodiment, especially in FIG. , the latest shopping list can be checked on the communication terminal 200 at any time.
Also, as one piece of real-time information by remote push notification, information on ingredients that have fallen below the "minimum standard value" may be presented to the user.

In addition, the "minimum standard value" was determined for each cooking (at the end of cooking in the heating cooker 1), but the total of three times of cooking at breakfast, lunch, and dinner is 1 A change in daily consumption may be determined and reflected in the shopping list. It would be convenient if the user could arbitrarily set this using the communication terminal device 200 or the like.

In this eighth embodiment, the voice input/output device 1000 can give all input commands to the first server 321 via the second server 322 only by voice, so that the user can operate the heating cooker as described above. Even when the input operation unit 15 of 1 cannot be operated directly, the heating cooker 1 can be remotely operated, which is convenient.

In addition, although this Embodiment 8 does not explain the form using the communication terminal device 200 shown in Embodiment 1 etc., the communication terminal device 200 such as a smart phone may be used together. That is, it is also possible to give the cooking condition data CD to the heating cooker 1 via the communication terminal device 200 .

Further, when the communication terminal device 200 and the heating cooker 1 are set to be automatically connected after the display screen 2E, the cooking condition data of the specific cooking mode is transmitted through the communication. It is transmitted from the terminal device 200 . This can also be set in advance between the first server 321 and the heat cooker 1 .

Summary of Embodiment 8.
As described above, in the eighth embodiment, the heat cooking system related to the ninth disclosure is disclosed with the following configuration.
That is, the heat cooking system shown in Embodiment 8 is
a heating cooker 1 for heating an object to be heated;
a first server 321 capable of communicating with the heating cooker 1;
a second server 322 capable of communicating with the first server 321;
A portable voice input/output device 1000 (a type of information processing terminal device 200) having a display operation unit 925 capable of communicating with the second server 322 and receiving input, and a function of inputting command contents by voice, and
The first server 321 has a function of receiving the operating state data OS of the heating cooker 1 from the heating cooker, and according to a request B (inquiry data SS) received from the second server 322, the heat cooking and a function of transmitting cooking condition data CD for cooking of the cooking device 1 to the cooking device 1,
The portable voice input/output device 1000 transmits the command contents input by voice to the second server 322 as voice data VS, and the cooking condition data CD and the food items to be cooked for which the cooking condition data are to be cooked. It commands transmission of component or nutrient information (food component data DD) to the heating cooker 1,
The second server 322 has a function of recognizing the command content of the voice data VS received from the information processing terminal 200 and transmitting a request B specified from the command content to the first server 321. ,
The first server 321 determines the timing at which the cooking device 1 can acquire the cooking condition data CD from the operating state data OS received from the cooking device 1, and further determines the cooking condition data CD according to the request B. The configuration is characterized in that the data CD and information on the food ingredients or nutrients (food ingredient data DD) are transmitted to the heating cooker 1 .

Therefore, according to this heat cooking system, the first server 321 on the data transmission side can grasp the timing suitable for receiving the cooking condition data CD on the heat cooker 1 side. That is, since the timing when the cooking condition data CD can be provided from the outside can be grasped, the cooking condition data CD can be transmitted at a timing convenient for receiving the data on the heating cooker 1 side. As a result, it is possible to prevent troubles in communication in the operation of the heating cooker 1 side, and to prevent misunderstandings and confusion among users.

Furthermore, since the ingredients of the object to be cooked (food) targeted by the cooking condition data and information on nutritional ingredients (food ingredient data DD) are also provided to the heat cooker 1, the user can The convenience of selection operation of a cooking menu can be improved. For example, the user can select an appropriate cooking menu from information on food ingredients and nutritional ingredients according to family health management, dietary restrictions, etc., and can contribute to improving eating habits.

With this system, for example, users can easily check information on food ingredients and nutritional ingredients in advance in response to family health management, dietary restrictions, etc., and can select an appropriate cooking menu. , can contribute to the improvement of eating habits.

In addition to the above, in this Embodiment 8, the heating cooking system was disclosed in the following form.
That is, one of the heat cooking systems shown in Embodiment 8 is
a heating cooker 1 for heating an object to be heated;
a first server 321 that can communicate with the heating cooker 1;
a second server 322 capable of communicating with the first server 321;
A third server 323 capable of communicating with the first server 321 or a food consumption determination unit 325 provided in the first server 321;
a portable information processing terminal (voice input/output device) 1000 that can communicate with the second server 322, has an input operation unit that accepts user input, and allows the user to input instruction content by voice;
and
The first server 321 has a function of receiving the operating state data OS of the heating cooker 1 from the heating cooker 1, and according to the request B for providing cooking condition data received from the second server 322, the heating a function of transmitting to the second server 322 the operation support data GS1 to be reported by voice from the voice input/output device 1000 regarding the operation of the cooker 1;
The voice input/output device 1000 has a function of transmitting command contents inputted by voice to the second server 322 as voice data VS, and notifying information of operation support data GS2 received from the second server 322 by voice. and
The second server 322 has a function of recognizing the contents of the voice data VS received from the voice input/output device 1000 and transmitting a request B specified from the contents of the voice data VS to the first server 321; a function of transmitting the operation support data GS1 received from the first server 321 in response to the transmission of the request B to the voice input/output device 1000;
The first server 321 or the food consumption determination unit 325 determines the amount of food consumed by the heat cooker 1 in one heat cooking from the operating state data OS received from the heat cooker 1, From the results, the first server 321 transmits the information of the foodstuffs whose stock amount is lower than the "minimum standard value" so that the information processing terminal device 1000 can acquire the information.

Therefore, according to this heat cooking system, by effectively utilizing the cooking execution data CD9 sequentially provided from the heat cooker 1 side, the storage amount of food ingredients (inventory data SD1) stored in the refrigerator 800 or the like is increased. can be determined automatically. As a result, it is possible to reduce the user's burden of arranging foodstuffs and preparing for the next cooking, thereby greatly improving convenience.

Furthermore, by using this eighth embodiment, it can be developed into the following heat cooking system.
i.e.
a server (cloud server 300) capable of providing recipe data CDs relating to specific cooking corresponding to a plurality of nutrient data;
an information processing terminal 200 capable of selecting specific recipe data CDs based on the nutrients from the recipe data CDs held by the server (cloud server 300) and acquiring the data;
The function of the single cooking mode KM1 that can independently heat the food to be cooked in at least two heating places (on the top plate 3 and the heating chamber 6), and the food to be cooked in the two heating places are defined respectively. A heating cooker 1 having a function of a linked cooking mode KM2 that can sequentially heat in the order of
In a cooking system with
The information processing terminal device 200 transmits the recipe data CD downloaded from the server (cloud server 300) to the heating cooker 1,
When cooking is performed using the recipe data CD acquired from the information processing terminal device 200, the cooking device 1 transmits the cooking execution data CD9 to the server (cloud server 300),
The server (cloud server 300) utilizes the food component data DD of the food cooked in the past from the cooking execution data CD9 acquired from the heating cooker 1, and uses the food component data DD of the food cooked in the past to supplement specific nutritional components. It is configured to notify the information processing terminal device 200 of a candidate for subsequent cooking as a recommended menu.
Since it is desirable to cook in a short time, it is preferable to select a combination of two types of cooking menus that can be heated (at the same time) by the two heating units according to a request from the user (using the information processing terminal 200). , is good to provide as recommendations.

That is, the first server 321 can know the type (ingredient) of each cooking object from the cooking execution data CD9 acquired from the heating cooker 1 . On the other hand, since the first server 321, which is a part of the cloud server 300, has a food ingredient database 321P, the unit period (for example, 1 Amount of nutrients per week) can be calculated. From this calculation result, it can be determined that a specific nutritional component (for example, iron) is less than the standard intake.

Embodiment 9.
FIG. 89 is a block diagram 1 showing the main control-related parts of the built-in compound type heating cooker. 90 is a block diagram 2 showing main control-related parts of the heating cooker of FIG. 89. FIG. 91 is a flow chart showing the control operation of the integrated control device in the heating cooker shown in FIG. 89. FIG. Parts that are the same as or correspond to the configurations of the embodiments described in FIGS. 1 to 88 are denoted by the same reference numerals.

The ninth embodiment is characterized in that a steam generator (boiler) 61 (as the third heating means HM3) for injecting superheated steam to the heating chamber 6 is added as the third heating means. is one. That is, there are two types of the third heating means HM3, the steam generator (boiler) 61 and the radiant heat heating means 12. FIG.
Furthermore, one of the features is that the configuration of the control device 40 of the first embodiment is changed.

FIG. 89 will be described.
Reference numeral 70 denotes an integrated control device that centrally controls the entire heating cooker 1, and is composed of a plurality of microcomputers and a storage device 41. FIG.

The first heating means includes a plurality of induction heating coils 9L, 9R, etc., an inverter circuit board 48 (see FIG. 90) that supplies high-frequency power, and an IH control section 44 that controls energization to the inverter circuit board 48. and have.

A heating chamber control unit 45 controls the third heating means HM2, and as shown in FIG. 90, is composed of a first heating chamber control unit 45A and a second heating chamber control unit 45B. It is
The first and second heating chamber controllers 45A and 45B are mainly composed of microcomputers.

The first heating chamber control unit 45A controls energization of the upper radiant heat heating means (upper heater) 12a and the lower radiant heat heating means (lower heater) 12b.
The second heating chamber control section 45B controls energization of the steam generator 61 .

Reference numeral 46 denotes a heating chamber control section for controlling the second heating means HM2, which controls energization of the microwave heating source 47 (see FIG. 90). The microwave heating source also includes, for example, a magnetron (microwave oscillator) 47 and a drive circuit (not shown) that supplies power to the magnetron.

The integrated control device 70 centrally controls the three individual control units such as the IH control unit 44, the heating chamber control unit 45, and the microwave heating control unit 46. FIG.

The integrated control device 70 has a combined cooking mode KM2 in which one cooking is performed by driving the microwave heating source 47 and the radiant heat heating means 12 or the steam generator 61 simultaneously or with a time lag. there is

The integrated control device 70 displays the initial standby screen 16MH immediately after the main power supply is supplied. After that, when the combined cooking mode KM2 is selected by the input operation unit 15, a specific screen ( A second specific screen 16M2 is displayed.

Next, FIG. 90 will be described.
The steam generator 61 is installed near the outside of the heating chamber 6 .
The position and direction in which the steam generator (boiler) 61 blows steam into the heating chamber 6 may be from the side wall surface of the heating chamber 6 as shown in FIG. It is also possible to blow upward from below a tableware made of a material such as the above, or a dedicated saucer 62 .

49 is a temperature detection circuit. The temperature detection circuit 49 receives temperature measurement data from the thermistor sensor 14 that detects the wall surface temperature of the heating chamber 6 and the internal atmosphere temperature, and temperature measurement data from the infrared sensor 13 that detects the temperature of the food to be cooked in a non-contact manner. , and determines the temperature of the heating chamber 6 and the object to be cooked. Note that the temperature detection circuit 49 may be realized by software of a microcomputer that constitutes the integrated control device 70 instead of being configured by an independent circuit.

The integrated control device 70 of the ninth embodiment has a function of a cooperative cooking mode KM3 in which the first heating means and the second heating means are sequentially driven with a pause time determined by user's operation. not However, the function of the cooperative cooking mode KM3 may be provided.

The integrated control device 70 of the ninth embodiment includes a microwave heating source 47 as the second heating means HM2, an upper radiant heat heating means (upper heater) 12a as the third heating means HM3, and a lower radiant heat heating means ( It has a control program that links the two types of heat sources, the lower heater 12b and the steam generator 61 . This function corresponds to the composite cooking mode KM2 described in the first embodiment.

Also in the ninth embodiment, the cooking condition data (recipe data) CD can be obtained from the outside via the communication section 50. FIG.
For example, the user can execute cooking from thawing to heating of frozen food with a single instruction.

That is, when the "thaw" of the composite cooking mode KM2 of the ninth embodiment is selected, first, high-temperature steam is blown out from the steam generator 61 into the heating chamber 6. As shown in FIG.
The high-temperature steam covers the food to be cooked (frozen food), and after that (when the temperature of the food to be cooked is detected by the temperature detection circuit 49), when the temperature exceeds a certain temperature, the microwave automatically It adopts a cooking method that is irradiated.

"Thawing" in the combined cooking mode KM2 of Embodiment 9 is a control pattern as described above, so even frozen food can be thawed in a short period of time. Further, after the thawing progresses, the radiant heat of the radiant heat heating means 12 (upper radiant heat heating means 12a, lower radiant heat heating means 12b) is added, so that the atmosphere inside the heating chamber 113 becomes high temperature, and the food to be cooked is heated. heat cooking (including thawing) is promoted. In addition, it is possible to accelerate the evaporation of the thawed moisture and to bake the food to be cooked. Further, after this, a control pattern may be employed in which microwaves are used to heat continuously or intermittently.

Next, FIG. 91 will be described. FIG. 91 is a flow chart showing the control operation of the integrated control device 70 in the heating cooker 1 shown in FIG.
In FIG. 91, steps SS30 to SS46 are operation steps defined in the heating and cooking control program in the control program of the integrated control device 70. Partially matches what is specified.

In FIG. 91, steps SS30 to SS32 correspond to steps SS3 to SS5 described with reference to FIG. 26 of Embodiment 1, respectively, so redundant description will be omitted.

The "initial standby period" TP described in the first embodiment starts at step SS30 in the ninth embodiment. After that, when the voice input combined mode selection input key 180 is pressed, or when the input key 154M or 155M of the central operation unit 15M of the input operation unit 15 is pressed (step SS32), the combined cooking mode KM2 is selected. That's what it means. At this point, the "receivable period" of the combined cooking mode KM2 is started.

Although not shown in FIG. 91, when the input key 154M or 155M is pressed as described above (step SS32), the (second) specific screen 16M1 is displayed on the central display section 16M.

At the time of step SS32, the cooking condition data (recipe data) obtainable period TB1 (see FIG. 36) of the combined cooking mode KM2 is transmitted from the communication section 51 to the outside.

Step SS33 is a step for determining whether cooking condition data (recipe data) has been received. When there is an information processing terminal device 200 such as a smart phone that has been registered and set in advance, the cooking device 1 may transmit cooking recipe information (cooking condition data) from the information processing terminal device 200 .

If the determination in step SS33 is "No", then in step SS43 it is determined whether or not the input key 156M or 157M has been pressed. When these input keys are pressed, it means that control conditions such as induction heating power and target temperature have been selected. The cooking process of the cooking mode KM2 is started.

If the determination in step SS34 is "No", the elapsed time is measured and managed in step SS44 before returning to step SS33.

This step SS44 is a process corresponding to step SS18 described in FIG. 26 of the first embodiment.
That is, the "elapsed time" circulating through the cycle of steps SS33 to SS43 is measured. For example, when the elapsed time reaches 30 minutes, the integrated control device 70 assumes that the user has forgotten to perform the input operation for some reason or is unable to perform the operation for some reason. open to the public. Also, before the power is turned off, the audio notification unit 50 of the notification unit 90 may emit an alarm sound, or the audio notification unit 50 may call attention by voice. Processing steps such as automatic shutdown of the main power supply are not shown in FIG.

The "elapsed time" may be, for example, the elapsed time from step SS30.
Alternatively, the elapsed time from the time when the input key 154M (or 155M) is operated in step SS32 or the time when the (second) specific screen 16M2 is displayed may be used.

The "elapsed time" (period) managed by step SS18 is the "first restricted period" RT1 as described in the first embodiment.

As described in Embodiment 1, the connection with the external communication device such as the information processing terminal device 200 and the cloud server 300 alternately transmits and receives several times between the cooking device 1 and the external communication device. Receiving is repeated, but they are simplified in FIG. 91 for the sake of simplicity of explanation.

Step SS34 is a step of temporarily storing in a buffer memory (not shown) the data (cooking condition data CD) received by the integrated control device 70 from the outside via the communication section 61 in step SS33.

In the next step SS35, the data acquisition unit 53 checks the data (cooking condition data CD) received from the outside. It is determined whether or not the communication format is pre-agreed, or whether or not the aggregate of data includes a predetermined communication method or data defined by the manufacturer.

As a result of the determination in step SS35, when it is found that the data format is not appropriate, the process proceeds to error processing in step SS41, and the external communication device (information processing terminal 200 or the like) that has transmitted the data (cooking condition data CD) The cloud server 300) is notified that the data is inappropriate. It should be noted that this notification may be omitted, ignored, and no response may be made.

On the other hand, in the heating cooker 1, since the transmitted data (remote control signal from the outside) is inappropriate, the central display unit 16M and the voice notification unit 50 display or make a sound to the effect that the data will not be received. (step SS41).

If the determination in step SS35 is "Yes", the process proceeds to the next step SS36. In step SS36, a processing step that automatically responds is started, and the external communication device (information processing terminal device 200 or cloud server 300) that has transmitted the data (cooking condition data CD) is sent an "appropriate Since it is data, it automatically transmits (responses) to the effect that it has been received in a predetermined data format and notifies it. Note that this reply (response) may request the external communication device to transmit further necessary (cooking condition) setting data.

The steps SS34 to SS36 are not necessarily performed only once. Depending on the communication with the external communication device (the information processing terminal device 200 or the cloud server 300), the data acquisition unit 53 may execute it many times via the communication unit 51. FIG.

The next step SS37 asks the user to "determine whether or not to agree" with the processing of the cooking condition data (remote control data) received from the external communication device (smartphone 200, etc.) through the above steps. .

One of the methods for the user to express his or her intention to the "determination of whether or not to agree" is to touch the input key 158M or 159M according to the guidance of the voice notification unit 61. FIG.
Alternatively, the user may verbally input such as "execute with this recipe".

In step SS37, when input key 158M or 159M is touch-operated, food component display screen 16M1A and nutritional component display screen 16M1B are displayed instead of already displayed first specific screen 16M1. Then, the process automatically proceeds to step SS38.

This step SS37 may be changed after step SS40 in FIG. In that case, since the contents of the cooking condition data CD acquired from the external communication device, especially the identification information 167 and the food ingredient data DD, are displayed on the central display section 16M (second specific screen 16M2), After looking at the information, you can finally decide if you agree with the data.

On the other hand, in step SS37, if the user does not agree with the processing of the cooking condition data (remote control data), the input key 152M should be pressed. As a result, all reception processing up to this stage is canceled (step SS42). In addition, a reception refusal message such as "reception of the transmitted recipe has been canceled" is transmitted to the registered external communication device (the smart phone 200 or the cloud server 300). It should be noted that part of the response processing process of the integrated control device 70 may be changed in advance using the function setting key 151KP so as not to perform the processing of step SS42.

On the other hand, in step SS37, if the user agrees to obtain the data, the process advances to the permission condition determination step (SS38). As described in Embodiment 1, if the peak cut setting (maximum power consumption is selected from four levels of 5700 W, 5000 W, 4800 W and 4000 W) is temporarily set to 4000 W, this permission determination The result is "No".

When step SS38 is "No", the process proceeds to step SS46. As the process of step SS46, for example, the voice notification unit 51 provides guidance such as "The upper limit setting value of electric power is set to a small value, and cooking cannot be done as it is".

When such a guide appears, the function setting mode is entered, and the display of the (second) specific screen 16M2 is automatically changed to the "peak cut setting" screen of the setting of the function setting mode. good.

Further, from the time when step SS38 becomes "No" determination, the heating cooker is controlled by receiving a remote control signal (in this case, including the cooking condition data CD) via an external communication device such as the information processing terminal device 200 or the like. Setting 1 may be prohibited, and the input via the input operation unit 15 may be restricted thereafter. With this restriction, the setting of the heating cooker 1 is directly performed by the user, so the setting is accurate, and the setting can be completed in a shorter time than the setting input for correction through the information processing terminal device 200 such as a smartphone. can be done.

If it is determined in step SS38 that the permission conditions are satisfied, the process proceeds to step SS39. The cooking condition data (remote control data) temporarily stored in the buffer memory are moved to the normal storage area to prepare for the start of cooking.

In the next step SS40, the contents of the cooking condition data CD acquired from the external communication device, especially the identification information 167 are displayed on the central display section 16M (second specific screen 16M1). In addition, the voice notification unit 50 notifies the fact of reception and the completion of preparations to start cooking, for example, "Recipe of XX has been received and preparations to start cooking have been completed."

By the way, in this first embodiment, the function corresponding to the range from steps SS33 to SS40 in FIG. 91 is one of the optional functions that can be set with the function setting key 151KP. However, in the ninth embodiment, the functions corresponding to steps SS33 to SS40 are basic functions of integrated control device 70, not optional functions that can be set with function setting key 151KP. This is the major functional difference between the control device 40 of the first embodiment and the integrated control device 70 of the ninth embodiment.

Also in the ninth embodiment, when the input key 180 is operated, the "voice input combined mode" VM using the voice signal receiving unit 56 is added to the "touch input mode" TM using the input key 153M or the like. The input mode is maintained until one cooking is completed.

That is, when the "voice input combined mode" VM is selected, the "voice input combined mode" continues together with the "touch input mode" until one cooking menu is finished. There is no switching to the "voice input combined mode" VM alone in the middle of the process, nor switching to only the touch input mode "TM" (in the middle of the cooking process).
Therefore, there is no possibility of causing unnecessary confusion in the user's operation.

If it is desired to cancel the combined voice input mode, the user presses the input key 180 in the middle of the process. The voice input combined mode is canceled from the stage of pressing. After that, when the input key 180 is pressed once again, the voice input combined mode VM is set again.

Summary of the ninth embodiment.
As is clear from the above description, in the ninth embodiment, the heating cooker 1 relating to the tenth disclosure is disclosed in the following form.
That is, the heating cooker 1 according to the tenth disclosure is
a microwave heating source 47 that heats the food contained in the heating chamber 6 with microwaves;
a radiant heat heating means 12 or a steam generator 61 that heats the food with a heating principle different from that of the microwave heating source 47;
an input operation unit 15;
a notification unit 90 having a display unit 16;
and an integrated control device 70,
The integrated control device 70 has a composite cooking mode KM2 in which one cooking is performed by driving the microwave heating source 47 and the radiant heat heating means 12 or the steam generator 61 simultaneously or with a time difference,
When the integrated control device 70 receives a command 1 for selecting a cooking menu (for example, "frozen grilled XX") of the composite cooking mode KM2 from the input operation unit 15 (input keys 154M, 155M), the composite Displaying a (second) specific screen 16M2 on the display unit 16 for executing the cooking mode KM2,
When the integrated control device 70 receives a command 2 (see step SS40 in FIG. 91) from the input operation unit 15 while the specific screen 16M2 is being displayed, the integrated control device 70 selects a specific cooking mode that can be executed in the combined cooking mode KM2. The display unit 16 is configured to display at least one of information on food components or nutritional components related to the cooked food (frozen food).

With such a configuration, when a specific cooking menu (for example, “Frozen XX”) is selected in the composite cooking mode KM2, information on the ingredients and nutrients of the cooked food related to the cooking menu can be easily known. can be obtained. Therefore, it is possible to improve the convenience of the selection operation of the cooking menu by the user. For example, the user can select an appropriate cooking menu from information on food ingredients and nutritional ingredients according to family health management, dietary restrictions, etc., and can contribute to improving eating habits.

Furthermore, even if the integrated control device 70 does not receive a special command from the input operation unit 15 while the specific screen 16M2 is being displayed, the integrated control device 70 can select a specific food (frozen food) that can be executed in the combined cooking mode KM2. The display unit 16 automatically displays at least one of information on food components or nutritional components (step SS40 in FIG. 91).

Further, when receiving the cooking condition data within the first restricted period RT1, the integrated control device 70 displays the food component data DD for the specific cooking targeted by the cooking condition data ( Step SS40 in FIG. 91), it was configured to shift to a state of waiting for a heating operation command from the input operation section 15 (the input key 151M or the voice signal receiving section 56).

With this configuration, it is possible to prevent the user from forgetting to perform an input operation, and complete the operation within a certain period of time.

When the integrated control device 70 receives a command from the input operation unit 15 while the (second) specific screen 16M2 is being displayed, the integrated control device 70 permits reception of the cooking condition data (see FIG. 91). Step SS37), after this, the food component data DD is automatically displayed (step SS40 in FIG. 91), but before the timing of permitting reception of the cooking condition data (step SS37 in FIG. 91). Moreover, when another instruction is received from the input operation section 15 (the input key 158M or 159M or the voice signal receiving section 56), the food ingredient data DD may be displayed.
According to this, since the heating can be started without going through the process of displaying the food component data DD before the start of cooking, it is convenient when the cooking is to be started in a hurry.

Furthermore, as disclosed in FIG. 91, the heating cooker 1 of Embodiment 9 has the following features.
(1) Receipt of data from the outside within the "first restriction period" RT1 from when the standby initial screen 16MH is displayed or when one of the input keys 180 or 153M is operated. (Step SS33) Or, if the setting (step SS43) of the control conditions (heating power, temperature, etc., but not limited to these) by touch input (including press type input) is not performed, the power is automatically turned off. and alarm processing (see step SS44). As a result, it is possible to call attention when the user forgets to input. In addition, since it is possible to prevent a situation in which an unintentional standby state occurs for a long time, it is possible to eliminate concerns about safety and the like.

(2) Display of food ingredients or food nutritional ingredient data is automatically performed before the start of the heating operation (step SS40).

(3) The data acquisition unit 53 checks the data (cooking condition data CD) received from the outside, and when it is found that the data format is not proper, the process proceeds to error processing (step SS41).

(4) If the data format is not appropriate, notify the external communication device (information processing terminal 200 or cloud server 300) that has transmitted the data (cooking condition data CD) that the data is inappropriate. (step SS41). As a result, the smartphone or the like on the transmitting side can recognize the inadequacy of the data, and can avoid misunderstandings and confusion about the fact that the heating cooker 1 does not operate.

Incidentally, when the cooking condition data CD is acquired via the communication unit 50, as shown in FIGS. Instead of displaying , the user's understanding will be further deepened if the main ingredients are clearly displayed, such as "roasted frozen XX meat".

Further, with respect to the control menu identification information 160, food ingredients and nutritional ingredients, a dedicated food ingredient display screen 16M1A as described in Embodiment 1, a dedicated nutritional ingredient display screen 16M1B showing nutritional ingredients, may be switched and displayed so that the user can easily and clearly identify each piece of information.

Furthermore, in the ninth embodiment, the first heating means HM1 for heating and cooking outside the heating chamber 6 is provided. The integrated control device 70 may have the function of the cooperative cooking mode KM3 that is driven in cooperation with the heating means HM2.

In that case, the integrated control device 70 can acquire the cooking condition data CD when the acquisition condition is satisfied during the initial standby period TP immediately after the main power switch 20 is turned on. A configuration that performs the following operations (1) to (3) is desirable.
(1) First, display the common screen (initial screen during standby) 16 MH on the display unit 16 .
(2) Within the first restricted period RT1, which is measured from the time of display of this common screen (initial screen during standby) 16MH, an instruction operation from the user to select the cooperative cooking menu KM3 and the cooking condition data are changed. It is determined that the "permission condition" is satisfied only when two command actions from the user commanding acquisition are performed.
(3) Permit the acquisition of the cooking condition data when it is determined that the "permission condition" is satisfied. Then, the display unit 16 is caused to display whether or not the cooking condition data is acquired, or to be notified by voice.

According to this configuration, the integrated control device 70 can confirm the intention of the user when acquiring the cooking condition data from the outside, and can prevent the unintended acquisition of the cooking condition data by the user.
Therefore, it is possible to prevent misunderstandings and erroneous operations by the user, particularly in the initial stages of cooking, and as a result, it is expected that the operability for the user will be improved.

Other embodiment.
In order to explain each component of the circuits, parts, and devices that make up the cooking device 1 and the communication terminal device 200, the cooking condition data 1 and the cooking condition data 2 have been described separately. They may be the same data. For example, one cooking condition data 1 (eg, hamburger recipe data) held from the beginning in the heating cooker 1 and the cooking condition data 2 (eg, hamburger recipe data) acquired from the outside via the communication unit 51 ) may have the same content.

In addition, the communication processing terminal device 200 such as a smartphone or a tablet terminal device (small portable personal computer) does not necessarily need to provide the cooking condition data 2 acquired from the cloud server 300 to the heating cooker 1, and information processing The cooking condition data 2 may be generated and held by the terminal device 200 itself.

Further, in the composite cooking mode KM2 of each embodiment described so far, when the composite cooking mode KM2 is selected, a control menu (for example, a heating operation pattern of "thaw") is basically selected, and a specific It was not intended to select the cooking condition data assuming the food to be cooked. However, the user uses the cloud server 300 to select one cooking condition data of the combined cooking mode KM2 that can be applied to the heating cooker 1, and sends it to the information processing terminal 200 (900) such as a communication terminal. It is also possible to use it and let the heating cooker 1 acquire it. This is the same for the single cooking mode KM1.

In the above description, for the sake of simplicity, expressions such as "cooking condition data 1" and "cooking condition data 2" were used, but this means that the contents of the two cooking condition data are different from each other. There are two meanings: the case and the meaning of being the same, and it should not be interpreted that the data are different due to the difference in the sign (1, 2, etc.).

Each circuit, part, and each component of the apparatus illustrated in the above-described first to ninth embodiments are functionally conceptual, and may not necessarily be physically configured as illustrated. Furthermore, especially the control device 40, the heating control section 43, the first heating means HM1, the second heating means HM2, the third heating means HM3, and the storage device 41 are arranged so that the functions of these devices and circuits can be distributed and integrated. The specific form is not limited to the one shown in the figure, and all or part of it can be functionally or physically distributed and integrated in arbitrary units according to functions and operating conditions. can.

Each function of the control device 40 and the heating control section 43 is implemented by a processing circuit. A processing circuit that implements each function may be dedicated hardware, or may be a processor that executes a program stored in a memory.

When the processing circuit is a processor, each function of the control device 40 and the heating control section 43 is implemented by software, firmware, or a combination of software and firmware. Software and firmware are written as programs and stored in the storage device 41, which is a memory. The processor implements each function of the control device 40 and the heating control section 43 by reading and executing the programs stored in the storage device 41 .

These programs cause the microcomputer to execute control procedures of the control device 40 and the heating control section 43 . Note that the storage device 41 is typically non-volatile or volatile semiconductor memory such as RAM, ROM, flash memory, EPROM, and EEPROM.

Furthermore, part of the data and programs in the cooking condition data storage unit 41 shown in FIG. In this case, the heating cooker 1 acquires necessary data and program information by accessing an external recording medium (storage server).

Furthermore, the operation programs of the control device 40, the first heating means HM1, the second heating means HM2, and the third heating means HM3 can be changed as desired by the user or by the manufacturer of the cooker 1. It may be possible to update to a corrected/improved one. In this case, for example, the correction/improvement program may be obtained through the communication unit 51 .

One heating portion (IH coils 9L, 9M, 9R) of the first heating means HM1 for cooking on the top plate 3 may be changed to a gas combustion burner. In this case, the gas flow rate valve is configured to be controlled by the controller.
Also, part or all of the second heating means HM2 or the third heating means HM3 may be replaced with a gas combustion burner or an induction heating source.

In the first to ninth embodiments, the input operation unit 15 is a “contact input” operation unit in which the user touches an input key to issue an input command. A "non-contact input" operation unit that detects and inputs the input may also be used.

Furthermore, the input operation unit 15 may be changed to a voice input method in which the user's voice is recognized and input. In the case of the voice input method, a microphone or a voice receiving section for receiving the user's voice and converting it into a voice recognition signal corresponds to the input operation section.
Alternatively, a mechanical switch such as a contact type switch or a pressure type switch may be used in combination with the voice input method.

Furthermore, the input operation unit 15 may give commands to the heating cooker 1 via an input terminal device having a voice input function such as a smart speaker or an AI speaker (see Embodiment 8).

In the first to ninth embodiments, the nutritional component data DD is displayed on the central display section 16M, but it is displayed on the display screens at other positions (for example, the right display section 16R and the display screens of various cooking menus). It may be displayed on the right heating power display section 17R).

In addition, in Embodiment 1 (FIG. 19), two types of main food ingredients and nutritional ingredients are displayed on the food ingredient display screen 16M1A and the nutritional ingredient display screen 16M1B. may be displayed collectively (one screen).

Further, the nutritional components and food components to be displayed may be limited to specific nutritional components by the user pressing the function setting key 151KP to enter the function setting mode. Further, the input key 180 may be pressed to switch to the voice input combination mode and input by voice to narrow down the range to specific nutritional components and food components.

Furthermore, at the stage when all the heat cooking processes are completed, or during the heating pause periods P3 and P5 (see FIG. 32) of the linked cooking mode KM3, the food component display screen 16M1A and the nutritional components are automatically displayed according to user instructions. Either or both of the display screens 16M1B may be displayed.

The smart speaker and the AI speaker, such as the cloud server 300, between a support server equipped with a voice translation function and a search function in the network environment, at any time exchange information by wireless communication, and the heating cooker The voice (natural language) uttered by the user near 1 is acquired as a voice signal, converted into a command signal from the user by the support server, and finally a command signal for the heating cooker 1 can be generated. can. Therefore, even if the user is near the heating cooker 1, the frequency of directly touching the input operation unit 15 is limited due to the fact that both hands are occupied during preparation for cooking, processing of ingredients, etc. , the heating cooker 1 can be operated with natural utterance (voice), which is convenient.

In the first to ninth embodiments, the input operation unit 15 is used as means for selecting various control menus and control conditions displayed on the first specific screen 16M1, the second specific screen 16M2 and the third specific screen 16M3. , may be provided in the display screens of the central display section 16M and the left and right display sections 16L and 16R, which are display means.

For example, in Japanese Patent No. 5833699, which proposes compound cooking, a display screen of compound cooking is displayed, the name of the menu of compound cooking is displayed in the display screen, and the menu selection part is displayed by the user. A technique of selecting a menu by touching it directly with a finger has been proposed.

Therefore, the menu of cooking possible in the combined cooking mode KM2 or the cooperative cooking mode KM3, the name of the cooking object (one type of identification information), etc. are displayed on the first specific screen 16M1 or the second specific screen 16M2. The user may directly touch the display portion (also referred to as “icon” portion) with a finger to select the menu or the like of the cooperative cooking mode.

In the first embodiment, the communication unit 51 receives command signals and recipe data (cooking condition data) transmitted from the outside of the heating cooker 1, and receives operation signals and commands from the heating cooker 1. Although the signal is transmitted to the outside, information indicating the progress such as the start and end of the cooking process 1 and the cooking process 2 may be transmitted each time (see Embodiments 3 and 5). The user can know the progress information through the information processing terminal device 200 or the like, which improves convenience.

In addition to the cooker 1, a home gateway having a function of receiving data on the search result of the inventory of the refrigerator 800 is arranged as an information management device, and wireless communication is provided between the cooker 1 and the refrigerator 800. The stock information of the refrigerator may be acquired on the heating cooker 1 side and used for cooking by connecting through a communication (LAN) or a network 206 (see FIG. 69).

It should be considered that the embodiments disclosed this time are illustrative in all respects and not restrictive. The substantial scope of the present invention is indicated by the scope of claims rather than the above description, and is intended to include all modifications within the scope and meaning of equivalents of the scope of claims.

The heating cooker according to the present disclosure can be widely used not only in the kitchens of general houses, but also in the kitchens of public facilities, shops, and the like.

1 heating cooker 2 main body 3 top plate 4 heating port 4L left heating port 4C central heating port 4R right heating port 5 exhaust port cover 6 heating chamber 7 door 8 handle 9C central IH coil 9L left IH coil 9R right IH coil 10 open/close detection Part 11 Microwave oscillation part (magnetron)
12 Radiant heat heating means 12a Upper radiant heat heating means 12b Lower radiant heat heating means 13 Infrared sensor 14 Thermistor sensor 15 Input operation unit 15L Left operation unit 15M Central operation unit 15R Right operation unit 16 Display unit 16F Progress mark 16L Left display unit 16M Center display Part 16M1 First specific screen 16M1A Food component display screen 16M1B Nutrient component display screen 16M2 Second specific screen 16M3 Third specific screen 16MA Guidance screen 16MH Common screen (initial screen during standby)
16MM Receiving operation display screen 16R Right display 17 Thermal power display 17L Left thermal power display 17M Central heating status display 17R Right thermal power display 20 Main power switch 20A Main power switch operation button (key)
21 Light-emitting portion 21L Light-emitting portion 21M Light-emitting portion 21R Light-emitting portion 22 First display area 23 Second display area 24 Third display area 30 Temperature sensor group 30A Temperature sensor 40 Control device 41 Display data storage unit 42 Cooking condition data storage unit 43 Heating Control unit 44 IH control unit 45 Heating chamber control unit 46 Microwave heating control unit 47 Microwave heating source 48 Inverter circuit board 49 Temperature detection circuit 50 Voice notification unit 51 Communication unit (wireless communication module)
53 Data acquisition unit 54 Permission condition determination unit 55 Restriction unit 56 Audio signal reception unit 57 Power supply circuit 58 Audio signal analysis unit 59 Human detection sensor 60A Display text 60B Two-dimensional information (two-dimensional code)
60C Description of two-dimensional information 60E Caution display 60H Recommendation 60N Common information during standby 60P Obtained operation support information 61 Steam generator (fourth heating means HM4)
62 saucer 70 integrated control device 90 notification unit 140 function setting input keys 151L to 155L input keys 151M to 159M input keys 151R to 155R input keys 160 control menu identification information 161 control menu identification information 162 control menu identification information 163 heating source display unit 164 Reference information 165 Additional information 166 Additional information 167 Identification information 168 Identification information 169 Identification information 170 Operation support information 171L Heating unit identification unit 171R Heating unit identification unit 172 Process information 173 External recipe identification unit 174 Reception operation display unit 175 Guidance information 176 Reception Operation display unit 177 Guidance information 180 Input key (Voice input combined mode selection unit VMC)
200 communication terminal (smartphone) (information processing terminal)
201 network 202 network 203 network 204 network 205 network 206 network 210 transmitter/receiver 211 communication controller 212 central processing unit (CPU)
213 ROM/RAM
214 speaker 215 touch operation unit 216 terminal side display unit (terminal side display screen)
217 heating cooker database 218 posture detection unit 219 remote operation information generation unit 220 storage unit 221 NFC input/output unit 222 voice input unit 223 notification data 224 remote control data 225 display operation unit 226 food component/nutrient component data 230 cooking conditions Data acquisition unit 231 Cooking condition data transmission unit 232 Terminal side recipe selection unit 233 Food component data acquisition unit 300 Cloud server 301 Recipe information providing server 302 Recipe database 310 Microwave light emitting element (LED)
311 Light emitting element (LED) for grill
312 Oven Light Emitting Device (LED)
313 Central IH light emitting element (LED)
314 High temperature warning light emitting element (LED) group 314a Heating chamber high temperature warning light emitting element (LED)
314b IH high temperature warning light emitting element (LED)
321 first server 321A input/output unit (input/output interface unit)
321C control unit 322P food ingredient database 321R storage unit 322 second server 322A input/output unit (input/output interface unit)
322C control unit 322R storage unit 323 third server 324 inventory information storage unit 325 ingredient consumption determination unit 326 food component information server 340 wireless router (access point)
481 Menu display section 482 Menu selection display section 483 Heating source selection display section 484 Control menu selection display section 485 Linked cooking menu display section 486 Preparation information display section 487 Linked cooking menu name display section 488 Control menu display section (icons)
489 Preheat” control menu display (icon)
490 Caution information display section 491L Input key (icon)
491M Input key (icon)
491R Input key (icon)
492 Input key (icon)
493 Input key (icon)
494 Input key (icon)
495 Input key (icon)
496 Input key (icon)
497A induction heating source selector (icon)
497B induction heating source selector (icon)
497C microwave heating source selector (icon)
498 Microwave grill heating source selection part (icon)
499 Linked cooking mode selection part (icon)
500 RG control menu selection unit (icon)
501 mark (icon)
502 Screen switching mark 503 Screen switching mark 504 Name display part (icon) of RG control menu
505 RG control menu temperature display (icon)
506 Reference image display section 507A Auxiliary information display section 507B Auxiliary information display section 509 Preparation work reference image 510 Preparation work reference image 511 Alert information 512 Auxiliary information 513 Process information display section 514 Cooking process information display section 515 Recommended menu display section 516 Supplementary information of recommended menu 517 Supplementary information of recommended menu 518 Cooking reference image of recommended menu 519 Candidate switching mark (icon)
520 Candidate switching mark (icon)
521 Send key display (icon)
522 Stop key display (icon)
523 Detailed display indicator (icon)
525-527 Display part 530-532 Guidance text 533-535 Explanation text 600 Kitchen furniture 601 Kitchen 800 Refrigerator (refrigerator-freezer)
900 portable information display (information processing terminal)
933 Food component data acquisition unit 1000 Voice input/output device (information processing terminal)
CD1 to CD8 Cooking condition data CD9 Cooking execution data DD Food component information OS Operating state data RT1 First time limit (first time limit)
RT2 second time limit (second time limit)
SD1 Inventory data TB Obtainable period TB1 Cooking condition data obtainable period TB2 Acquired cooking condition data cancelable period TB3 Acquired cooking condition data changeable period TMC Touch input mode selection section VMC Voice input combined mode selection section.

Claims (62)

a first heating means for heating an object to be heated;
a second heating means for heating the food to be cooked in the closed space;
an input operation unit;
a notification unit having a display unit;
a controller;
The control device has a cooperative cooking mode in which one cooking is performed by driving the first heating means and the second heating means with a time difference,
When receiving a command 1 for selecting a cooking menu in the cooperative cooking mode from the input operation unit, the control device displays a first specific screen for executing the cooperative cooking mode on the display unit,
When the control device receives a command 2 from the input operation unit while the first specific screen is displayed, at least A combined heating cooker, wherein either information is displayed on the display unit. a first heating means for heating an object to be heated;
a second heating means for heating the food to be cooked in a closed space;
an input operation unit;
a notification unit having a display unit;
a controller;
The control device has a cooperative cooking mode in which one cooking is performed by driving the first heating means and the second heating means with a time difference,
The input operation unit has an audio signal receiving unit that serves as audio input means and input keys that serve as touch input means,
When the control device receives a command 1 for selecting the cooperative cooking mode from either the voice input means or the touch input means, the control device executes the cooperative cooking mode when a permission condition is satisfied. displaying a first specific screen on the display unit for
When the control device receives a command 2 from either the audio signal receiving unit or the input key while the first specific screen is displayed, the control device relates to specific cooking that can be executed in the cooperative cooking mode. A composite heating cooker, wherein information on at least one of food ingredients and nutritional ingredients is displayed on the display section. a first heating means for heating an object to be heated;
a second heating means for heating the food to be cooked in a closed space;
an input operation unit;
a notification unit having a display unit;
a communication unit that receives, from the outside, cooking condition data for performing heat cooking;
a controller;
The control device has a cooperative cooking mode in which one cooking is performed by driving the first heating means and the second heating means with a time difference,
The input operation unit has an audio signal receiving unit serving as audio input means and a touch input unit,
The control device has a heating control section that controls a heating operation corresponding to the linked cooking mode, and a data acquisition section that acquires the cooking condition data via the communication section with respect to a specific food to be cooked. ,
The control device enables the data acquisition unit to acquire the cooking condition data when the acquisition conditions are satisfied during the initial standby period,
When the control device receives a command 1 for selecting the cooperative cooking mode from either the voice input means or the touch input unit, the control device selects the specific cooperative cooking mode when the permission condition is satisfied. displaying a cooking menu on the display unit as a first specific screen;
When the control device receives a command 2 from either the voice input means or the touch input unit while the first specific screen is being displayed, displaying at least one of the information on the display unit;
The combined heating cooker, wherein the control device satisfies the acquisition condition when the voice input means and the touch input unit are operated within a first limited period. 4. The composite heating cooker according to claim 2, wherein said input operation unit is provided with a selection key for selecting a combined voice input mode using said voice input means. The input operation unit includes a selection key for selecting a voice input combined mode using the voice input means,
4. The compound heating according to claim 3, wherein the acquisition condition is satisfied when the selection key and the input key A of the touch input unit are operated within the first time limit. Cooking device. The input operation unit has an input key B that issues the command 2 when operated,
4. The composite heating cooker according to claim 2, wherein said input key B also serves as an input key for selecting a control condition. 7. The combined heating cooker according to claim 6, wherein, in the initial standby period, the notification unit displays an initial screen during standby displaying that the input function of the input operation unit is enabled. . 6. The complex according to claim 5, wherein said control device is capable of acquiring said cooking condition data when said selection key is operated first and then said input key A is operated. type heating cooker. 6. The complex according to claim 5, wherein the control device is capable of acquiring the cooking condition data when the input key A is operated first and then the selection key is operated. type heating cooker. When the selection key and the input key A are not selected within the first time limit, the control device cuts off the main power supply or commands the alarm operation by the notification unit. 6. The composite heating cooker according to claim 5, wherein at least one of the following is performed. The second heating means has a plurality of heat sources with different heating principles,
The control device has a single cooking mode in which the first heating means and the second heating means are driven independently, and a combined cooking mode in which the plurality of heat sources are driven simultaneously or automatically with a time difference. a mode, and
The input operation unit includes a first input key for selecting the linked cooking mode, a second input key for selecting the combined cooking mode, a third input key for selecting the single cooking mode, and the single cooking mode. , a start key for commanding the start of cooking in each of the combined cooking mode and the linked cooking mode; a fourth input key for adjusting control conditions for cooking in each of the combined cooking mode and the linked cooking mode; has
The compound heating cooker according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein said fourth input key also serves as means for issuing said command 2. The control device displays a standby initial screen as the display screen during an initial standby period immediately after the main power is turned on,
At least one of acquisition operation support information related to acquisition of the cooking condition data and standby common information common to the first heating means and the second heating means is displayed on the standby initial screen. The composite heating cooker according to any one of claims 1 to 3, characterized in that it displays. further comprising a occupancy sensor that provides a occupancy signal to the controller;
13. The combined cooking method according to claim 12, wherein the controller enables the input function of the input operation unit during the initial standby period when the human sensor detects a human. vessel. When the control device acquires the cooking condition data via the communication unit, the control device acquires the cooking condition data again from the communication unit until the cooking process of the cooking menu to which the cooking condition data is applied is completed. The composite heating cooker according to claim 3, which limits the The data acquisition unit can acquire new cooking condition data when the input operation unit cancels the heat cooking based on the acquired cooking condition data before the cooking process is started. The composite heating cooker according to claim 14. The input operation unit further has a function setting key,
The control device shifts to a function setting mode when the function setting key is operated,
The combined heating cooker according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein the function setting mode can set whether or not the food component or the nutritional component is to be displayed on the display unit or a condition. . The input operation unit further has a function setting key,
The control device shifts to a function setting mode when the function setting key is operated,
The function setting mode can set the necessity or conditions of display of the food component or the nutritional component on the display unit,
The control device is configured to acquire remote control signal information from the outside via the communication unit,
4. The combined heating cooker according to claim 3, wherein the control device does not start the heating and cooking operations of the first heating means and the second heating means by obtaining the remote control signal. further has a communication unit that receives from the outside the cooking condition data for executing heat cooking,
The input operation unit further has a function setting key,
The control device has a heating control section that controls a heating operation corresponding to the linked cooking mode, and a data acquisition section that acquires the cooking condition data via the communication section with respect to a specific food to be cooked. ,
The control device shifts to a function setting mode when the function setting key is operated,
The function setting mode can set whether or not to display the food component or the nutritional component on the display unit or conditions,
The control device is configured to determine information of a remote control signal received from the outside through the communication unit,
3. The composite type according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the control device does not start the cooking operation of the first heating means and the second heating means according to the remote control signal. heating cooker. a heating cooker for heating an object to be heated;
an information processing terminal capable of communicating with the heating cooker and having a terminal-side operation unit for accepting user input and a terminal-side display unit;
a cloud server connected to the information processing terminal via a network by wireless communication;
and
The cloud server has a function of transmitting cooking condition data for the heating cooker and display information to be displayed on the terminal-side display unit in response to a request from the information processing terminal. ,
The information processing terminal has a function of transmitting command information input to the terminal-side operation unit to the cloud server, and a function of displaying information of the cooking condition data received from the cloud server on the terminal-side display unit. and
The information processing terminal has a function of narrowing down the food ingredients or nutritional ingredients of the cooking menu that is the target of the cooking condition data for the specific cooking menu to be transmitted to the heating cooker from the database held,
The information processing terminal has a function of transmitting the cooking condition data and information indicating food ingredients or nutritional ingredients for cooking to be the object of the data 2 to the heating cooker. A cooking system characterized by The heating cooker has a first heating means for heating the object to be heated at a first location and a second heating means for heating and cooking in a heating chamber isolated from the first location,
20. The cooking system according to claim 19, wherein the cooking device has a cooperative cooking mode in which the first heating means and the second heating means are sequentially driven for cooking. . 21. After the user selects cooking in the cooperative cooking mode, the heating cooker automatically transmits data indicating a first reception waiting period start signal to the cloud server. A cooking system as described. After the user selects cooking in the cooperative cooking mode, the heating cooker automatically transmits data indicating a first receivable period start signal to the cloud server, and the cooking process in the cooperative cooking mode is performed. 21. The cooking system according to claim 20, wherein at the end stage, data indicating the second receivable period start signal is automatically transmitted to the cloud server. 23. The cooking system according to any one of claims 19 to 22, characterized in that said cooking device has two input functions, a combined voice input mode and a touch input mode. The heating cooker has a notification unit that starts after the main power switch is turned on,
The notification unit displays an initial standby screen before the start of the cooking process,
The heating cooker has a function of transmitting to the cloud server a receivable period start signal according to the user's selection of a cooking mode after displaying the standby initial screen. The cooking system according to any one of claims 19 to 22. The cloud server has a first server that performs wireless communication with the cooking device,
When the first server receives the receivable period end signal as one of the operating state data transmitted to the outside during operation of the heating cooker, the first server transmits cooking condition data for the heating cooker to 23. The cooking system according to any one of claims 19 to 22, wherein the information is not transmitted to the cooking device or the information processing terminal. The heating cooker has a function that, when the cooking condition data is acquired from the outside, the acquisition of new cooking condition data is restricted until the cooking process of the cooking menu to which the cooking condition data is applied is completed. 26. The cooking system according to claim 25, comprising: a heating cooker for heating an object to be heated;
a first server communicable with the heating cooker;
a second server communicable with the first server;
an information processing terminal capable of communicating with the second server and having a terminal-side operation unit and a terminal-side display unit;
and
The first server has a function of receiving operating state data of the heating cooker from the heating cooker, and in response to a request A for providing cooking condition data received from the second server, regarding the operation of the heating cooker a function of transmitting display information to be displayed on the terminal-side display unit to the second server;
The information processing terminal has a function of transmitting command information input to the terminal-side operation unit to the second server, and displaying information of cooking condition data received from the second server on the terminal-side display unit. and
The second server has a function of recognizing the contents of the command information received from the information processing terminal, transmitting the request A specified from the contents of the command information to the first server, and transmitting the request A. and a function of transmitting the cooking condition data received from the first server in response to the cooking device,
The first server does not transmit the cooking condition data to the heating cooker when the operating state data received from the heating cooker is not a receivable period for the heating cooker. system. The heating cooker has a first heating means for heating the object to be heated at a first location and a second heating means for heating and cooking in a heating chamber isolated from the first location,
28. The cooking system according to claim 27, wherein the cooking device has a cooperative cooking mode in which the first heating means and the second heating means are sequentially driven for cooking. . 28. After the user selects cooking in the cooperative cooking mode, the heating cooker automatically transmits data indicating a first receivable period start signal to the first server. The heating and cooking system described in . After the user selects cooking in the cooperative cooking mode, the heating cooker automatically transmits data indicating a first receivable period start signal to the first server, and performs the cooking process in the cooperative cooking mode. 29. The cooking system according to claim 28, wherein data indicating a second receivable period start signal is automatically transmitted to the first server at the stage where is completed. 31. The cooking system according to any one of claims 27 to 30, wherein the cooking device has two input functions, a combined voice input mode and a touch input mode. The heating cooker has a notification unit that starts after the main power switch is turned on,
The notification unit displays an initial standby screen before the start of the cooking process,
The heating cooker has a function of transmitting to the first server a receivable period start signal according to the user's selection of a cooking mode after displaying the standby initial screen. The heat cooking system according to any one of claims 27 to 30. The first server is characterized by not transmitting operation support data for the information processing terminal to the second server when information of the receivable period end signal is received as one of the operating state data. 33. The cooking system according to claim 32. The heating cooker has a function that, when the cooking condition data is acquired from the outside, the acquisition of new cooking condition data is restricted until the cooking process of the cooking menu to which the cooking condition data is applied is completed. A cooking system according to any one of claims 27 to 33, characterized by comprising: a first heating means for heating an object to be heated;
a second heating means for heating the food to be cooked in a closed space;
an input operation unit;
A communication unit that receives cooking condition data for performing heat cooking from an external information processing terminal;
a notification unit having a display unit;
a controller;
The control device includes a heating control unit that controls heating operations corresponding to a plurality of cooking modes using the first heating means and the second heating means; a data acquisition unit that acquires the cooking condition data via
After the main power switch is turned on and power is supplied, the control device displays an initial standby screen on the display unit, and during the initial standby period after this time, the control device communicates with the information processing terminal device. When the automatic connection is performed and the cooking condition data of the specific cooking mode is transmitted from the information processing terminal, the data acquisition unit acquires the cooking condition data and satisfies a predetermined permission condition. if it is satisfied, changing the standby initial screen to a specific screen for each cooking mode, displaying the contents of the cooking condition data on the specific screen;
When receiving an ingredient display command from the input operation unit while the contents of the cooking condition data are being displayed, the control device displays food ingredients or nutrients related to a specific food to be cooked with the cooking condition data. A composite heating cooker characterized by displaying information on at least one of ingredients. The control device has a cooperative cooking mode in which the first heating means and the second heating means are sequentially driven to heat and cook,
When the cooperative cooking mode is selected by the input operation unit during the period in which the standby initial screen is displayed, the control device displays the first specific screen displaying the identification information of the food to be cooked. , to display instead of the standby initial screen,
36. The combination according to claim 35, wherein information on at least one of said food ingredients and said nutritional ingredients relating to said specific food to be cooked is displayed on a display screen different from said first specific screen. type heating cooker. The second heating means has a plurality of heat sources with different heating principles,
The control device has a single cooking mode in which the first heating means and the second heating means are driven independently, and a combined cooking mode in which the plurality of heat sources are driven simultaneously or automatically with a time difference. a mode, and
The input operation unit includes a first input key for selecting the linked cooking mode, a second input key for selecting the combined cooking mode, a third input key for selecting the single cooking mode, and the single cooking mode. , a start key for commanding the start of cooking in each of the combined cooking mode and the linked cooking mode; a fourth input key for adjusting control conditions for cooking in each of the combined cooking mode and the linked cooking mode; has
37. The compound heating cooker according to claim 35 or 36, wherein said fourth input key also serves as means for issuing said ingredient display command. a heating cooker for heating an object to be heated;
a first server communicable with the heating cooker;
a second server communicable with the first server;
an information processing terminal capable of communicating with the second server and having a display operation unit that accepts input and a function of inputting instruction contents by voice;
and
The first server has a function of transmitting, in response to a request A received from the second server, operation support data to be notified by the information processing terminal regarding the operation of the heating cooker to the second server. have
The information processing terminal device has a first function of transmitting voice data to the second server, and a second function of notifying information of the operational support data received from the second server. a third function for designating cooking condition data to be acquired; a fourth function for requesting provision of food ingredient data of a cooked item to be acquired and the cooking condition data; a fifth function of requesting transmission of the cooking condition data to the heating cooker 1;
The second server has a function of recognizing the contents of the voice data received from the information processing terminal, transmitting the request A specified from the contents of the voice data to the first server, and transmitting the request A. a function of transmitting the operation support data received from the first server in response to the information processing terminal,
The information processing terminal displays the content of the cooking condition data transmitted from the first server to the heating cooker and the food ingredient data, receives a user's command after the display, and displays the fifth A heating cooking system characterized by issuing a command to be provided to the heating cooker 1 depending on the function. a heating cooker for heating an object to be heated;
a first server communicable with the heating cooker;
a second server communicable with the first server;
an information processing terminal capable of communicating with the second server and having a display operation unit that accepts input and a function of inputting instruction contents by voice;
and
The first server has a function of receiving operation state data of the heating cooker from the heating cooker, and the information processing terminal regarding the operation of the heating cooker 1 in response to a request A received from the second server. a function of transmitting operation support data to be notified by the device to the second server,
The information processing terminal has a function of transmitting command contents input by voice to the second server as voice data, a function of notifying information of operation support data received from the second server, and a function of acquiring a function of requesting the second server to provide the food ingredient information of the food to be cooked, which is the object of the cooking condition data, and the cooking condition data;
The second server has a function of recognizing the contents of the voice data received from the information processing terminal, transmitting the request A specified from the contents of the voice data to the first server, and transmitting the request A. a function of transmitting the operation support data received from the first server in response to the information processing terminal,
The cooking system, wherein the first server determines from the operating state data received from the cooking device whether or not the cooking condition data can be acquired by the cooking device. The heating cooker has a first heating means for heating the object to be heated at a first location and a second heating means for heating and cooking in a heating chamber isolated from the first location,
40. The heating according to claim 38 or 39, wherein the heating cooker has a cooperative cooking mode in which the first heating means and the second heating means are sequentially driven to heat and cook. cooking system. 40. After the user selects cooking in the cooperative cooking mode, the cooking device automatically transmits data indicating a first reception waiting period start signal to the first server. The heating and cooking system described in . After the user selects cooking in the cooperative cooking mode, the heating cooker automatically transmits data indicating a first receivable period start signal to the cloud server, and the cooking process in the cooperative cooking mode is performed. 41. The cooking system according to claim 40, wherein, at the end stage, data indicating a second receivable period start signal is automatically sent to the cloud server. 43. The cooking system according to any one of claims 40 to 42, wherein the cooking device has two input functions, ie, a combined voice input mode and a touch input mode. The heating cooker has a notification unit that starts after the main power switch is turned on,
The notification unit displays an initial standby screen before the start of the cooking process,
The heating cooker has a function of transmitting to the first server a receivable period start signal according to the user's selection of a cooking mode after displaying the standby initial screen. The heat cooking system according to any one of claims 40 to 43. When the first server receives the receivable period end signal as one of the operating state data transmitted to the outside during operation of the heating cooker, the first server transmits cooking condition data for the heating cooker. 44. The cooking system according to any one of claims 40 to 43, wherein the information is not transmitted to the cooking device or the information processing terminal. The heating cooker has a function that, when the cooking condition data is acquired from the outside, the acquisition of new cooking condition data is restricted until the cooking process of the cooking menu to which the cooking condition data is applied is completed. 44. The cooking system according to any one of claims 40 to 43, characterized by comprising: a heating cooker for heating an object to be heated;
a first server communicable with the heating cooker;
a second server communicable with the first server;
an information processing terminal capable of communicating with the second server and having a display operation unit for receiving input;
The first server has a function of receiving operating state data of the heating cooker from the heating cooker, and cooking condition data for cooking of the heating cooker in response to a request B received from the second server. to the heating cooker, and
The information processing terminal transmits the instruction content input by voice to the second server as voice data, and transmits the cooking condition data and the food component data of the food to be cooked for the cooking condition data to the It is a command to send to the heating cooker,
The second server has a function of recognizing the command content of the voice data received from the information processing terminal and transmitting the request B specified from the command content to the first server,
The first server determines from the operating state data received from the heating cooker whether or not the cooking condition data can be acquired by the heating cooker, and in response to the request B, the cooking is performed. A heat cooking system, characterized by transmitting condition data and the food ingredient data to the heat cooker. The heating cooker has a first heating means for heating the object to be heated at a first location and a second heating means for heating and cooking in a heating chamber isolated from the first location,
48. The cooking system according to claim 47, wherein the cooking device has a cooperative cooking mode in which the first heating means and the second heating means are sequentially driven for cooking. . 48. After the user selects cooking in the cooperative cooking mode, the cooker automatically transmits data indicating a first reception waiting period start signal to the first server. The heating and cooking system described in . After the user selects cooking in the cooperative cooking mode, the heating cooker automatically transmits data indicating a first receivable period start signal to the first server, and performs the cooking process in the cooperative cooking mode. 49. The cooking system according to claim 48, wherein data indicating a second receivable period start signal is automatically transmitted to the first server at the stage where is completed. 51. The cooking system according to any one of claims 47 to 50, wherein the cooking device has two input functions, ie, a combined voice input mode and a touch input mode. The heating cooker has a notification unit that starts after the main power switch is turned on,
The notification unit displays an initial standby screen before the start of the cooking process,
The heating cooker has a function of transmitting to the first server a receivable period start signal according to the user's selection of a cooking mode after displaying the standby initial screen. The heat cooking system according to any one of claims 47 to 51. When the first server receives the receivable period end signal as one of the operating state data transmitted to the outside during operation of the heating cooker, the first server transmits cooking condition data for the heating cooker. 52. The heat cooking system according to any one of claims 47 to 51, wherein the information is not transmitted to the heat cooker or the information processing terminal. The heating cooker has a function that, when the cooking condition data is acquired from the outside, the acquisition of new cooking condition data is restricted until the cooking process of the cooking menu to which the cooking condition data is applied is completed. 52. The heat cooking system according to any one of claims 47 to 51, characterized by comprising: a microwave heating source for heating the food contained in the heating chamber with microwaves;
radiant heat heating means or a steam generator for heating the food with a heating principle different from that of the microwave heating source;
an input operation unit;
a notification unit having a display unit;
an integrated controller;
The integrated control device has a combined cooking mode in which one cooking is performed by driving the microwave heating source and the radiant heat heating means or steam generator simultaneously or with a time lag,
When the integrated control device receives a command 1 for selecting a cooking menu of the compound cooking mode from the input operation unit, the integrated control device displays a specific screen for executing the compound cooking mode on the display unit,
The combined heating cooker, wherein the integrated control device displays food component data relating to a specific food that can be cooked in the combined cooking mode while the specific screen is being displayed. The integrated control device further has a single cooking mode for independently driving the microwave heating source and the radiant heat heating means,
The input operation unit includes an input key for selecting the combined cooking mode, an input key for selecting the single cooking mode, a start key for commanding the start of cooking in each of the single cooking mode and the combined cooking mode, has
The input operation unit is further provided with an input key for inputting the control condition of the composite cooking mode, and the input key is also used as means for issuing a command 2 for displaying the food component data. The composite heating cooker according to claim 55. A communication unit for receiving cooking condition data from the outside for the integrated control device to perform heat cooking is further provided,
When the integrated control device acquires the cooking condition data via the communication unit, the integrated control device acquires the cooking condition data again from the communication unit until the cooking process of the cooking menu to which the cooking condition data is applied is completed. 56. The combined heating cooker according to claim 55, which restricts cooking. The integrated control device can acquire new cooking condition data when the cooking by the acquired cooking condition data is canceled by the input operation unit before the cooking process is started. The composite heating cooker according to claim 55. The input operation unit further has a function setting key,
When the function setting key is operated, the integrated control device shifts to a function setting mode,
59. The combined heating cooker according to any one of claims 55 to 58, wherein the function setting mode can set whether or not to display the food component or the nutritional component on the display unit or conditions. . A communication unit for receiving cooking condition data from the outside for the integrated control device to perform heat cooking is further provided,
The integrated control device displays the standby initial screen on the display unit immediately after the power is supplied and activated, and after that, when the combined cooking mode is selected by the input operation unit, the first restriction 57. If the cooking condition data is not received and the control conditions are not set within the period, the power supply is turned off or an alarm is issued after the first limit period has elapsed. The composite heating cooker according to . When the integrated control device receives the cooking condition data within the first restricted period, the integrated control device displays the food ingredient data for the specific cooking targeted by the cooking condition data, and from the input operation unit 61. The combined heating cooker according to claim 60, characterized in that the state is shifted to a state of waiting for a heating operation command of . When receiving a command from the input operation unit while the specific screen is being displayed, the integrated control device permits reception of the cooking condition data, and then issues another command from the input operation unit. 62. The composite heating cooker according to claim 60 or 61, wherein the food ingredient data is displayed when receiving the

Images